UBC Publications

UBC Publications

UBC Publications

The University of British Columbia Calendar Aug 30, 1924

Item Metadata

Download

Media
calendars-1.0169904.pdf
Metadata
JSON: calendars-1.0169904.json
JSON-LD: calendars-1.0169904-ld.json
RDF/XML (Pretty): calendars-1.0169904-rdf.xml
RDF/JSON: calendars-1.0169904-rdf.json
Turtle: calendars-1.0169904-turtle.txt
N-Triples: calendars-1.0169904-rdf-ntriples.txt
Original Record: calendars-1.0169904-source.json
Full Text
calendars-1.0169904-fulltext.txt
Citation
calendars-1.0169904.ris

Full Text

Array We\t UmbetSttp
OF
Pntfafy Columbia
CALENDAR
TENTH  SESSION
1924-1925
VANCOUVER.   BRITISH   COLUMBIA
1924 Cfje Umtasiitp
OF
prtttsii) Columto
CALENDAR
tenth Session
1924-1925
VANCOUVER.  BRITISH  COLUMBIA
1924  CONTENTS
Page
Academic Year  - - -  5
Visitor   - -  7
Chancellor    - -  7
President    -  7
The Board of Governors  -  7
The  Senate     7
Officers and Staff :  8
The Constitution of the University   17
The Work of the University  -  18
Endowments and Donations  19
Suggested Local Scholarships  -  20
The Library  21
Facilities for University Work   22
General Information — -  27
Admission to the University  29
Registration and Attendance  -  31
Fees -•  33
Medals,  Scholarships and Prizes  -  35
Faculty op Aets and Science
Time Tables of Lectures   48
Time Table of Supplemental Examinations   52
Regulations in Reference to Courses  - — 53
Honour   Courses   -  56
Examinations and Advancement —  62
Courses of Instruction—
Department of Bacteriology      64
" Botany    65
" Chemistry     70
" Classics   ■■    74
" " Economics, Sociology and Political Science-—    78
" English    83
" " Geology and Geography     89
" History     95
" " Mathematics   101
" Modern  Languages    106
" Philosophy   -  110
" " Physics    -  112
" " Zoology     - -.-  115
Faculty op Applied Science
Regulations in Reference to Courses  119
General Outline of Courses  - - 122
Courses in—
Chemical Engineering   125
Chemistry  _  126
Civil   Engineering  127 The University of British Columbia
Page
Electrical Engineering   130
Forest Engineering -  131
Geological Engineering   133
Mechanical Engineering   134
Metallurgical Engineering   136, 138
Mining Engineering  136, 139
Nursing and Health   140
Double Course in Arts and Applied Science   144
Examinations and Advancement   145
Courses of Instruction—
Department of Botany  -  147
"   Chemistry  151
" "   Civil   Engineering    154
" "   Economics     162
"   Forestry     163
" "   Geology and Geography   168
" "  Mathematics    —  172
" "   Mechanical and Electrical Engineering   174
" "  Mining and Metallurgy    181
" Physics      185
"   Nursing    186
"  Public Health   187
"  Zoology   190
Faculty op Agriculture
Regulations in Reference to Courses   193
Examinations and Advancement   194
Courses in—
Agronomy  Major    198
Animal Husbandry Major   199
Dairying Major   199
Horticulture Major   200
Poultry Husbandry Major   200
Courses of Instruction—
Department of Agronomy   201
"   Animal  Husbandry   203
"   Dairying     206
"   Horticulture     209
"   Poultry Husbandry   211
Regulations as to the Masters' Degrees    215
List of Students in Attendance, Session 1923-24  -  216
Degrees Conferred, May, 1923   251
Medals, Scholarships and Prizes Awarded, May, 1923   256
Teacher Training Course   259
Summer   Session    -  261
Student Organization   262
Victoria College —  265
Westminster Hall   266
Anglican Theological College   266
Ryerson  College    267 Academic Year
ACADEMIC YEAR 1924-1925
1924.
- Registration  Day  for  First  Year  Applied
„    , Science.
Monday,
September 8th. |   Summer School in Mechanical Engineering 2
opens.
1
! Matriculation    Supplemental    Examinations
Wednesday,   J begin.
p ' [ Supplemental Examinations in Arts begin.
Friday,       J Supplemental    Examinations    in    Applied
September 19th. 1 Science begin.
Friday,
September 19th.
Last day for Registration for Arts and Science, Agriculture, and Second, Third,
and Fourth Year Applied Science.
SeptemW 23rd.}  LectureS begin-
Monday
ctober 61
Saturday,
)ctober lit
Wednesday,
tober 15
Friday,
cember I
^v        ,       «.,    r Examinations begin.
December 9th. |
Wednesday     ) Meeting 0f the Senate.
December 17th. J
Thursday     I Examinationa end.
December 18th. (
_ . .      „,, , Last day for payment of First Term fees.
October 6th. '
/-» j. t.     -i-ixi. t Las* day for Change in Students' Courses.
October 11th J
« x x.     id i Meeting of the Senate.
October 15th. J
n        h      fith (  ^ast **ajr °^ lectures for Term. The University op British Columbia
1925
Monday,
January 5th
Second Term begins.
onday       1   Lag<. ,     for payment of Second Term feeB.
January 19th. '
^Wednesday,    i   Meeting of ^ genate
February 18th. )
j- Last day of Lectures.
[ Sessional Examinations begin.
Thursday,
April 9th.
Tuesday
April 14th.
Field Work in Applied Science begins immediately at the close of the Examinations.
A    'l 9"? J\ f kast day ^or payment of Graduation fees.
,r      „ } Meeting of the Senate.
May 6th. j
Thursday, 1 „
May 7th. } Con^atlon-
„      „., > Meeting of Convocation.
May 7th.
}
, }
Monday,      1   Junior and Senior Matriculation  Examina-
June 22nd.     | tions begin. THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH
COLUMBIA
VISITOR
The Hon. Walter Cameron Nichol, Lieutenant-Governor of
British Columbia.
CHANCELLOR
R. E. McKechnie, Esa., M.D., C.M, LL.D, F.A.CS.
PRESIDENT
L. S. Klinck, Esa., M.S.A., D.Sc.
GOVERNORS
It. E. McKechnie, Esa., M.D., CM., LL.D., F.A.CS. (ex officio).
I* S. Klinck, Esa., M.S.A., D.Sc. (ex officio),   <
Robie L. Reid, Esa., K.C, Vancouver.   Term expires 1935.
Campbell Sweeny, Esa., Vancouver.    Term expires 1935.
Christopher Spencer, Esa., Vancouver.   Term expires 1935.
Robert P. McLennan, Esa., Vancouver.   Term expires 1937.
Roderick Fraser, Esa., M.D., Victoria.  Term expires 1937.
Joseph N. Ellis, Esa., B.C.L., K.C. Vancouver.   Term expires 1927.
Evltn F. K. Farris, M.A., LL.D., Vancouver.   Term expires 1929.
Denis Murphy, Hon. Mr. Justice, Vancouver.   Term expires 1929.
Henry C Shaw, Esa., B.A. Vancouver.   Term expires 1929.
SENATE
(a) The Minister of Education, The Honourable John Duncan MacLean,
M.D., CM.
The Superintendent of Education, S. J. Willis, Esa., B.A.
The Chancellor.
The President  (Chairman).
(6) Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture, F. M. Clement, Esa., B.S.A., M.A.
Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, Reginald W. Brock, Esa,
M.A, LL.D., F.G.S, F.R.S.C.
Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science, H. T. J. Coleman, Esa-,
B.A, Ph.D.
Representatives of the  Faculty of Agriculture:  P.  A.  Bovino,  Esq,
Cand. Ph.,   Cand. Agr.;   Wilprhj   Sadler,   Esa.,   B.S.A.,   M.Sc,
NJ3.D.
Representatives of the Faculty of Applied Science:  E. H. Archibald,
Esa., B.Sc, A.M, Ph.D, F.R.S.E.&C; E. G. Matheson, Esa.,
B.A.Sc, M.E.I.C, M.Am.S.C.E.
Representatives of the Faculty of Arts and Science: T. H. Booos, Esa,
M.A,   Ph.D.;   Daniel   Buchanan,   Esa,   M.A,   PhJD,   F.R.S.C The University of British Columbia
(c) Appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council:—
Rev. William Leslie Clay, B.A., D.D., Victoria, B.C.
Lemuel Fehgus Robertson, Esq., M.A., Vancouver, B.C.
(«J) The Principal of Vancouver Normal School, D. M. Robinson, Esa., B.A.
The Principal of Victoria Normal School, D. L. MacLaurin, Esa., B.A.
(«) Representative of   High   School   Principals  and  Assistants,  G.  A.
Fergusson, Esa., B.A.
(/)  Representatives of Affiliated Colleges.—
Victoria College, Victoria, George Jay, Esa.
Westminster Hall, Vancouver (Theological), Rev. W. H. Smith,
M.A., Ph.D., D.D.
The Anglican Theological College of British Columbia, Vancouver, Rev. W. H. Vance, M.A.
(g) Elected by Convocation.—
G. G. Sedgewick, Esa., B.A., Ph.D., Vancouver, B.C.
C. Killam, Esa., M.A., D.C.L., Vancouver, B. C.
Rev. A. H. Sovereign, M.A., B.D., F.R.G.S., Vancouver, B.C.
His Honour J. D. Swanson, B.A., Kamloops, B. C.
The Right Rev. A. U. de Pencter, M.A., D.D., Vancouver, B.C.
W. B. Burnett, Esa., B.A., M.D., CM., Vancouver, B. C.
G. W. Scott, Esa., B.A., Vancouver, B. C.
A. E. Lord, Esa., B.A., Vancouver, B. C.
Sherwood Lett, Esa., B.A., Vancouver, B. C.
J. M. Turnbull, Esa., B.A.Sc, Vancouver, B.C.
J. S. Gordon, Esa., B.A., Vancouver, B.C.
G. E. Robinson, Esa., B.A., Vancouver, B.C.
A. E. Richards, Esa., B.S.A., New Westminster, B. C.
W. P. Argue, Esa., B.A., Vancouver, B. C.
Miss A. B. Jamieson, B.A., Vancouver, B.C.
OFFICERS AND STAFF
L.  S.  Klinck,  B.S.A.   (Toronto),  M.S.A.,  D.Sc.   (Iowa  State  College),
President.
H. T. J. Coleman, B.A. (Toronto), PhD. (Columbia), Dean of the Faculty
of Arts and Science.
Reginald W. Brock, M.A., LL.D. (Queen's), F.G.S., F.R.S.C, Dean of the
Faculty of Applied Science.
F. M. Clement, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Dean of the Faculty
of Agriculture.
Miss M. L. Bollert, M.A. (Toronto), A.M. (Columbia), Dean of Women. Officers and Staff
Stanley W. Mathews, M.A. (Queen's), Registrar.
F. Dallas, Bursar.
John Ridington, Librarian.
Department of Agronomy
P. A. Boving, Cand. Ph. (Malmo, Sweden), Cand. Agr. (Alnarp. Agriculture, Sweden), Professor and Head of the Department.
G. G. Moe, B.S.A., M.Sc.  (McGill), Associate Professor.
D. G. Laird, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S. (Wis.), Assistant Professor.
Geo. B. Boving, B.S.A. (McGill), Assistant.
R. A. Derick, B.S.A, M.Sc. (McGill), Assistant.
Department of Animal Husbandry
H. M. Kino, B.S.A. (Toronto), Professor and Head of the Department.
R. L Davis, B.S.A. (Montana), M.S.A. (Iowa State College), Assistant
Professor.
Walter N. Jones, B.S.A. (McGill), M.S.A. (Iowa State College), Assistant
Professor.
H. R. Hare, B.S.A. (Toronto), Assistant.
J. G. Jervis, V.S.   (Ont.   Vet.   Col.),  B.V.Sc.   (Toronto),   Lecturer   in
Veterinary Science.
Department of Bacteriology
R. H. Mullin, B.A, M.B.  (Toronto), Professor and Head of the Department.
Miss Freda L. Wilson, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor.
..Assistant.
Department of Botany
Andrew H. Hutchinson, M.A.  (McMaster), Ph.D.  (Chicago), Professor
and Head of the  Department.
John Davdmon, F.L.S, F.B.S.E, Assistant Professor.
Frank Dickson, B.A.  (Queen's), Assistant Professor.
L. Bolton, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
G. V. Wilby, B.A.  (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of Chemistry
E. H. Archibald, B.Sc. (Dal.), A.M, Ph.D. (Harvard), F.R.S.E.&C, Professor and Head of the Department.
Robert H. Clark, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Leipsig), Professor of Organic
Chemistry.
W. F. Skyer, B.A, M.Sc. (Alberta), Ph.D. (McGill), Associate Professor.
M. J. Marshall, M.Sc. (McGill), Ph.D. (Mass. Inst, of Technology),
Assistant Professor.
John Allardyce, M.A.   (Brit. Col.), Instructor.
A. E. Boss, M.A.  (Brit. Col.), Assistant. 10 The University of British Columbia
Wm. E. Graham, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Duncan Fraser, B.A.Sc. (Brft. Col.), Assistant.
G. A. Fleming, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
L. F. Hallett, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of Civil Engineering
William E. Duckerino, A.B, B.S. inCE., CE.  (Washington), Professor
and Head of the Department.
E. G.   Matheson,  B.A.Sc.   (McGill),  M.E.I.C,  M.Am.S.CE,   Associate
Professor.
W. H. Powell, B.Sc.  (McGill), Lecturer.
A. Lighthall, B.Sc.  (McGill), Instructor.
F. A. Wilkin, B.A.Sc.  (McGill), Instructor.
Cyril Jones, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of Classics
Lemuel Robertson, M.A. (McGill), Professor and Head of the Department.
O. J. Todd, Ph.D. (Harvard), Professor of Greek.
H. T. Logan, B.A. (McGill and Oxon), M.A. (Oxon), Associate Professor.
A. N. St. John Mildmay, M.A. (Oxon.), Assistant.
Department of Dairying
Wilprid Sadler, B.S.A, M.Sc.  (McGill), N.D.D, British Dairy Institute,
University College, Reading, England, Professor and Head of the
Department.
N. S. Golding, N.D.A, N.D.D, B.S.A. (Toronto), Associate Professor.
C. D. Kelly, B.S.A.  (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of Economics, Sociology and Political Science
Theodore H. Boggs, B.A. (Acadia and Yale), M.A, Ph.D. (Yale), Professor and Head of the Department.
Henry F. Angus, B.A. (McGill), B.C.L, M.A. (Oxon.), Associate Professor.
S. E. Beckett, M.A. (Queen's), Assistant Professor. (On leave of absence,
1924-25.)
Miss Doris Lee, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of English
G. G. Sedgewick, B.A.  (Dal.), Ph.D.  (Harvard), Professor and Head of
the Department.
W. L. MacDonald, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Ph.D. (Harvard),
Associate Professor.
Frederick G. C. Wood, B.A. (McGill), A.M. (Harvard), Associate Professor.
Thorleip Larsen, M.A. (Toronto), B.A. (Oxon), Assistant Professor.
(On leave of absence, 1924-25.)
Francis Cox Walker, B.A. (U.N.B.), A.M, Ph.D. (Harvard), Assistant
Professor. Officers and Staff 11
Miss M. L. Bollert, M. A. (Toronto), A. M. (Columbia), Assistant Professor.
Miss Stella McGuire, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Miss Isobel Harvey, M.A.   (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Hunter C Lewis, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of Forestry
H. R. Christie, B.Sc.F. (Toronto), Professor and Head of the Department.
F. Malcolm Knapp, B.S.F. (Syracuse), M.S.F. (Wash.), Assistant Professor.
Department of Geology and Geography
R. W. Brock, M.A, LL.D. (Queen's), F.G.S, F.R.S.C, Professor and
Head of the Department.
S. J. Schofield, M.A, B.Sc. (Queen's), PhD. (Mass. Institute of
Technology), F.G.S.A, F.R.S.C, Professor of Physical and Structural Geology.    (On leave of absence, 1923-24.)
W. L. Uglow, M.A. (Queen's), B.Sc. (School of Mining, Kingston),
M.S, Ph.D. (Wisconsin), Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography.
M. Y. Williams, B.Sc. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Yale), F.G.S.A, Professor of
Palaeontology and Stratigraphy.
E. M. Burwash, B.A. (Toronto), M.A, B.D. (Victoria), PhD. (Toronto
and Chicago), Lecturer.
Department of History
Mack Eastman, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Columbia), Professor and Head
of the Department.
W. N. Sage, B.A. (Toronto and Oxon.), M.A. (Oxon.), Associate Professor.
F. H. Soward, B.A. (Toronto), B.Litt. (Oxon), Instructor.
Department of Horticulture
F.  M.  Clement,   B.S.A.   (Toronto),   M.A.   (Wisconsin),   Professor   and
Head of the Department.
A. F. Barss, A.B. (Rochester), B.S. in Agriculture (Cornell), M.S. (Oregon
Agricultural College), Associate Professor.
F. E. Buck, B.S.A. (McGill), Assistant Professor.
W. A. Muidleton, B.S.A. (McGill), Assistant.
Department of Mathematics
Daniel Buchanan, M.A.  (McMaster), PhD.  (Chicago), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department.
George E. Robinson, B.A. (Dal.), Associate Professor.
E. E. Jordan, M.A. (Dal.), Assistant Professor.
L. Richardson, B.Sc. (London), Assistant Professor.
B. S. Hartley, M.A.  (Cambridge), R.N.  (retired), Assistant Professor.
John Henry, M.A. (Cambridge), Assistant. 12 The University of British Columbia
Miss May L. Barclay, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Joseph F. Brown, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Miss Islay Johnston, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering
Herbert Vickers, M.E. (Liverpool), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Birmingham), Professor and Acting Head of the Department.
Cedric C Ryan, M.Sc. (McGill), Associate Professor of Mechanical
Engineering.
H. F. G. Letson, M.C, B.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. Engineering (London),
A.M.I. Mech.E, Assistant Professor of Mechanical and Electrical
Engineering.
H. P. Archibald, B.A.Sc. (McGill), Instructor in Mechanical Drawing and
Shopwork.
E. M. Coles, B.A.Sc (Brit. Col.), Instructor in Electrical Engineering.
W. A. Smelser, B.A.Sc. (Toronto), Instructor in Electrical Engineering.
George Walkem, B.Sc. (McGill), Special Lecturer.
E. G. Parsons, Instructor in Thermo Laboratory.
H. Taylor, Instructor in Machine Shop.
H. Elliott, Assistant in Steam Laboratory.
C H. Barker, Assistant in Workshop, Mechanical Engineering.
J. Crowley, Assistant (Moulder).
S. Northrop, Assistant (Woodworker).
John Hogarth, Assistant in Mechanical Engineering (Blacksmith).
Department of Mining and Metallurgy
J. M. Turnbull, B.A.Sc.  (McGill), Professor and Head of the Department. JfT
H. N. Thomson, B.Sc.  (McGill), Professor of Metallurgy.
George A. Gillies, M.Sc (McGill), Associate Professor of Mining.
Tarrant D. Guernsey, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in Metallurgy
Department of Modern Languages
H. Ashton, M.A. (Cantab.), D. Lett. (Univ. Paris), D. Litt (Birmingham),
Officier  de l'lnstruction  Publique   (France),  Professor  and   Head
of the Department.
A. F. B. Clark, B.A.  (Toronto), Ph.D.  (Harvard), Associate Professor
of French.
Miss  Isabel  MacInnes,  M.A.   (Queen's),  Assistant  Professor  of  Modern
Languages.
Miss Margaret Ross, Instructor in French.
Miss Janet T. Greig, B.A. (Queen's), Instructor in French.
E. E. Delavault, B. es L, L. en D. (Paris), Assistant in Oral French.
Madame G. Barry, Assistant in Oral French.
Mres Dorothy Dallas, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in French.
Miss Dorothy Somerset, Assistant in French. Officers and Staff 13
Department of Nursing
Miss Ethel I. Johns, R.N. Assistant Professor.
Department of Philosophy
H. T. J. Coleman,  B.A.   (Toronto), Ph.D.   (Columbia),  Professor and
Head of the Department,
James Henderson, M. A. (Glasgow), Associate Professor
George  M.  Weir,   B.A.   (McGill),  M.A.   (Sask.),  D.   Paed.     (Queen's),
Professor of Education.
Department of Physics
T. C. Hebb, M.A, B.Sc.  (Dal.), Ph.D.   (Chicago), Professor and  Head
of the Department.
A. E. Hennings, M. A.   (Lake   Forest  College,   111.),   Ph.D.   (Chicago),
Associate Professor.
J. G. Davidson, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Cal.), Associate Professor.
Cyril Jones, B.A.Sc.  (Brit. CoL) Assistant.
Department of Poultry Husbandry
E. A. Lloyd, B.S.A. (Sask.), Professor and Head of the Department.
V. S. Asmundson, B.S.A. (Sask.), M.S.A. (Cornell), Assistant Professor.
R. J. Skelton, B.S.A. (Toronto), Assistant.
Department of Public Health
R. H. Mullin, B.A, M.B. (Toronto), Professor and Head of the Department.
Department of Zoology
C McLean Fraser, M.A.  (Toronto), Ph.D.   (Iowa), F.R.S.C, Professor
and Head of the Department.
H. A. Dunlop, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor.
C P. Leckie, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Lloyd Bolton, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Harold White, M.D., C.M.  (McGill), Medical Examiner to Students.  THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH
COLUMBIA
HISTORICAL SKETCH
The creation of a University in British Columbia was first
advocated by Superintendent Jessop in 1877, but it was not
until 1890 that the Provincial Legislature passed an Act
establishing a body politic and corporate named "The University
of British Columbia.'' In 1891 this Act was amended to require
that a meeting of the Senate be held within one month after
the election of the Senators by Convocation. The Senators were
elected, but a quorum did not assemble on the date fixed by
the Chancellor, Dr. I. W. Powell, of Victoria. Thus the first
attempt to establish a University in British Columbia failed.
However, some of the work normally done in a University
was begun in 1894, when an Act was passed which permitted
the affiliation of high schools in the Province with recognized
Canadian Universities. In 1899 Vancouver High School was
affiliated with McGill University in order to provide First Year
work in Arts, and took the name of Vancouver College. First
Year work in Arts was offered by Victoria High School when
it became Victoria College by affiliation with McGill University
in 1902. In the same year Vancouver College undertook the
Second Year in Arts.
In 1906 an Act was passed incorporating the Royal
Institution for the Advancement of Learning of British Columbia, which, in the same year, established at Vancouver the
McGill University College of British Columbia. The scope of
the work undertaken by this college was gradually increased
until at the time it was taken over by the University of British
Columbia it was giving three years in Arts and Science, .and
two years in Applied Science. When the University of British
Columbia opened in the autumn of 1915, both the McGill University College of Vancouver and Victoria College, which since
1907 had been a part of it, ceased to exist.
Definite steps to establish the University were taken by
Dr. H. E. Young, Minister of Education, in 1907, when he 16 The University of British Columbia
introduced a "University Endowment Act." This Act was
followed in 1908 by an Act establishing and incorporating the
University of British Columbia and repealing the old Act of
1890-1. This Act, with its subsequent amendments, determines
the present constitution of the University.
As authorized by an Aet passed by the Provincial Legislature
in 1910, the Lieutenant-Governor in Council appointed a Site
Commission to decide upon a site for the proposed University.
The Commission held its first meeting on May 25th, 1910, in
Victoria, and after a thorough examination of the Province
recommended the vicinity of Vancouver. In the autumn the
Executive Council decided to place the University at Point
Grey—the site which the Commission had named as its first
choice. In 1911 the Legislature passed an Aet authorizing the
Lieutenant-Governor in Council to grant this site to the University. The grant was increased in 1915, so that it now consists
of 540 acres at the extremity of Point Grey. The waters of
the Gulf of Georgia form more than half the boundary of the
University Campus. A tract of some 3,000 acres of Government land immediately adjoining the site, and lying between
it and the City of Vancouver, has been set aside by the Government in order that University revenue may be provided by its
sale or lease.
In February, 1912, the Hon. H. E. Young, Minister of
Education, called for competitive plans which should include
plans in detail of four buildings to be erected immediately, and
a block plan showing all the proposed buildings on the Campus.
Messrs. Sharp and Thompson, of Vancouver, B. C, were the
successful competitors, and were appointed University architects.
The first Convocation, held on August 1st, 1912, chose Mr.
F. L. Carter-Cotton as first Chancellor of the University. In
March, 1913, the Lieutenant-Governor in Council appointed as
President of the University F. F. Wesbrook, M.A, M.D, C.M,
LL.D. On April 4th, 1918, Dr. R. E. McKechnie was elected
Chancellor, and on April 12th, 1921, was re-elected for a second
term. On the death of President Wesbrook, October 20th, 1918,
L. S. Klinck, M.S.A, D.Sc, was appointed acting President, and
on June 1st, 1919, President. Historical Sketch 17
In the spring of 1923 construction work on the Science
Building, which had been begun in 1914, but interrupted because of war conditions, was resumed, and in the autumn of
the same year the contract was let for the Library. These
buildings are to be of stone and fire-proof and conform closely
to the original plans as prepared by the architects in 1914.
THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNIVERSITY
The Constitution of the University is governed by the Act
of 1908 and amending Acts, which provide
That the University shall consist of a Chancellor, Convocation, Board of Governors, Senate, and the Faculties;
that the first Convocation shall consist of all graduates
of any university in His Majesty's dominions resident in
the Province two years prior to the date fixed for the
first meeting of Convocation, together with twenty-five
members selected by the Lieutenant-Governor in
Council. After the first Convocation it shall consist of
the Chancellor, Senate, members of the first Convocation, and all graduates of the University; that the
Chancellor shall be elected by Convocation; that the
Board of Governors shall consist of the Chancellor,
President, and nine persons appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council; that the Senate shall consist of: (a) The Minister of Education, the Chancellor,
and the President of the University, who shall be Chairman thereof; (6) the deans and two professors of each
of the Faculties elected by members of the Faculty;
(c) three members to be appointed by the Lieutenant-
Governor in Council; (d) the Superintendent of Education, the principals of the normal schools; (e) one
member elected by the high-school principals and
assistants who are actually engaged in teaching; (/) one
member elected by the Provincial Teachers' Institute
organized under subsection .(e) of section 8 of the
"Public Schools Act"; (g) one member to be elected
by the governing body of every affiliated college or 18 The University of British Columbia
school in this Province;   (h)  fifteen members to be
elected by Convocation from the members thereof;
It is further provided that the University shall be non-
sectarian.
The University Act gives the University full powers to grant
such degrees in the several Faculties and different branches of
knowledge as the Senate may from time to time determine.
It reserves for the University the sole right in this Province to
confer degrees, except in Theology, and it expressly enacts
that "No other university having corporate powers capable of
being exercised within the Province shall be known by the
same name, nor shall any such university have power to grant
degrees."
THE WORK OF THE UNIVERSITY
The University of British Columbia is an integral part of
the public educational system of the Province, and its function
is to complete the work begun in the public and high schools.
It is the policy of the University to promote education in general,
and in particular to serve its constituency through three
channels—teaching, research, and extension work.
As regards teaching, the University furnishes instruction in
the various branches of a liberal education and in those technical
departments which are most directly related to the life and
industries of the Province. The scope of the teaching activity
of the University is fully described in Sec. 9 of the Act.
In order to make the teaching of the University more vital
and for the advancement of knowledge, research is encouraged
in every department.
The people of the Province are informed of the results of
special work by the staff of the University through a system
of extension lectures. The University sends lecturers to various
parts of the Province during the examination weeks in December
and April. In the case of places which can be visited without
prejudice to the duties of the lecturer at the University, lectures
are arranged to take place during the University term. A list
of subjects and lecturers can be obtained on application to the Endowments and Donations 19
Secretary of the Extension Lecture Committee, through whom
all arrangements are made.
ENDOWMENTS AND DONATIONS
t
However well supported by public funds, a University must
depend to a great extent upon private benefactors. In anticipation of endowments the Act provides that:
"Any person or corporation may, with the approval of the
Senate, found one or more professorships, lectureships,
fellowships, scholarships, exhibitions, prizes, or other
awards in the University, by providing a sufficient endowment in land or other property, and conveying the same
to the University for such purposes, and every such
endowment of lands or other property shall be vested in
the University for the purpose or purposes for which it
is given."
Only a limited number are in a position to make endowments, but many—including alumni and friends of higher
education—may add greatly to the usefulness of the University
by making contributions that lie within their power. It is
gratifying to note that the number of those who assist the
University in this way is constantly increasing.
Among the most notable gifts received during the past
year are the following:
Geo. Barnwell—Collection of ores, etc, from Joplin, Mo.
T. D. Guernsey—Collection of Yukon rocks.
H. C. Giegerich—Collection of ores from Surf Inlet.
S. Say—Collection of minerals and rocks from Mexico and the Grand Canyon, Col.
Dr. S. E. Porter—Collection of Vanadium ores from Minas Ragas, Peru.
T. S. Byne—Travertine from Roman wall, Monmouthshire, Wales.
D. C. McKechnie—Aragonite crystals, Sullivan Mine, Kimberley, B. C.
P. E. Crane—Native silver, Bellmine, Beverdell, B. C.
A. H. Lang—Chalcedony, Vernon, B. C.
R. R. Hedley—Argentite and native silver, Arlington Mine, Slocan, B. C.
Henry Meadows, M.D., Denman Island, B. C.—86 slides of Co. Antrim, Ireland.
J. Stanley—10 photographs (photomicrographs) and 9 microscopic slides of diatoms
and foraminifera, also specimens of chalk from Ramsgate, England.
J. C. A. Jackson—A small collection of fossils from Nanaimo and vicinity.
E. W. Beltz—Foraminiferal sand and fossils from Trinidad. 20 The University of British Columbia
T. B. Williams—Fossil root, ammonite, from Cumberland and vicinity.
S. W. N. Norman—Fossils from Windermere and vicinity.
R. Race}'—Fossil leaves and fish from Mount Kennedy, B. C.
DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY
R. D. Prettie, Superintendent Forest Branch, Department of Natural Resources,
Canadian Pacific Railway—A set of back numbers of the Canadian Forestry
Magazine.
Red River Lumber Co., Westwood, California—Samples of incense cedar.
Baker Lumber Co., Waldo, B. C.—Samples of western larch.
Abernethy, Lougheed Logging Co., Ltd., Haney, B. C.—Exhibition log for University
site at Point Grey. The Dominion Forestry Branch selected this log and sent
a section of it to London, England, for display in the British Empire Exhibition,
1924. It was through their courtesy that the opportunity arose to secure the
balance of the log for the University.
Dominion Forestry Branch—Samples of tree seed. Also co-operation in securing
exhibition log above.
British Columbia Forest Branch—Sample of yew wood.
Capilano Timber Co., Ltd.—Cross-sections of the principal species of coast timber
trees.
University of Toronto, Faculty of Forestry—Herbarium and laboratory specimens
of forest trees, including leaves, fruits and wood.
SUGGESTED LOCAL SCHOLARSHIPS
As the number of Matriculation Scholarships offered at
present is quite inadequate to the needs of the Province, a
scheme which has great possibilities both for the growth of the
University and the prosperity of the Province is earnestly
recommended to consideration.
In the large universities, both of Great Britain and the
United States, local or district scholarships have proved a strong
bond between the community and the University, have brought
the University close to the life of the young, and opened up
the prospect of a University education to many who would not
otherwise have contemplated it.
Such local or district scholarships might be established as
Matriculation Scholarships, by City or Municipal Councils or
other public bodies, or by private benefactors. They would be
awarded by a local authority, but the University would reserve
the right of confirmation.
In awarding such scholarships, standing in the Matriculation Examination need not be the only consideration.    It is The Library 21
desirable that regard should be had also to financial circumstances, character, and intellectual promise. Scholarships may
be offered for students taking a particular course, and in this
way the study of such sciences and technical branches of knowledge as have special importance for the industries of the
district may be encouraged. In short, local scholarships may be
arranged to meet local needs and to prepare the native sons
of the Province to play their part in the development of its
resources.
THE LIBRARY
The University Library consists of 49,700 volumes and
about 9,000 pamphlets. It includes representative works in all
the courses offered by the University, and a growing collection
of works on other subjects. It also receives regularly 450
magazines and periodical publications devoted to literature, the
sciences, and the transactions of learned societies. The Library
is classified throughout on the Congressional system.
In general one or two books may be borrowed by students
for a period of seven days, or for a shorter time should the
books be in general demand. Books to which the teaching staff
have specially referred their students are placed in a " Reserve''
class. These are put on special shelves in the Reading-room
accessible to all students. Reserved books are lent only for
periods during which the Library is closed. Unbound periodicals
are not issued on loan. Books that are costly, rare, or unsuitable
for general circulation, are lent only under special conditions.
While the Library is primarily for the use of the staff and
students of the University, its privileges are available to those
of the general public who are engaged in research or special
study, and who make personal application to the Librarian for
such privileges.
During the session the Library is open from 8.45 a.m. to
10 p.m.; in vacation from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. except on Saturdays,
when the hours are from 9 a.m. to noon. 22 The University of British Columbia
The University is deeply indebted to all who have made
gifts to the Library in the past year. These gifts have been
both valuable and numerous. Their very number prevents a
detailed acknowledgment.
FACILITIES FOR UNIVERSITY WORK
Location
From its location at Vancouver, the University enjoys
many natural advantages. The coast climate is the most favorable for work, and even in winter field classes in science and
open-air games are carried on.
The University site, on which University buildings are now
being erected, is unexcelled from the standpoints of both suitability and beauty of surroundings. The immediate environs
embracing sea and mountains, rivers and plains, furnish exceptional facilities for field work in the sciences pure and applied.
Thus the flora and fauna of land, river and sea may be collected
as required, while the mountains afford biological and climatic
zones ranging from mild temperate to arctic. For practical
geology conditions are equally favorable. Having Nature herself,
the University does not require the extensive museums necessary
in less favorable situations.
One of the largest metal mines and one of the largest ore-
dressing plants in the British Empire, a large smelter, many
coal mines, logging camps, saw mills, pulp and paper mills,
power plants, including hydro-electric installations, undeveloped
water-powers, all on a large scale, are within, at most, a few
hours' journey.
Vancouver is the industrial and commercial centre of the
Province, and half its population lives in the immediate vicinity
of the University. It is the terminus of several transcontinental
railways, and is a rapidly growing world port. Industrial plants
of almost every description are within easy reach and are
generously opened to students of engineering for demonstration
and study. Facilities for University Work 23
Students of economics, sociology and health have, in
addition to the usual materials available in a city, those that
are peculiar to a Pacific port where the Occident and Orient
meet.
For practical training in Nursing and Health there are
good hospitals, including the largest hospital in the Dominion,
and for field work numerous nursing and health agencies.
Laboratories
The University is supplied with laboratories, draughting
rooms, workshops and the necessary equipment for a thorough
training in the undergraduate courses offered. Many departments are equipped, further, for one year of post-graduate work
and certain lines of research. In the present temporary quarters
accommodation is inadequate, necessitating many subdivisions
of classes with attendant time-table and other difficulties, but
with the new buildings now planned and under construction
at the permanent site such handicaps will be entirely removed.
Agricultural Laboratories
By the nature of things, laboratory work in Agriculture
cannot be conducted inside to the same extent as in the case of
other sciences. On this account, provisions have been made at
the University site whereby students in Agriculture receive
laboratory instruction in the Departments of Agronomy, Animal
Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture, and Poultry Husbandry.
Thus the Department of Agronomy on its experimental
fields affords an opportunity for laboratory studies in the
testing and breeding of various field crops. Experiments are
conducted to ascertain the influence on yield and quality of
different modes of cultivation and rotation, and of the application of natural and artificial fertilizers. The Department of
Animal Husbandry possesses outstanding collections and breeds
of draft horses, dairy and beef cattle, hogs and sheep, which
are used for laboratory judging purposes as well as for experiments in breeding and feeding. Several of these animals have
made Provincial and Dominion records. In a speeial experimental 24 The University of British Columbia
Dairy equipped with pasteurizers, coolers, separators, churns,
cheese vats, etc., students receive instruction in the art
and science of making hard and soft cheeses, butter, Devonshire
cream, and other dairy products. A study is made of the
influence of variations in quality, temperature and bacterial
content of milk upon the flavor, quality and usability of the
product. The experimental grounds of the Department of
Horticulture and a provisional greenhouse contain varieties
of tree fruits, bush fruits, berries, table vegetables, and ornamental trees, shrubs and flowers. This extensive material
affords an opportunity for practical and experimental studies
in seeding, planting, pruning, yielding power and quality of
various horticultural crops, whether intended for consumption
or decoration. The Department of Poultry Husbandry has a
number of breeds of poultry, both for egg and meat production.
Experiments in breeding, feeding, incubation and brooding are
carried out, and many valuable data as well as outstanding high
records have been seeured.
The Dairy, the experimental fields of the Agronomy and
Horticultural Departments, the barns, pens and animals belonging to the Animal Husbandry and Poultry Departments are
visited every year by an increasing number of farmers, who
realise more and more the value of the work and the material
in these outside laboratories.
Herbarium
The University possesses a Herbarium of over 15,000 sheets
illustrating the Provincial flora, including algae, fungi, mosses,
ferns, flowering plants. This has been accomplished largely
through the co-operation of residents in all parts of British
Columbia, in return for assistance in identification, or information regarding the usefulness or otherwise of native species.
There are several sets of specimens illustrative of poisonous
and medicinal species, plants used by Indians, weeds, native
trees, shrubs, and other species of economic importance.
The value of the Herbarium has been greatly enhanced by
several donations of private herbaria.   These include (1) the Facilities for University Work 25
"Eli Wilson collection" of between 1,000 and 2,000 specimens;
(2) the "A. J. Hill collection" of about 2,500 specimens, and 100
water-colour illustrations of fungi; and (3) the "A. E. Baggs
collection" of nearly 1,000 specimens.
The Herbarium is at present located in the Arts Building,
where fire-proof accommodation has been provided.
Botanical Gardens
The Botanical Gardens are situated on the University site,
Point Grey, and occupy 5 acres on the west side of the Campus.
Here may be seen over 1,000 different species of native plants
collected from all parts of British Columbia, including dry-belt,
alpine, and coast species. One part of the gardens is devoted to
the herbaceous collection, where plants are systematically arranged according to their families; another part is reserved for a
native arboretum to illustrate the British Columbia species of
trees and shrubs; another constitutes the nursery where duplicates are raised and plants for systematic research are assembled.
The economic flora is represented by several beds of medicinal plants, the nucleus of a Salicetum containing some of the
best species and varieties of willows for basketry and ornamental
purposes, the latter a donation of about fifty species from E.
Versin, France.
Through the co-operation of Provincial correspondents numerous donations of seeds and plants are annually received; such
donations help to make the native collection more complete.
Seeds of several hundreds of species of plants—mostly Himalayan—have been donated by the Botanical Survey of India, and
as a result the University has the nucleus of a collection of Indian
plants which are being acclimatized in British Columbia; these
include some beautiful and interesting species of value in connection with the University classes in Botany.
The University, through this Department, offers assistance in
the identification of native species, and desires to secure the cooperation of all interested in the flora, in the hope that such
assistance and co-operation will aid in filling existing gaps in
the collections of the Herbarium and Botanical Gardens. 26 The University of British Columbia
The University Forest
A great asset to the University site is the forest, a remnant
of the luxuriant stand that once covered the whole peninsula.
Not only does it add very much to the beauty of the surroundings, but it will serve as a convenient demonstration and field
study area for the Department of Forestry.
The forest, containing over 200 acres, is in the form of a
long, narrow belt on the western side of the site, flanking Marine
Drive for nearly two miles. It is typical of the lowland stands
of the southern coast, and all the principal species of trees and
shrubs of the region are represented, including Douglas fir,
Western red cedar, Western hemlock, Sitka spruce, Grand fir,
Broad-leaf maple, Alder, and many others.
It was logged in the early days of Vancouver, and since
has been culled more than once for shingle bolts, firewood and
poles. Fortunately most of the logging was done by horse, so
the remaining stand was little injured, and there are still left
representatives of the old trees as well as a large amount of
young growth of different ages. General- Information 27
GENERAL INFORMATION
The Session
The University Year or Session is divided into two terms.
The first begins on Tuesday, September 23rd, 1924, and the
second on Monday, January 5th, 1925.
Courses of Study
For the Session 1924-25 the University offers instruction
in the four years of each of the three Faculties, Art and Science,
Applied Science (including Nursing), and Agriculture, leading
to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Applied Science
and Bachelor of Science in Agriculture. It is also possible to
proceed to a Master's degree in each Faculty (see "Regulations
for Master's Degrees"). Advanced courses of instruction and
facilities for research are offered to students who are graduates
of any University or College of recognized standing. Admission
to these advanced courses, or to the privileges of research, does
not in itself imply admission to candidacy for a higher degree.
Academic Dress
The undergraduate's gown is black in colour and of the
ordinary stuff material, of ankle length, and with long sleeves
and the yoke edged with khaki cord. The graduate's gown is
the same, without cord. The Bachelor's hood is of the Cambridge pattern, black bordered with the distinctive colour of
the particular Faculty; the Master's hood is the same, lined with
the distinctive colour. The colours are, for Arts and Science,
the University blue; for Applied Science, red; for Agriculture,
maize.
Physical Examination
In order to promote the physical welfare of the student
body, every student, on entering the University, will be required to undergo a physical examination, to be conducted by,
or under the direction of, the University Medical Examiner. 28 The University of British Columbia
Physical defects and weaknesses, amenable to treatment, may
thus be discovered, and the student is advised to apply to his
physician for such remedial measures as his case may require.
About 10 to 15 per cent, of the students are re-examined in
their second year.
Dean of Women
During the session the Dean of Women may be consulted
by parents and students on matters pertaining to living conditions, vocational guidance, and other questions that directly
affect the social and intellectual life of the women students.
Board and Residence
A list of approved boarding-houses which receive men or
women students, but not both, may be obtained from the
Registrar. Men and women students are not permitted to lodge
in the same house, unless they are members of the same family,
or receive special permission from the Senate. The cost of good
board and lodging is from $35 per month upwards; of a room
alone, $8 to $12 per month. A cafeteria is operated under the
supervision of the Students' Council, and lunch and afternoon
tea may be obtained there at very reasonable prices. Refreshments at social functions are also supplied. Admission to the University 29
ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY
All inquiries relating to admission to the University should
be addressed to the Registrar.
1. Except under special circumstances no student under the
age of sixteen is admitted to the First Year Courses in the
Faculty of Arts and Science, and no student under the age
of seventeen to the Second Year Courses in the Faculty of Arts
and Science nor to the First Year Courses in the Faculties of
Agriculture and Applied Science.
2. Candidates for admission to the courses in the First
Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science or the Faculty of
Agriculture and to the course in Nursing in Applied Science
are required to pass the Junior Matriculation Examination of
the Province of British Columbia or to submit certificates showing that they have passed an equivalent examination elsewhere.
3. Candidates for admission to the work of the First Year
in the Faculty of Applied Science (except Nursing) are required
to have completed the First Year in the Faculty of Arts and
Science or to have passed the Senior Matriculation Examination
of the Province of British Columbia, or to submit certificates
showing that they have passed an equivalent examination elsewhere.
4. Students who have passed the Senior Matriculation
Examination are admitted to the courses of the Second Year in
the Faculty of Arts and Science.
5. Certificates or diplomas showing that a candidate has
passed the Matriculation Examination of another University will
be accepted in lieu of the Junior or Senior Matriculation Examinations if the Faculty concerned considers that the examination
has covered the same subjects and required the same standard.
If, however, the examination covers some but not all of the
necessary subjects the candidate will be required to pass the
Matriculation Examination in the subjects not covered.
6. Prospective candidates who wish to enter by certificates
other than Matriculation certificates issued in British Columbia 30 The University of British Columbia
should under no circumstances come to the University without
having first obtained from the Registrar a statement of the
value of the certificates they hold, as many of these may lack
one or more essential subjects, or the work done in a subject may
not be adequate, or, again, the percentage gained may not be
sufficiently high. Moreover, it must be remembered that a
certificate may admit to one Faculty and not to another. When
an applicant's diploma or certificate does not show the marks
obtained in the several subjects of the examination he must
arrange to have a statement of his marks sent to the Registrar
by the Educational Department or University issuing such
diploma or certificate. The fee for examination of certificates
is $2.00.
7. A student of another University applying for exemption
from any subject or subjects which he has already studied is required to submit with his application a Calendar of the University in which he has previously studied, together with a complete statement of the course he has followed and a certificate of
the standing gained in the several subjects. The Faculty concerned will determine the standing of such a student in this
University.   The fee for the examination of certificates is $2.00.
8. No candidate under 18 years of age will be admitted to
the University without complete Junior Matriculation; and no
candidate over 18 years of age who has deficient Matriculation
standing will be admitted without the special permission of the
Faculty concerned.
9. The Junior and Senior Matriculation Examinations of
the Province of British Columbia are arranged by the High
School and University Matriculation Board of the Province.
This Board consists of members appointed by the Department
of Education and by the University. The requirements for
Matriculation may be obtained in the publication, "Requirements for Matriculation," issued by the University, or in the
"Courses of Study," issued by the Department of Education. Registration and Attendance 31
REGISTRATION AND ATTENDANCE
Those who intend to register as students of the University
for the session 1924-25 are required to make application to the
Registrar before Friday, September 19th, on forms to be obtained
at the Registrar's office.
1. There are four classes of students:—
(a) Graduate students—Students who ar# pursuing courses
of study in a Faculty in which they hold a degree,
whether they are proceeding to a Master's degree or
not.    (See "Regulations as to Master's Degree.")
(b) Full undergraduates—Students proceeding to a degree
in any Faculty who have passed all the examinations
precedent to the year in which they are registered.
(c) Conditioned undergraduates—Students proceeding to a
degree but who have incomplete entrance qualifications
or who are required to pass supplemental examinations
in a year previous to that in which they are registered.
(d) Partial students—Students not belonging to one of the
three preceding classes.    (See 7, below.)
2. All students other than graduate students are required
to attend in person at the office of the Registrar before Friday,
September 19th, to furnish the information necessary for the
University records; to register for the particular classes which
they wish to attend, and to sign the following declaration:—
"I hereby accept and submit myself to the statutes, rules,
regulations, and ordinances of The University of British Columbia, and of the Faculty or Faculties in which I am registered,
and to any amendments thereto which may be made while I
am a student of the University, and I promise to observe the
same."
In the information furnished for the University records,
students are requested to state what churches they propose to
make their place of worship. This information is available for
any of the city churches desiring it.
3. After the above date a fee of $2.00 will be charged for
late registration. 32 The University of British Columbia
4. Students registering for the first time must present
the certificates which constitute their qualification for admission to the course of study for which they wish to register.
The Registrar is empowered to register all duly qualified
students. Doubtful cases will be dealt with by the Faculty
concerned.
5. Each student on registering will receive a class card
for each class for which he has registered. Only students
provided with such cards will be admitted to a class. Provisional cards will be given to any students whose status is
subject to considjeration.
6. Students desiring to make a change in the course for
which they have registered must apply to the Registrar on the
proper form for a "change of course." Except in special circumstance, no change will be allowed after the fifteenth day of
the session. If the application is approved by the Faculty
concerned, the Registrar will give the necessary notifications.
7. Partial students are not normally required to pass an
examination for admission, but before registering they must
produce a certificate showing that they have satisfied the Dean
and the Heads of the Departments concerned that they are
qualified to pursue with advantage the course of study which
they propose to undertake.
8. Students are required to attend at least seven-eighths of
the lectures in each course that they take. Lectures will commence on the hour, and admission to a lecture or laboratory and credit for attendance may be refused by the Instructor
for lateness, misconduct, inattention or neglect of study. Absence consequent on illness or domestic affliction may be excused
only by the Dean of the Faculty concerned, and medical
certificates or other evidence must be presented immediately on
return to University work. In cases of deficient attendance
students may (with the sanction of the Dean and the Head of the
Department concerned) be excluded from the final examination
in a course; but unless the unexcused absences exceed one-fourth
of the total number of lectures in a course, such students may
sit for supplemental examination. Fees 33
FEES
All cheques must be certified and made payable to "The
University of British Columbia."
1. The sessional fees are as follows:
For Full and Conditioned Undergraduates
In Arts and Science—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 6th $40.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 19th.. 35.00
 $ 75.00
In Applied Science—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 6th $50.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 19th.. 50.00
  100.00
In Agriculture— ^
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 6th $40.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 19th.. 35.00
    75.00
In Nursing—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 6th $40.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 19th.. 35.00
L    75.00
In Teacher Training Course—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 6th $20.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 19th.. 20.00
    40.00
Alma Mater Fee—Payable on or before Oct. 6th       7.00
Caution Money—Payable on or before Oct. 6th       5.00
For Partial Students
Fees per "Unit"—Payable on or before Oct. 6th      7.00
Alma Mater Fee—Payable on or before Oct. 6th        7.00
Caution Money—Payable on or before Oct. 6th      5.00
For Graduates
Registration and   Class Fees — Payable  on  or  before
Oct. 13th       10.00
After these dates an additional fee of $2.00 will be exacted
of all students in default. 34 The University of British Columbia
The Alma Mater Fee is a fee exacted from all students
for the support of the Alma Mater Society. It was authorized
by the Board of Governors at the request of the students
themselves.
The Caution Money is a deposit from which deductions will
be made to cover breakages, wastage, and use of special materials
in laboratories, etc. If the balance to the credit of a student
falls below $1.50, a further deposit of $5.00 may be required.
2. Immediately after October 18th and February 2nd, the
Bursar will notify students who have not paid their fees that
steps will be taken to ensure their exclusion from classes while
the fees remain unpaid.
3. Students registering after October 6th shall pay their fees
at the time of registration, failing which they become subject to
the provisions of Regulation 2.
4. Special fees are:—
Regular supplemental examination,
per paper  $ 5.00
Special examination, per paper    7.50
Graduation     20.00
Supplemental examination fees must be paid two weeks
before the examination, special examination fees when application for examination is made, and graduation fees two weeks
before Congregation. Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 35
MEDALS, SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES
Medals for 1924-25
The Governor-General's Medal
A gold medal, presented by His Excellency the Governor-
General of Canada, will be awarded to the student standing at
the head of the graduating class in the Faculty of Arts and
Science.   Honour and pass students may compete for this medal.
The Historical Society Gold Medal
A gold medal, donated by E. W. Keenleyside, Esq., and
known as the Historical Society Gold Medal, will be open to the
members of the graduating class. The award will be made by
the Department of History, on the basis of the student's standing in the courses in History which he has taken during his
undergraduate course, and the general interest he has shown
in the subject.
The Historical Society Silver Medal
A silver medal, donated by Hugh Keenleyside, Esq., of
the class of 1920, and known as the Historical Society Silver
Medal, will be awarded in the Third Year on the same basis as
the gold medal.
Scholarships for 1924-25
The Rhodes Scholarship
An annual scholarship at one of the colleges of Oxford is
assigned by the trustees of the late Mr. Cecil J. Rhodes to the
Province of British Columbia. Each scholarship is tenable for
three years, and is of the value of £300 a year, supplemented
until further notice by an annual bonus of £50.
In accordance with the wish of Mr. Rhodes, the election of
candidates will depend upon: (1) Force of character, devotion
to duty, courage, sympathy, capacity for leadership; (2) Ability
and scholastic attainments; (3) Physical vigor, as shown by
participation in games or in other ways. 36 The University of British Columbia
A candidate must be a British subject, with at least five
years' domicile in Canada, and unmarried. He must have passed
his nineteenth but not his twenty-fifth birthday on October 1st
of the year for which he is elected.
He must be at least in his Sophomore Year in some recognized degree-granting university or college of Canada, and (if
elected) complete the work of that year before coming into
residence at Oxford.
He may compete either in the province in which he has
acquired any considerable part of his educational qualification,
or in the province in which he has his ordinary private domicile,
home, or residence.
Candidates for the 1925 scholarship must have their applications, with all the required material, in the hands of the
Secretary of the Selection Committee not later than October 20th,
1924.   The committee is at present constituted as follows:
Chief Justice Hunter (Chairman), Mr. Justice Gregory
(Deputy-Chairman), Messrs. H. R. Bray, A. G. Cameron,
H. T. Logan  (Secretary), E. A. Munro.
The following have been awarded the Rhodes scholarships
from the Province:
A. W. Donaldson   1904 B. V. Gordon   1915
I. I. Rubinowitz   1965 E. W. Berry    1916
H- R- Bray   1906 a>  Lett   1919
T-  Larsen    1907 J. H. Mennie   1919
H. T. Logan    1908
A. Yates   1909
S. C. Dyke   1910
J. B. Clearihue   1911
A. N. King   1912 U W- McLennan    1922
G. L. Haggen   1913 N. A. Robertson   1923
B. E. Atkins   1914 G. S. Livingston    1924
The 1851 Exhibition Scholarship
Under the revised conditions for the award of the 1851
Exhibition Scholarship in Science, The University of British
Columbia  is included in the list of universities  from which
nominations for scholarships allotted to Canada may be made.
L.  A.  Mills    1920
W. H. Coates    1920
R. L. Vollum    1921 Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 37
These scholarships are of the value of £250 per annum,
tenable, ordinarily, for two years. They are granted only to
British subjects under 26 years of age, who have been bona fide
students of science of not less than three years' standing.
The University Women's Federation Scholarship
The scholarship of the Federation of University Women in
Canada, of the value of $1,000, available for study or research,
is open to any woman holding a degree from a Canadian university. In general, preference will be given to those candidates
who have completed at least one year of graduate study
and have some definite research in preparation. Any candidate
must be recommended by her own university; if successful in
her application, she may pursue her studies at any1 university
satisfactory to the Committee of Selection. Applications and
recommendations must be received not later than February 1st.
The W. C. Macdonald Scholarship
A scholarship in Agriculture of the value of $500 for one
year's postgraduate study at Macdonald College, P.Q., has been
put at the disposal of the University by W. C. Macdonald
(Registered). The scholarship is primarily intended for
graduates in Agriculture of The University of British Columbia,
but, failing such, will be open to any resident of the Province
who is a graduate of an agricultural college.
The Anne Wesbrook Scholarship
This scholarship, of the value of $100, given by the
Faculty Women's Club of the University, will be open to both
men and women graduates of this university who intend to
pursue post-graduate study in this or any other approved
university.
Applications for this scholarship should be made to the
Registrar not later than the last day of the final examinations.
Nomination for the award will be made by a joint meeting of
the Committee on Scholarships and the Committee on Student
Affairs of the Faculty Women's Club. 38 The University of British Columbia
Graduate Scholarship in Applied Science
This scholarship, of the value of $100, donated by Dean
R. W. Brock, may be awarded to a graduate student in Applied
Science who shows special aptitude for post-graduate studies.
Applications should be made to the Registrar not later than
the last day of the final examinations.
The Captain LeRoy Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship, of the value of $250, donated by the
Universities Service Club, will be awarded for the academic year
1924-25 to a returned soldier student in attendance at The
University of British Columbia. Applications for this Scholarship may be made by returned soldier students who intend
doing Second, Third, or Fourth Year work at The University of
British Columbia, or post-graduate work at any approved
institution. Each application must contain a statement of the
academic record, the war record, and the special claims of the
applicant, with two supporting references, and must be in the
hands of the Registrar not later than April 30th.
The award will be made by Senate, upon recommendation
of Faculty acting in consultation with the Executive of the
Universities Service Club.
ROYAL INSTITUTION  SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS
(a) Matriculation Scholarships
1. Seven General Proficiency Scholarships will be awarded
on the result of the Junior Matriculation Examinations.
A. One of $150 to be awarded to the candidate who obtains
the highest standing in the Province.
B. Six of $100 each, one for each of the following districts,
to be awarded to the candidate from each of such districts who
obtains the highest standing among the candidates from the
district:—
1. Victoria District.
2. Vancouver Island  (exclusive of Victoria District)
and Northern Mainland. Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 39
3. Vancouver District.
4. Fraser Delta (exclusive of Vancouver District, but
including Agassiz).
5. Yale.
6. Kootenays.
Note.—In the district from which the winner of A comes,
B will be awarded to the candidate standing second.
These scholarships can be enjoyed only by students in
attendance at The University of British Columbia.
2. A student who wins a Junior Matriculation Scholarship
and proceeds to Senior Matriculation in his own district high
school may have the scholarship reserved for him for one year,
to be awarded subject to his obtaining satisfactory standing in
the Senior Matriculation Examination.
3. A student winning a Matriculation Scholarship and taking his first two years of the Arts course in an affiliated institution, may be allowed to enjoy the privilege of the scholarship
if he attends the University during the Third Year.
4. Sums accruing from unawarded Matriculation Scholarships may be used in the form of bursaries or loans.
(b) First Year Scholarships
Four scholarships of $75 each (three in Arts and Science
and one in Applied Science) will be awarded for general proficiency in the work of the First Year.
(c) Student Loans
A fund is provided from which a loan not to exceed $100
may be made to a deserving student who is in need of pecuniary
assistance. Application for such a loan should be addressed to
the President of the University.
UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS
1. A scholarship of the value of $200 may be awarded to a
graduate student who shows special aptitude for post-graduate 40 The University of British Columbia
studies.     (Applications should be made to the Registrar not
later than the last day of the final examinations.)
2. Two scholarships in Arts and Science of $75 each will
be awarded to students proceeding to the Fourth Year, the
award to be based on the work of the Third Year.
3. Three scholarships (two in Arts and Science and one in
Applied Science) of $75 each will be awarded to students proceeding to the Third Year, the award to be based on the work
of the Second Year.
4. A scholarship in Agriculture of $75 will be awarded to a
student proceeding to the Second Year, the award to be based
on the work of the First Year.
5. Two scholarships of $75 each may be awarded to
returned soldiers taking the work of the First Year, the award
to be based on the work of the year.
6. One scholarship of $75 will be awarded upon the results
of the Senior Matriculation Examination.
The Shaw Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship of $137.50, founded by friends of the late
James Curtis Shaw, Principal of Vancouver College, and afterwards of McGill University College, Vancouver, will be paid
throughout his undergraduate course to any child of the late
Principal Shaw who is in regular attendance at the University
as a fully matriculated student; when there is no such candidate,
it will be awarded upon the results of the examination of the
Second Year in Arts and Science to the undergraduate student
standing highest in any two of the following three subjects,
English, Latin, Greek, and proceeding to the work of the Third
Year.
The McGill Graduates' Scholarship
This scholarship of $137.50, founded by the McGill
Graduates' Society of British Columbia, will be awarded upon
the results of the examinations of the Second Year in Arts and
Science   to   the   undergraduate   student   standing   highest   in Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 41
English and French, and proceeding to the work of the Third
Year.
The Dunsmuir Scholarship
This scholarship of $165, founded by the Hon. James
Dunsmuir, will be awarded upon the results of the examinations
of the Third Year in Applied Science to the undergraduate
student standing highest in the Mining Engineering Course, and
proceeding to the work of the Fourth Year.
Note.—The above three scholarships were originally donated
to the Royal Institution, and have, with the consent of the
donors, been transferred by the Board of Governors of that
institution to The University of British Columbia.
The Terminal City Club Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship, of the value of $110, founded by the
members of the Terminal City Club as a memorial to those
members of the Club who lost their lives in the Great War, will
be awarded upon the results of the examinations of the Second
Year in Arts and Science to the undergraduate student standing
highest in English and Economics, and proceeding to the work
of the Third Year.
The Arts '19 Scholarship
This scholarship, of the value of $150, given by the students
of Arts '19, will be awarded on the recommendation of the
Faculty Committee on Scholarships to a Third Year student in
Arts and Science proceeding to the Fourth Year.
The award will be based on (1) literary and scholastic
attainments, and (2) exhibition of moral force of character and
instincts to lead and take an interest in fellow-students and in
University activities.
This scholarship will be paid in full to the winner at the
beginning of the session.
The Scott Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship, of the annual value of $110—the proceeds of an endowment of $2,000—founded by the Imperial 42 The University of British Columbia
Order of the Daughters of the Empire of the City of Vancouver,
in memory of Captain Robert Falcon Scott, the Antarctic
explorer, who sacrificed his life in the cause of Science, will be
awarded for general proficiency in biological subjects to the
student who has completed his Second Year in Arts and Science,
and who is proceeding in the Third Year to Honour work either
in Biology or in a course including Biology.
The British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association Scholarship
This scholarship, of the annual value of $100, donated by
the British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association, will be
awarded to a student taking the horticultural options of the
Third Year. To qualify for this scholarship candidates must
attain scholarship standing, not only in horticultural subjects,
but also in the work of the year, and must be proceeding to the
Horticultural Course of the Fourth Year—the year in which the
scholarship shall be enjoyed.
The United Farmers of British Columbia Scholarship
A scholarship of the value of $50, donated by the United
Farmers of British Columbia, will be awarded to the candidate
under nineteen years of age ranking highest in the competitive
examinations conducted at the close of the extension schools in
agriculture held under the auspices of the U. F. B. C. in
co-operation with the Faculty of Agriculture of the University.
This scholarship may be enjoyed by the winner either in the
regular four years' course or in the series of short courses offered
each year.
The Khaki University and Young Men's Christian Association
Memorial Scholarship Fund
The sum of $12,000, given to the University by the
Administrators of the Khaki University of Canada, provides a
fund to assist returned soldiers who are in actual need of money
to enable them to complete their courses, and to found scholarships, in the award of which preference should be given to the
sons and daughters of soldiers of the Great War. Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 43
Prizes for 1924-25
The British Columbia Dairymen's Association Prizes
A sum of $100 is given annually by the British Columbia
Dairymen's Association to encourage the judging of live stock
among students in the Department of Animal Husbandry. It is
awarded in three equal amounts to the students winning places
on the team that represents the University in stock-judging at
the Pacific International Exposition.
The Convocation Prize
This prize, of the value of $50, donated by Convocation
of The University of British Columbia, will be awarded
annually to the student obtaining first place in the Fourth Year
of Applied Science.
The Gerald Myles Harvey Prize
A book prize of the value of $50, given by J. N. Harvey,
Esq., in memory of his son, Gerald Myles Harvey, who died on
active service, will be awarded to the student of the Third Year
in Arts and Science who submits the best essay on a specified
subject in Economics or Political Science. The subjects for the
Session 1924-25 are as follows:
1. How far is Canada losing by emigration? Is this loss
avoidable, and if so, by what means?
2. Compare, from the standpoint of British Columbia, the
relative advantages of local banks without branches and the
present branch-bank system.
3. Is it economically or socially advantageous to restrict the
export of raw materials from Canada ?
The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship
This prize, of the value of $110, given by the Women's
Canadian Club, will be awarded to the student obtaining first
place in Canadian History. 44 The University of British Columbia
The Historical Society Prize
Through the generosity of R. L. Reid, Esq., K.C., the
Historical Society of the University has been able to offer,
annually, a prize of $25, open to all students in Arts and
Science, for the best essay on an assigned subject.
The University Prize
A book prize of the value of $25, open to all students of
the University, will be awarded for an essay on a special literary
subject, to be announced at the beginning of the Session by the
Department of English.
The Vancouver Women's Conservative Association Prize
This prize, of the value of $25, given by the Vancouver
Women's Conservative Association, is open to students taking
the Mathematics of the First Year in the Faculty of Arts and
Science. In awarding the prize preference will be given to the
son or daughter of a deceased soldier, provided satisfactory
standing is secured in the subject.
Graduate Bursary in Mining and Metallurgy
Through the British Columbia Division of the Canadian
Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, the Granby Consolidated
Mining and Smelting Company, and the Crow's Nest Coal Company, each offer to give employment annually to two selected
graduates of The University of British Columbia, to enable them,
while earning a livelihood, to obtain practical experience and
personal knowledge of the various phases of metal mining or
smelting, and coal mining, respectively, under favorable conditions and in the minimum of time.
The Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy Bursary
The British Columbia Division of the Canadian Institute
of Mining and Metallurgy offers a bursary of $50 to be awarded
on the recommendation of the Faculty of Applied Science to
the   student   taking   the   courses   in   Mining,   Metallurgy,   or Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 45
Geological Engineering, who, in the judgment of the Faculty,
will be most benefited thereby.
The Players' Club Prize
A prize of the value of $50, donated by the Players' Club,
is offered for an original play suitable for the club's Christmas
performance. The award will be made on the recommendation
of the Faculty members of the Advisory Board of the Players'
Club.
The Letters Club Prize
A prize of $25, presented by R. L. Reid, Esq., K.C, honorary
member of the Letters Club, is offered annually for the best essay
by an undergraduate student in Arts on an assigned subject in
Canadian literature. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Department of English.
The Provincial Board of Health Prizes
The Provincial Board of Health of the Province of British
Columbia offers two prizes of $60 and $40 for competition in
the Short Course of Public Health Nursing.
P. E. O. Sisterhood Prizes
A prize of the value of $25, given by Chapter A of the
P. E. 0. Sisterhood, will be awarded to the woman student who
attains the highest standing in the English of the First Year in
Arts and Science and proceeds to the English of the Second
Year.
A prize of the value of $25, given by Chapter C of the
P. E. 0. Sisterhood, will be awarded to the woman student
of the First Year in Arts and Science who presents the best essay
on an assigned topic, selected by the Department of English, subject to the approval of the donors. The essay must be handed to
the Head of the English Department not later than January 15th. 46 The University of British Columbia
GENERAL REGULATIONS
1. Scholarships, medals, and prizes will be awarded at the
close of the session, and in case of Matriculation Examinations,
after the June examination.
2. If the award of a medal, scholarship, or prize is based
on an examination, no award will be made to a candidate who
obtains less than 75 per cent, of the possible marks.
3. No candidate will be permitted to hold more than one
scholarship, but anyone who would, but for this provision, have
been entitled to a second scholarship will have his name published in the lists.
4. A scholarship which cannot be awarded because of Rule
3 will be granted to the candidate next in order of merit provided that he has obtained the marks required by Rule 2.
5. In the case of scholarships awarded to undergraduates,
the successful candidate, in order to retain his scholarship, must
proceed with his course to the satisfaction of the Faculty concerned, but the Faculty may, upon satisfactory reasons being
shown, permit a scholar to postpone attendance for a year
without forfeiting the scholarship, the payment of the scholarship being also postponed.
6. The scholarships will be paid in three instalments
during the session following their award—on the 15th of
November, the 15th of January, and the 15th of March.
7. Winners of scholarships who desire to do so may resign
the monetary value, while the appearance of their names in the
University list enables them to retain the honour. Any funds
thus made available will be used for additional scholarships or
student loans. THE       S
FACULTY
OF
ARTS AND SCIENCE 48
The University of British Columbia
TIME TABLE
FACULTY OF ARTS
NOTE: Students will report to the Heads of the various Departments for
KEY TO THE ROOMS: X, Y and Z are in the Auditorium; Ch is the Baptistl
Lecture Room; G is Geology Lecture Room; 23, 31, 32, 33 and 34 are in the
are in the Physics Building; CB is in the Commercial Building.
MORNINGS
MONDAY
Economics 3 	
English 1 a 	
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
English 13 	
French  2  	
Sees, a, b, c 	
Geology 3 and 4 ..
Greek  1   	
Heredity 	
Mathematics 10 	
Philosophy 1 a	
P. H. Nursing 	
Room
Ch
XYZ
CP
23
St 31,34
B
CB
33
Tuesday
Room
Economics 2  	
English 1 b 	
Sees.  6, 7, 8, 9
10, 11 	
French 2 	
Sees, d, e, f ....j
Geology 5 and 12
Latin 2 	
Latin  5   	
Plant Histology „
Plant Physiology
Zoology 2 	
Zoology 3 	
23
XYZ
CCh,
M2
32,31,34
G
33
S3
B
B
B
B
Wednesday
Economics 3  	
English 1 a	
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5...
•English 13 	
French 2  	
Sees, a, b, c 	
Geology 3 and 4 ....
Greek  1  	
Heredity 	
Mathematics   10   ....
Philosophy 1 a 	
P. H. Nursing 	
Room
Ch
XYZ
CP
23
St,31,34
G
32
B
CB
33
10
Chemistry 3 	
Economics 1 a 	
Economic Flora ...
English 9 	
French 3 b 	
French 4 b 	
Geology  1   	
German 1 	
History 5 	
Mathematics  1  a
P.  H.  Nursing ...
Physics 1 b 	
Physics 3 	
C
Ch
B
Z
34
31
G
32
St
X,Y,23,
33, M2
B
P
S3
Economics 1 c ....
English 17 	
French 4 a 	
Geology 2 	
Government 1  	
Greek 2 	
History   6   	
Mathematics 1 b
P. H.  Nursing ...
Philosophy 2  	
Physics I a 	
Plant  Pathology..
Ch
34
33
G
CB
St
XYZ
C23
B
31
P
B
Chemistry 3 	
Economics 1 a 	
English 9 	
French 3 b 	
French 4 b 	
Geology  1   	
Geology  7  	
German 1 	
History 5 	
Mathematics 1 a..
P. H.  Nursing
Physics 1  b 	
Physics 3 	
C
Ch
Z
34
31
G
GLab.
32
St
X,Y,M2
23,33
B
P
S3
11
Biology 1 	
Chemistry 7 	
Economics 1 b .......
Economics   7   (no
given)   	
English 14 	
French  1   	
Sees, a, b, c, d ..
French 4 d 	
Geology  8   	
German,   Beginners
Government  3   ...
History  2   	
History   7   	
Latin 1 a 	
Mathematics 2 ...
Zoology 1 	
P
C
X
CB
33, Y,
Ch,M2
31
G. Lab.
32
S4
G
St
z
23
B
Botany  1  	
Chemistry  4   	
Economics Id.
French 1  	
Sees, e, f, g, h.
French 3 a 	
Geology 6 	
German 2  	
Government 2 ....
History 3 	
History 9  	
Latin 1 b 	
Philosophy 8 ....
Physics    2    ( n o 1
given 1924-25)...
B
C
X
33, M3,
M2,G
23
34
32
Y
St
z
31
Biology 1  	
Chemistry 7 	
Economics  1 b ...
Economics   7   (not
given   1924-25)...
English 14 	
French  1   	
Sees, a, b, c, d .
French 4 d 	
Geology 8 	
German,    Beginners
Government 3 	
History   2   	
History 7 	
Latin 1 a 	
Mathematics 2 ...
Zoology 1 	
P
C
X
CB
33, Y
Ch,M2
31
G Lab.
32
S4
G
St
z
23
B Time Table
49
— 1924-25
AND SCIENCE
arrangements for those subjects not in the Time Table.
Church; St is St. George's Church; C is Chemistry Lecture Room; P is Physics
Arts Building; Ml, M2 and M3 are in the Mining Building; SI, S2, S3 and S4
MORNINGS
Thursday
Economics 2 	
English  1   b  	
See*. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
11   	
French 2  	
Sees, d, e, f 	
Geology 5 and 12 .
Latin 2 	
Latin 8	
Plant Histology 	
Plant  Physiology ...
Zoology 2 	
Zoology 3 	
Economics 1 c ....
English 17 	
French 4 a 	
Geology   2   	
Government 1  	
Greek 2  	
History   6   	
Mathematics lb.
P. H. Nursing ...
Philosophy 2 	
Physics I a 	
Plant Pathology ..
Botany  1  	
Chemistry   4   	
Economics 1 d ....
French  1	
Sees, e, f, g, h ..
French 3a  	
Geology   6   	
German 2 	
Government 2 	
History   3   ..._	
History 9  ....
Latin 1 b 	
Philosophy 8 	
Physics 2 (not given
1924-26)   	
Room
23
XYZ
CCh,
M2
32
31,34
G
33
S3
B
B
B
B
Ch
34
33
G
CB
St
XYZ
C23
B
31
P
B
B
C
X
33, M3
M2,G
23
34
32
Y
St
z
31
Friday
Room
Economics  3 	
English 1 b	
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
English 13 	
French 2 	
Sees, a, b, c ....
Geology 3 and 4 ...
Greek 1 	
Mathematics 10 ...
Philosophy 1 a .....
P. H. Nursing	
Chemistry  2   	
Economics 1 a	
Economic  Flora ....
English   9   	
French 3 b 	
French 4 b 	
Geology  7  	
German 1  	
History 5 	
Mathematics 1 a ....
P. H.  Nursing 	
Physics 1 b 	
Economics  1  b	
Economics    7    (not
given 1924-25)  ....
English 14 	
French 1 	
Sees, a, b, c, d ....
French 4 d 	
Geology 8 	
German, Beginners ....
Government 3  	
History 2 	
History   7   	
Latin 1 a 	
Mathematics  2  	
Zoology  5  and  6  ..
Ch
XYZ
CP
23
St
31,34
G
32
CB
33
B
C
Ch
B
Z
34
31
G
32
St
X.Y.M2
23,33
B
P
X
CB
33, Y
Ch,M2
31
GLab.
32
S4
G
St
Z
23
B
Saturday
Economics  2   ,
English 1 a  	
Sees. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
11   	
French 2  	
Sees, d, e, f 	
Geology  10  	
Latin 2 	
Latin 5 	
Economics 1 c ..
English 17 	
French 4 a 	
Geology 10 	
Government 1  ....
Greek 2 	
History 6 	
Mathematics  1 b
Philosophy 2 	
Physics  1 a 	
Economics 1 d ....
French  1   	
Sees, e, f, g, h.
French 3 a 	
Geology   10  	
German 2 	
Government 2 	
History 3 	
History 9 	
Latin 1 b 	
Philosophy 8 	
Physics 2 (not given
1924-25)   	
Room
23
XYZ
CCh,
M2
82
81,34
33
S3
Ch
34
33
CB
St
XYZ
C23
31
P
X
33, M3
M2.G
23
34
32
Y
St
Z
31 50
The University op British Columbia
AFTERNOONS
TIME TABLE
Monday             1 Room
1
Tuesday                Room
Wedhesday
Room
C
P
XYZ
23
CB.Ch
32
St
31
34
Bacteriology  1   	
English 1 b 	
GPC
B33
X,Y,Z
CB.23
Chemistry 1 a 	
Economics 5
C
P
Economic  Flora  Lab.
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Geology 1  Lab	
Mathematics 1 B ....
English 2 a 	
XYZ
French  1   	
23
Sees, i, j, k	
CB.Ch
Geology 7 Lab.
Greek, Beginners ....
History 4 	
Greek, Beginners  	
82
Plant Histology Lab.
Zoology 2 Lab	
Zoology 3 Lab.
St
1
Latin 3 	
31
Philosophy 4 	
34
Sociology (not offered
1924-25)	
Sociology   (not
offered   1924-25) ..
Plant Histology Lab.
Plant Pathology Lab.
Plant Physiology Lab
Zoology 5 Lab	
Zoology 6 Lab.
Zoology 5 Lab	
C
X
CB
Y
23, M2
G
Z
St
B     '
33
Bacteriology   1   	
Chemistry 1 Lab. 2.
English 2 c 	
Z
X
32
34
B
Chemistry 1 B 	
Economics 6 	
C
X
English 10 ....
CB
Economic  Flora  Lab.
English  10 	
English 11 	
English 16 ... .
Y
Geology 1 Lab.
Greek, Beginners ...
Mathematics 4 	
P. H.  Nursing
Physics 1 Lab. 3 ...
Physics 3 Lab	
Plant Histology Lab.
Zoology 2 Lab	
Zoology 3 Lab.
French  1    _	
Sees. 1, m  _	
Geology 7 Lab.
Geography 1 	
23, M2
English 16 	
French 1  	
G
2
History 1 	
Z
History 8 	
St
Philosophy 1 B
Plant Histology Lab.
Plant Pathology Lab.
Plant Physiology Lab
Zoology 5 Lab	
Zoology 6 Lab.
B
P. H.  Nursing 	
33
Physics 1 Lab. 1
Plant Physiology Lab.
Zoology 5 Lab	
Zoology 6 Lab	
Bacteriology  1   	
Chemistry 1 Lab. 1...-
Chemistry 2 Lab. a....
Economic  Flora  Lab.
G
Z
B
Chemistry 1 Lab. 2.
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
English 6 	
X
Z
B
P. H.  Nursing
Plant Pathology Lab.
English 18 b 	
P. H.  Nursing
Physics 1 Lab. 3
Physics 3 Lab.
Zoology 2 Lab.
Zoology 3 Lab.
7
Latin  1   	
B
o
P. H. Nursing 	
Physics 1 Lab. 1
Physics 4 Lab	
Plant Physiology Lab.
Zoology 6 Lab	
4
Bacteriology  1   	
Chemistry i  Lab. 1....
Chemistry 2 Lab. a.—
Chemistry 7 Lab.    ..
Economic  Flora  Lab.
Physics 1 Lab. 2 	
Physics 4 Lab	
Zoology 6 Lab	
B
Chem. 1 Lab. 2
Chem.  2  Lab.  b
Physics 1 Lab. 4
Physics 3 Lab.
Zoology 2 Lab.
Zoology 3 Lab.
Plant Pathology Lab.
5
Bacteriology 1 	
Chem. 1 Lab. 1
Chem. 2 Lab. a 	
Physics 1 Lab. 2
Chem. 2 Lab. b
Physics 1 Lab. 4 Time Table
51
—Continued
AFTERNOONS
Thursday          1 Room
i
Friday                Room
Saturday
Room
Bacteriology  1	
Botany 1  Lab	
G,P,C
B,CB,
M2
XYZ
23,33
C
P
XYZ
23
CB.Ch
"si"
St
31
34
Economics 5 	
English 2 a	
Sees. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
French 1 	
11   	
Sees, i, j, k 	
Geology 1 Lab. 	
Mathematics 1 B ....
Geology 2  Lab.
Greek,  Beginners
History  4   	
Latin 3  	
Zoology 1 Lab	
Philosophy 4 	
Sociology  (not offered
1924-25)    	
Bacteriology  1   	
Botany  1  Lab.  ....  .
English 11 	
X
33
32
34
B
Biology 1 Lab. 1  	
Chemistry 1 b 	
C
X
CB
Y
23, M2
G
Z
St
33
Economics 6  i
German,    Beginners
Greek  1 	
English   10    J
English   16   	
French 1 	
Sees. 1, m 	
P. H. Nursing 	
Physics 1 Lab 5  ,
Zoology 1 Lab	
Geography  1   	
Geology 2 Lab	
History   1   	
History 8 	
Philosophy 1 b  	
Physics 1 Lab. 7
Botany 1 Lab	
Chem. 1 Lab. 3 	
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
Chemistry 3 Lab. b
English 6 	
X
z
B
Biology 1 Lab. 1
Chemistry 1 Lab. 4 ..
Chemistry 2 Lab. a ..
Chemistry 3 Lab. a ..
Physics  1   Lab.  7
Physics   2   Lab.   (not
given 1924-25)
English 18 b 	
P.  H.  Nursing  ....  ,
Zoology 1 Lab	
Botany 1 Lab. 	
Chemistry 1 Lab. 3
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
Chemistry 3 Lab. b
Physics 1 Lab. 6
Zoology 1 Lab     -
Biology 1 Lab. 2   	
Chemistry 1 Lab. 4 ..
Chemistry 2 Lab. a ..
Chemistry 3 Lab. a ..
Physics 1  Lab. 8   . .
Physics   2   Lab.   (not
given 1924-25)
......
Chemistry 1 Lab. 3
Chemistry 9 Lab. b
Chemistry 8 Lab. b
Physics 1 Lab. 6 „..
	
Biology 1 Lab. 2  	
Chemistry 1 Lab. 4 ..
Chemistry 2 Lab. a ..
Chemistry 3 Lab. a ..
Physics 1 Lab. 8 	 Faculty of Arts and Science Supplemental Examinations
en
SEPTEMBER, 1924
Bate
Wednesday,
September 10th
Thursday,
September 11th
Friday,
September 12th
Saturday,
September 13th
Monday,
September 15th
Tuesday,
September 16th
Wednesday,
September 17th
Hour
9
A.M.
1
P.M.
9
1
A.M.
P.M.
9
1
A.M.
P.M.
9
A.M.
9
A.M.
1
P.M.
9
1
A.M.
P.M.
9
1
A.M.
P.M.
First Year
History 1, 2, 3	
English Literature	
Latin Authors   	
Latin  Composition,  Sight,  and
History   	
French Authors  .
French Grammar
Physics 1
Geometry   . ..
Greek   	
Trigonometry
Chemistry 1   .
German
Algebra    	
English Composition
Economics 1
Biology 1   . .
Geography
Second Year
History 1, 2, 3	
English Literature .
Latin  Authors
Latin  Composition,
History   	
Calculus   	
Sight,  and
French Authors   .
French Grammar
Physics  1,  2,  3
Philosophy  1   . .
Geometry   	
Greek    	
Botany 1	
Zoology 1   	
Chemistry 1, 2  .
German	
Algebra  	
English Composition
Geology 1, 2	
Economics 1, 2	
Biology  1   	
Geography    ........
Third Year
o
a
i-i
p
c
<*>
a
a.
CO
a FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE
COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A.
The degree of B.A. is granted with Honours or as a Pass
degree. Four regular sessions of class-room work from Junior
Matriculation or three from Senior Matriculation are required.
A double course in Arts and Science and Applied Science
is offered, leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc. (See
Page 144.)
No distinction is made between Pass and Honour students
in the First and Second Years, except as regards prerequisites
for later work, but in the Third and Fourth Years there are
special requirements for Honour students.
Courses are described in terms of units. A unit normally
consists of one lecture hour (or one continuous laboratory period
of not less than two or more than three hours) per week
throughout the session, or two lecture hours (or equivalent
laboratory periods) throughout a single term.
Note.—Students in any of the affiliated Theological Colleges
who file with the Registrar a written statement expressing their
intention of graduating in Theology will be allowed to offer,
in each year of their Arts course, in place of optional subjects
set down in the Calendar for the Year and course in which
they are registered, Religious Knowledge options, to the extent
of three units taken from the following list: Hebrew, Biblical
Literature, New Testament Greek, Church History, Christian
Ethics and Apologetics.
First anb Second Years
1. The work of the first two years consists of 30 units, 15
of which must be taken in each year. Details of the courses
are given by the various departments and appear at pages
64 to 116.
Each student must take: Units
(a) English  1  in  the  First  Year  and
English 2 in the Second Year    6 54 Faculty of Arts and Science
(b) The first two courses in a language
offered for Matriculation, one course
in each year     6
(c) Mathematics 1, in the First Year    3
(d) Economics 1, or History" 1 or 2 or 3,
or Philosophy 1     3
(e) Biology 1, or Chemistry 1, or Geology 1, or Physics 1     3
(/) Three courses—not already chosen—
selected from the following:—
Biology 1, Botany 1, Chemistry 1,
Chemistry 2, Economics 1, Economics 2, French 1, French 2, Geography 1, Geology 1, Geology 2,
German 1, German 2, Greek 1,
Greek 2, History 1, History 2, History 3, Latin 1, Latin 2, Mathematics 2, Mathematics 3, Mathematics 4, Philosophy 1, Physics 1,
Physics 2, Physics 3, Zoology 1....   9
Note.—Botany 1, Zoology 1, Geology 1
and 2 and History 3 are not open
to First Year students. Economics
1, and Philosophy 1 are open only
to First Year students if the permission of the Heads of these departments is obtained
2. No student in his First Year may elect more than one
beginners' course in language, and no beginners' course in
language will count towards a degree unless followed by a Second
Year's work in that language.
3. A student taking three languages in the first two years
may defer the course selected under e (above) to the Third or
Fourth Year. Pass Courses 55
Note (for students intending to enter the Faculty of
Applied Science)—Physics 1 must be taken in the First Year.
Chemistry 1 or Biology 1 will be accepted in lieu of the corresponding course in First Year Applied Science. French is
advisable for students intending to enter Geological Engineering.
On or before March 31st of each year, all students in their
Second Year must submit to the Dean of the Faculty a scheme
of the courses which they propose to take during their last
two years.
Third and Fourth Years: Pass Curriculum
1. The work of the Third and Fourth Years consists of 30
units, of which students must take, in their Third Year, not
less than 15 units or more than 18.
2. A minimum of 15 units must be taken in two Major
subjects, at least 6 units in each, and a minimum of 6 units in
some other subject or subjects. Work in the First or Second
Year is required in each of the Major subjects, except in the
case of Bacteriology. Both Major subjects must be chosen from
one of the following groups:
(a) Chemistry,   Bacteriology,   Botany,   Geology,   Physics,
Zoology.
(b) Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics.
(c) Economics, Philosophy, Mathematics.
(d) English,   Greek,   Latin,   French,   German,   History,
Economics, Philosophy.
3. Details of courses available in the Third and Fourth
Years are furnished by the various departments, and appear
at Pages 64 to 116.
Any course not taken in the First and Second Years may
be taken in the Third or Fourth Years, except History 1, 2, 3,
but no credit will be given for a language course normally
taken in the First Year unless it is taken in the Third Year and 56 Faculty of Arts and Science
continued in the Fourth Year.    Some courses, however, are
intended for Honour students only.
4. During the Fourth Year one course of private reading,
to count not more than 3 units, may be taken with the consent
of the department concerned.
HONOURS
1. Students whose proposed scheme of work involves Honour
courses must obtain the consent of the departments concerned
and of the Dean before entering on these courses; and this consent will normally be granted only to those students who have a
clear academic record at the end of their Second Year with at
least Second Class standing in the subject or subjects of specialization. (Cards of application for admission to Honour courses
may be obtained at the Registrar's office.)
2. Certain departments offer Honour courses either alone
or in combination with other departments. For Honours in a
single department, at least 18 of the requisite 30 units must be
taken in -the department concerned, and at least 6 outside it.
For Honours in combined courses at least 12 units are required
in each of two subjects. Particulars of these courses are given
below.
3. All candidates for Honours may, at the option of the
department or departments concerned, be required to present a
graduating essay embodying the results of some investigation that
they have made independently. Credit for the graduating
essay will be not less than 3 or more than 6 units.
4. Candidates for Honours are required, at the end of
their Fourth Year, to take a general examination, oral or written,
or both, as the department or departments concerned shall decide.
This examination is designed to test the student's knowledge of
his chosen subject or subjects as a whole and is in addition to the
ordinary class examinations of the Third and Fourth Years.
5. Honours are of two grades—First Class and Second Class.
Students who, in the opinion of the department concerned, have Honour Courses 57
not attained a sufficiently high ranking may be awarded a pass
degree. If a combined Honour course is taken, First Class
Honours will be given only if both the departments concerned
agree j and an Honour degree will be withheld if either department refuses a sufficiently high ranking.
6. The following Honour courses are regularly offered,
and other Honour courses may be arranged with the department or departments concerned.
HONOUR COURSES IN SINGLE DEPARTMENTS
Biology (Botany Option)
Prerequisites:—Biology 1, Chemistry 1, and Botany 1.
Physics 1 and Zoology 1 are required before completion of the
eourse and should be taken as early as possible.
Required Courses:—Botany 3, 4, 5 (a), and 6 (c).
Optional Courses:—Biology 2 and 3; courses in Botany not
specifically required; and courses in Zoology. Optional courses
should be selected in consultation with the department.
Biology (Zoology Option)
Prerequisites:—Biology 1, Zoology 1, Chemistry 1.
Physics 1 and Botany 1 are required before completion of
the course and should be taken as early as possible.   Students
are also advised to take Chemistry 2 and 3.
Required Courses:—Zoology 2, 3, 5, 6.
Optional Courses:—Zoology 4, 7, 8; courses in Botany;
Geology 6. These optional courses should be selected in consultation with the Head of the department.
Chemistry
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1; Physics 1 or 2, and Mathematics 2.
Course:—Candidates are required to complete the following courses: Chemistry 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 and 9. 58 Faculty of Arts and Science
Classics
Course:—Any three of Greek 3, 5, 6, 7, and any three of
Latin 3, 4, 5, 6.
As proof of ability to write Greek and Latin prose, candidates must attain not less than Second Class standing in Greek
8 and Latin 8. During the candidate's Fourth Year, papers will
be set on sight translation; and the candidate is advised to
pursue a course of private reading under the supervision of
the department.
There will also be a general paper on Antiquities, Literature
and History.
Economics
Prerequisites:—A reading knowledge of French or German.
Course:—Economics 2 if not already taken, any 15 further
units in the department, and a graduating essay which will
count 3 units. (Tutorial instruction will be arranged in connection with the essay.)
Students must pass an oral examination and, if required,
address a general audience on a designated subject.
Work in this department should be supplemented by a
course in Ethics, by the foundational courses in History and by
Mathematics 3.
English Language and Literature
Prerequisites:—A reading knowledge of French or German.
Course:—English 19 (involving an examination on the life,
times, and complete works of some major English author), 20,
21 (a), 21 (6), 22, 24 (the seminar, which must be attended in
both years, though credit will be given only for the work of the
final year), and a graduating essay which will count 3 units.
Candidates will be required to take a final Honours examination, written or oral, or both, on the History of English
Literature. In the award of Honours special importance will
be attached to the graduating essay and to the final Honours
Examination. Combined Honour Courses 59
If the candidate's work outside the department does not
include a course in English History, he must take an examination
in that subject.
Geology
Prerequisites:—Geology 1.   If possible Geology 2 should be
taken.   Chemistry 1 and Physics 1 should be taken in the First
Year.   Zoology 1, to which Biology 1 is prerequisite, should be
taken in the Third Year in preparation for Geology 6.
Course:—18 units to be chosen from Geology 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
8, 10, 12.
History
Course:—-Any 18 units, of which the graduating essay will
count 3 units. The seminar (which carries no credit) must be
attended in either the Third or the Fourth Year. A reading
knowledge of French is required.
French
Course:—French 3 (a), 3 (b), 3 (c) in the Third Year.
French 4 (a), 4 (o), 4 (c) in the Fourth Year.
A graduating essay (in French) which will count 3 units.
Mathematics
Prerequisites:—Mathematics 2, Physics 1 or 2.
Course:—Any 18 units in Mathematics, and Physics 3 and
4. Mathematics 3 or 4, but not both, may be taken among the
requisite 18 units.   A final Honours Examination is required.
Physics
Prerequisites:—Mathematics 2, Physics 1 or 2.
Course:—Mathematics 10, 16, 17. Physics 3 and 4, and 12
additional units.
COMBINED HONOUR COURSES
(a) Biology (Botany and Zoology) and Bacteriology
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1 and 2; Biology 1; Botany 1,
or Zoology 1. 60 Faculty of Arts and Science
Course:—Bacteriology 1, 2 and 5; the required courses for
either the Botany option or the Zoology option of the Honour
course in Biology.
(b) Biology (Botany and Zoology) and Geology
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1; Biology 1; Geology 1.
Course:—Geology 2, 3 and 6; the required courses for either
the Botany option or the Zoology option of the Honour course
in Biology.
(c) Chemistry and Biology (Botany and Zoology)
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1 and 2; Physics 1 or 2;
Biology 1.
Course:—Chemistry 3, 4, 5, 7 and 9; the required courses for
either the Botany option or the Zoology option of the Honour
course in Biology.
(d) Chemistry and Physics
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1; Physics 1 or 2, and Mathematics 2.
Course:—Chemistry 2, 3, 4, 5 and 7, and Physics 3, 4, 7
or 9, and 8 or 10. Candidates are advised to take Mathematics 10.1
(e) Chemistry and Geology
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1; Physics 1 or 2, and Geology 1.
Course:—Chemistry 2, 3, 4, 5 and 7, and at least 12 units
in Geology.
(f) Mathematics and Physics
Prerequisites:—Mathematics 1 and 2; Physics 1 or 2.
Course:—Mathematics, at least 12 units, including Mathematics 10, 16 and 17.
Physics, at least 12 units, including Physics 3 if not
already taken, and Physics 4. Combined Honour Courses 61
(g) Any two of:
Economics, English, French, History, Latin, Philosophy.
Economics
Prerequisite:—A reading knowledge of French or German.
Course:—Any 12 units, including Economics 2, if not
already taken.
English
Prerequisite:—A reading knowledge of French or German.
Course:—English 20 and 24, and any three of the English
courses of the first division. The seminar must be attended
during both of the final years, but credits which count for the
B.A. degree will be given only for the work of the Fourth Year.
A final Honours Examination, written or oral, or both, is required on the History of English Literature since 1500.
French
Course:—If the graduating essay is written on a French
subject, 3 (a) and 3 (c), 4 (a) and 4 (c) ; otherwise either
these courses or 3 (a) and 3 (b), 4 (a) and 4 (6).
Courses 3 (ft) and 4(6) are intended primarily for Honour
students and should be taken whenever possible, even if they
are not required to make up the minimum number of units.
History
Prerequisites:—A reading knowledge of French.
Course:—History 4 or 5 and any 9 additional units, of
which the graduating essay, if written in History, will count
3 units.
The seminar (which carries no credits) must be attended
in either the Third or Fourth Year.
Latin
Course:—Latin 8 and any four of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. In the
final year candidates must pass an examination  (a)  in sight 62 Faculty of Arts and Science
translation, and (6) in Latin Literature, History and Antiquities.
Private reading under the direction of the department is
recommended.
Philosophy
Course:—Any 12 units besides Philosophy 1, six units in
each year.
EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT
1. Examinations in all subjects and obligatory for all
students are held in December and in April. Applications for
special consideration on account of illness or domestic affliction
must be submitted to the Dean not later than two days after
the close of the examination period.
2. In the First and Second Years, candidates will not be
considered as having passed unless they obtain at least 40 per
cent, on each subject and 50 per cent, on the aggregate. In the
case of Beginners' Greek and German, however, the passing
mark is 50 per cent. In the Third and Fourth Years, candidates
must obtain at least 50 per cent, on each subject.
3. Successful candidates will be graded as follows: First
Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second Class, 65 to 80
per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent.
4. If a student's general standing in the final examinations
of any year is sufficiently high, the Faculty may grant him
supplemental examinations in the subject or subjects in which
he has failed. Notice will be sent to all students to whom such
examinations have been granted.
5. Supplemental examinations will be held in September
and will not be granted at any other time, except by special
permission of the Faculty, and on payment of a fee of $7.50 per
paper.
6. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied
by the necessary fees  (See schedule of Fees)  must be in the Examinations and Advancement 63
hands of the Registrar at least two weeks before the date set
for the examinations.
7. No student may enter a higher year with supplemental
examinations still outstanding in respect of more than 3 units of
the preceding year, nor with any supplemental examination outstanding in respect of the work of an earlier year or of Matriculation unless special permission to do so is granted by Faculty.
Such permission will be granted only when Faculty is satisfied
that the failure to remove the outstanding supplemental examinations had an adequate cause.
8. A student may not continue in a later year any subject
in which he has a supplemental examination outstanding from
an earlier year, except in the case of compulsory subjects in the
Second Year.
9. A student who is not allowed to proceed to a higher year
may not register as a partial student in respect of the subjects
of that higher year. But a student who is required to repeat
his year, may, on application in writing, be exempted by the
Faculty from attending lectures and passing examinations in
subjects in which he has already made at least Second Class
standing. In this case he may take, in addition to the subjects
of the year which he is repeating, certain subjects of the following year.
10. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year,
may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by
the Senate to withdraw from the University.
11. Any student whose academic record, as determined by
the tests and examinations of the first term of the First or
Second Year, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the
recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to
discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of
the session. Such a student will not be readmitted to the
University as long as any supplemental examinations are outstanding. 64 Faculty of Arts and Science
12. Term essays and examination papers will be refused a
passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English, and,
in this event, students will be required to pass a special examination in English to be set by the Department of English.
Department of Bacteriology
Professor: R. H. Mullin.
Instructor: Freda L. Wilson.
Assistant:
1. General Bacteriology:—A course consisting »f lectures,
demonstrations, and laboratory work.
The history of bacteriology, the place of bacteria in nature,
the classification of bacterial forms, methods of culture and
isolation, and various bactericidal substances and conditions will
be studied. The relationship of bacteria to agriculture, household science, and public health will be carefully considered.
Text-books: Percival, Agricultural Bacteriology. Park &
Williams, Pathogenic Bacteria.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 1, and Biology 1.
Seven hours a week.   First Term. 2 units.
2. Special Bacteriology:—A course consisting of lectures,
demonstrations, and laboratory work.
The more common pathogenic bacteria will be studied, together with the reaction of the animal body against invasion by
these bacteria. The course will include studies in immunity
and the various diagnostic methods in use in public health
laboratories.
Text-book: Park & Williams, Pathogenic Bacteria.
Prerequisite: Bacteriology 1.
Seven hours a week.   Second Term. 2 units.
3. As in Dairying 3 (under Faculty of Agriculture).
2 units. Botany 65
4. As in Dairying 7 (under Faculty of Agriculture).
1A units.
5. Immunity:—A reading course.    Tutorial instruction of
one hour a week is arranged in connection with this course.
Text-book:    Kolmer,   Infection,   Immunity   and   Specific
Therapy.
Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 2. 3 units.
Department of Botany
Professor:   A. H. Hutchinson.
Assistant Professor:   John Davidson.
Assistant Professor: Frank Dickson.
Assistant:   L. Bolton.
Assistant: G. V. Wilby.
Biology
1. Introductory Biology.—The course is introductory to
more advanced work in Botany or Zoology; also to courses
closely related to Biological Science, such as Agriculture, Forestry, Medicine.
The fundamental principles of Biology; the interrelationships of plants and animals; life processes; the cell and division
of labour; life-histories; relation to environment.
The course is prerequisite to all courses in Botany and
Zoology.
Text-book: Smallwood, Text-book of Biology, Lea &
Febiger, 1920.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week.   3 units.
2. Principles of Genetics:—The fundamentals of Genetics
illustrated by the race histories of certain plants and animals;
the physical basis of heredity; variations; mutations; acquired
characters; Mendel's law with suggested applications.
Text-book: Castle, Genetics and Eugenics, Harvard Press. 66 Faculty of Arts and Science
Prerequisite:—Biology 1.
Two lectures per week.   First Term.
1 unit.
3. General Physiology:—A study of animal and plant life
processes. Open to students of Third and Fourth Years having
prerequisite Biology, Chemistry and Physics.
Text-book: Bayliss, Principles of General Physiology,
Longmans, Green.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. Second
Term. 2 units.
Botany
1. General Botany.—A course including a general survey
of the several fields of Botany and introductory to more specialized courses in Botany.
This course is prerequisite to all other courses in Botany,
except the Evening Course. Partial credit for this course
(2 units) may be obtained through the Evening Course.
Text-book: Coulter, Barnes & Cowles, Text-book of Botany,
Vol. I, University of Chicago Press.
Prerequisite:—Biology 1.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week.      3 units.
2. Morphology:—A comparative study of plant structures.
The relationships of plant groups. Comparative life-histories.
Emphasis is placed upon the increasing complexity of plant
structures, from the lower to the higher forms, involving a progressive differentiation accompanied by an interdependence of
parts.
Text-book: Coulter, Barnes & Cowles, Text-book of Botany,
Vol. I., University of Chicago Press.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. First
Term. 2 units. Botany 67
3. Plant Physiology.
Text-book: V. I. Palladin, Plant Physiology, English Edition
(Translation of 6th Russian Edition), 1918, Blakiston.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory work per week.
First Term. 2 units.
4. Histology. A study of the structure and development
of plants; methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning,
staining, mounting, drawing, reconstructing. Use of microscope,
camera lucida; photo-micrographic apparatus.
Text-book: Stevens, Plant Anatomy, Blakiston.
Prerequisite: Botany 1.
Seven hours per week.   Second Term. 2 units.
5. Systematic Flora.
5 (a). Economic Flora.—A course in Systematic Botany,
illustrated by native and introduced plants of economic importance.
The classification of injurious and useful algae, fungi,
mosses, ferns and flowering plants. The identification of weeds,
native trees, poisonous, medicinal, and fodder plants.
The course, while designed particularly to meet the needs of
students of Agriculture or Forestry, is open to students of the
Third and Fourth Years in Arts.
Text-books: Henry, Flora of Southern British Columbia,
Gage; Leavitt, Outlines of Botany with Flora, American Book
Co.
Prerequisite:   Botany 1.
Two lectures and the equivalent of four hours practical
work per week, including laboratory, excursions and the preparation of collections.   Second Term. 2 units.
5 (b). Dendrology.—A study of the forest trees of Canada,
the common shrubs of British Columbia, the important trees of
the United States which are not native to Canada.   Emphasis 68 Faculty of Arts and Science
on the species of economic importance.   Identification, distribution, relative importance, construction of keys.
Text-books: Morton & Lewis, Native Trees of Canada,
Dominion Forestry Branch, Ottawa. Sudworth, Forest Trees of
the Pacific Slope, Superintendent of Documents, Washington,
D.C.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
One lecture and two or three hours laboratory or field work
per week. 2 units.
6 (a) General Plant Pathology:—Identification and life
histories of pathogens causing diseases of some common economic
plants; means of combating them.
Text-book: Duggar, Fungus Diseases of Plants, Ginn.
Prerequisite: Botany 1.
One lecture and two hours laboratory per week. Second
Term. 1  unit.
6 (b) Forest Pathology:—Nature, identification and control of the more important tree-destroying fungi and other plant
parasites of forests.
Text-book: Rankin, Manual of Tree Diseases, Macmillan.
One lecture and two hours laboratory per week during one-
half of the Second Term. y2 unit.
6 (c) Plant Pathology (Elementary)—A course similar to
6 (a), but including more details concerning the diseases studied.
Text-book: Duggar, Fungus Diseases of Plants, Ginn.
Prerequisite: Botany 1.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. Second
Term. 2 units.
6 (d) Plant Pathology (Advanced)—A course designed for
Honour or Graduate students. Technique; isolation and culture
work; inoculations; details concerning the various stages in the
progress of plant diseases; a detailed study of control measures. Botany 69
Prerequisite: Botany 6 (a) or 6 (c).
One lecture and four hours laboratory per week.     3 units.
6 (e) Mycology—A course designed to give the student a
general knowledge of the fungi from a taxonomic point of view.
Text-book: Stevens, The Fungi which cause Plant Disease,
Macmillan.
Prerequisite: Botany 1.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. First
Term. 2 units.
6 (/) History of Plant Pathology—A lecture course dealing
with the history of the science of Plant Pathology from ancient
times to the present.
Text-book: Whetzel, An Outline of the History of Phytopathology, Saunders.
Prerequisite: Botany 6 (a) or 6 (c).
One lecture per week.   Second Term. y2 unit.
7. Plant Ecology.
7 (a). Forest Ecology and Geography.—The inter-relations
of forest trees and their environment; the biological characteristics of important forest trees; forest associations; types and
regions; physiography.
Text-book: M. E. Hardy, The Geography of Plants, Oxford
University Press.
Prerequisite: Botany 1.
One lecture and one period of field and practical work per
week.   Second Term. 1 unit.
Evening and Short Courses in Botany
A Course in General Botany, comprising approximately
fifty lectures, is open to all interested in the study of plant life
of the Province. No entrance examination and no previous
knowledge of the subject is required. 70 Faculty of Arts and Science
The course is designed to assist teachers, gardeners, foresters,
and other lovers of outdoor life in the Province. As far as
possible, illustrative material will be selected from the flora of
British Columbia.
The classes meet every Tuesday evening during the University session (Sept.-May) from 7.30 to 9.30 p.m. Field or
laboratory work, under direction, is regarded as a regular part
of the course.
No examination is required except in the case of University
students desiring credit (two units) for this course. Other
students desiring to ascertain their standing in the class may
apply for a written test.
A detailed statement of requirements, and work covered in
this course, is issued as a separate circular. Copies may be had
on request.
Department of Chemistry
Professor:   E. H. Archibald.
Professor of Organic Chemistry:   R. H. Clark.
Associate Professor:   W. F. Seyer.
Assistant Professor:    M.  J.  Marshall.
Instructor:   John Allardyce.
Assistant:   A. E. Boss.
Assistant:   W. E. Graham.
Assistant:   Duncan Fraser.
Assistant:   G. A. Fleming.
Assistant:   L. F. Hallett.
1. General Chemistry.—This course is arranged to give a
full exposition of the general principles involved in modern
Chemistry and comprises a systematic study of the properties of
the more important metallic and non-metallic elements and their
compounds, and the application of Chemistry in technology.
Text-book: Alexander Smith, Inorganic Chemistry, Century.
Three lectures and three hours laboratory per week    3 units.
2. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis. Chemistry 71
(a) Qualitative Analysis. — One lecture and six hours
laboratory per week throughout the First Term. (During the
first six weeks of the term an additional lecture may be substituted for a part of the laboratory work.)
(b) Quantitative Analysis.—This course embraces the more
important methods of gravimetric and volumetric analysis.
Text-books: A. A. Noyes, Qualitative Analysis, Macmillan;
Cumming & Kay,  Quantitative Analysis,  Gurney & Jackson.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 1.
One-lecture and six hours laboratory per week. Second Term.
3 units.
Course (b) must be preceded by Course (a).
3. Organic Chemistry.—This introduction to the study of the
compounds of carbon will include the methods of preparation
and a description of the more important groups of compounds
in both the fatty and the aromatic series.
Chemistry 3 will only be given to those students taking
Chemistry 2, or those who have had the equivalent of Chemistry 2.
Books recommended: Holleman-Walker, Text-book of Organic Chemistry, Wiley; Gatterman, The Practical Methods of
Organic Chemistry, Macmillan.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.   3 units.
4. Theoretical Chemistry.—An introductory course on the
development of modern Chemistry, including osmotic phenomena,
the ionization theory, the law of mass action, and the phase rule.
Text-book: James Walker, Introduction to Physical Chemistry, Macmillan.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2.
Two lectures and one hour laboratory per week. Second
Term. iy units.
5. Advanced Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.
(a) Qualitative Analysis.—The work of this course will
include the detection and separation of the less common metals, 72 Faculty of Arts and Science
particularly those that are important industrially, together with
the analysis of somewhat complex substances occurring in
nature.
One lecture and six hours laboratory per week.   First Term.
(b) Quantitative Analysis.—The determinations made will
include the more difficult estimations in the analysis of rocks,
as well as certain constituents of steel and alloys. The principles
on which analytical chemistry is based will receive a more minute
consideration than was possible in the elementary course.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2.
One lecture and six hours laboratory per week. Second
Term. 3 units.
6. Industrial Chemistry.—Those industries, which are dependent on the facts and principles of Chemistry, will be considered in as much detail as time will permit. The lectures will
be supplemented by visits to manufacturing establishments in
the neighbourhood, and it is hoped that some lectures will be
given by specialists in their respective fields.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 and 3.
Two lectures per week. 2 units.
7. Physical Chemistry.—The lectures, which are a continuation of those given in 4, include the kinetic theory of gases,
thermo-chemistry, the application of the principles of thermodynamics to chemistry, osmotic phenomena, applications of the
dissociation theory, colloidal solutions, and a study of the physical
properties of gases, liquids, and solids and of their chemical
constitutions.
Text-books: Findlay, Physico-Chemical Measurements, Longmans.
For reference: Ramsay's Series of Books on Physical Chemistry, Longmans.   Getman, Theoretical Chemistry, Wiley.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2, 3 and 4.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.    3 units. Chemistry 73
8. Electro-Chemistry.—Solutions are studied from the
standpoint of the osmotic and the dissociation theories. The
laws of electrolysis, electroplating, electromotive force, primary
and secondary cells are considered in some detail.
For reference: Le Blanc, Elements of Electro-Chemistry,
Macmillan; Allmand, Applied Electro-Chemistry, Longmans,
Green; Thompson, Applied Electro-Chemistry, Macmillan.
Prerequisite:  Chemistry 4.
Three lectures and one hour laboratory per week. First
Term. 2 units.
9. Advanced Organic Chemistry.—Important Organic reactions will be discussed. The Carbohydrates, Proteins, Enzyme
Action, Terpenes and Alkaloids will be studied in more or less
detail. In the laboratory some complex compounds will be prepared and quantitative determinations of carbon, hydrogen,
nitrogen, sulphur and the halogens made with the view of identifying organic compounds.
For reference:    Cohen, Organic Chemistry, Arnold.
Prerequisites:  Chemistry 2 and 3.
Two lectures and one hour laboratory per week.     3 units.
10. History of Chemistry.—Particular attention will be paid
to the development of chemical theory.
For reference: Von Meyer-McGowan, History of Chemistry,
Macmillan.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2, 3, and 4.
Two hours a week.  Second Term. 1 unit.
11. Stereochemistry.—Stereochemical theories will be discussed in greater detail than in Chemistry 9, and chemical and
physico-chemical methods employed in determining the constitution of organic compounds will be studied.
The lectures may be taken without the laboratory work.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 7 and 9.
Lectures: 2 units.  Laboratory: 1 unit. 3 units. 74 Faculty of Arts and Science
12. Colloid Chemistry.—The Chemistry of colloids and the
application of colloidal chemistry to industry.
For reference: Zsigmondy-Spear, Chemistry of Colloids,
Wiley; Reports on Colloid Chemistry by British Association
for Advancement of Science.
Prerequisites:   Chemistry 3 and 4.
Two hours a week.  First Term. 1 unit.
14. Organic Agricultural Chemistry.—An introduction to
the compounds of carbon, with special applications to problems
in agriculture. The laboratory work will be adapted to the
needs of the individual student.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2.
Two lectures and one hour laboratory per week.       3 units.
15. Dairy Chemistry.—The chemistry of the carbohydrates,
fats, and proteins will be discussed in outline, and the chemical
processes involved in enzyme action and fermentation will receive
consideration.
Text-book: Chamberlain, Agricultural Chemistry, Macmillan.
Prerequisites:   Chemistry 2 and 3.
One lecture and one hour laboratory per week. 2 units.
Department of Classics
Professor:   Lemuel Robertson.
Professor of Greek:  O. J. Todd.
Associate Professor:  H. T. Logan.
Assistant:   A.  N.  St. John   Mildmay.
Greek
Beginners'  Course.—White,  First  Greek Book,  Chap.  I.-
XLVIII.; Copp, Clark.
Four hours a week.    Mr. Todd. 3 units. Classics 75
1. Lectures.—White, First Greek Book, Chap. XLIX.-
LXXX. Xenophon, Anabasis I. and IV., Goodwin and White,
Ginn.
History.—Shuckburgh, History of Greece, Chap. I.-V.;
Unwin;
Four hours a week.   Mr. Logan. 3 units.
2. Lectures.—Plato, Apology and Crito, Dyer-Seymour,
Ginn; Aeschylus, Prometheus Bound, Wecklein-Allen, Ginn.
Composition.—Arnold's Greek Prose Composition, Abbott,
Longmans. Selected passages will occasionally be set for Unseen
Translation.
History.—Shuckburgh, History of Greece, Chap. VI.-X.,
Unwin.
Four hours a week.   Mr. Logan, Mr. Todd. 3 units.
3. Lectures.—Thucydides, History, Book VII., Marchant,
Macmillan; Sophocles, Antigone, Jebb and Shuckburgh, Cambridge; Euripides, Heracles, Byrde, Oxford.
Literature.—Wright, A Short History of Greek Literature,
American Book Company.
. Three hours a week. Mr. Todd, Mr. Logan. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
5. Lectures. — Demosthenes, Third Olynthiac, First and
Third Philippics, Butcher, Oxford (Vol. I.); Homer, Iliad
(Selections), Monro, Iliad, 2 Vols., Oxford.
Literature.—Wright, A Short History of Greek Literature,
American Book Company.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
6. Lectures.—Herodotus, History, Hude, Oxford (the
equivalent of one book will be read) ; Lysias, Oration (Selections), Hude, Oxford;   Aristophanes,   The   Birds,   Hall   and 76 Faculty of Arts and Science
Geldart, Oxford.  (Open only to those who have taken or are
taking Greek 3 or 5.)
Three hours a week.   Mr. Robertson, Mr. Todd. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
7. Lectures.—Aristotle, Ars Poetica, Bywater, Oxford;
Plato, The Republic (Selections), Burnet, Oxford. (Open only
to those who have taken or are taking Greek 3 or 5.)
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
8. Composition.—Obligatory for Honour students; to be
taken in the Third Year.
One hour a week.   Mr. Todd.l 1 unit.
Latin
1. Lectures.—Cicero, Pro Lege Manilia, Select Orations and
Letters, Allen and Greenough, Ginn; Ovid, Elegiac Selections,
Smith, Bell.
Composition.—Bradley, Arnold's Latin Prose Composition,
Longmans, to exercise 19.
History.—Boak, A History of Rome to 565 A.D., Macmillan,
chapters 1 to 13.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Robertson. 3 units.
A fourth hour a week will be devoted to lectures on the
Roman History prescribed. Attendance at these lectures is
voluntary and no formal credit is given.
2. Lectures.—Horace Odes, Bks. I, II, (Selections), Virgil,
Aeneid, Bk. VI, Page, Macmillan.
Composition.—Bradley, Arnold's Latin Prose Composition,
Longmans, to exercise 40.
History.—Boak, A History of Rome to 565 A.D., Macmillan,
chapters 14 to 20. Classics 77
Three hours a week.   Mr. Robertson, Mr. Logan, Mr. Todd.
3 units.
A fourth hour a week will be devoted to lectures on the
Roman History prescribed. Attendance at these lectures is
voluntary and no formal credit is given.
3. Lectures.—Terence, Phormio, Sloman, Oxford; Virgil,
Aeneid, Bks. VII-XII, Page, Macmillan.
Literature: Mackail, Latin Literature, Murray.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Todd, Mr. Robertson.       3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
4. Lectures.—Horace, Epistles, Wilkins, Macmillan; Cicero,
Pro Sestio, Holden, Macmillan; Cicero, Selected Letters, Prit-
chard & Bernard, Oxford.
Literature:   Mackail, Latin Literature, Murray.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
5. Lectures.—Juvenal, Satires, Duff, Cambridge; Seneca,
Select Letters, Summers, Macmillan. (Open only to those who
have taken, or are taking, Latin 3 or 4.)
Three hours a week.   Mr. Logan, Mr. Robertson.      3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
6. Lectures.—Tacitus, Histories I., II., Godley, Macmillan; Garrod, Oxford Book of Latin Verse (Selections), Oxford.
(Open only to those who have taken, or are taking, Latin 3
or 4.)
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
7. Lectures.—Roman History from 133 B.C. to 180 A.D.
Text-books: A Short History of the Roman Republic, Heit-
land, Cambridge; A History of the Roman Empire, Bury,
Murray. 78 Faculty of Arts and Science
Three hours a week.   Mr. Logan. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
8. Composition.—Obligatory for  Honour students;  to  be
taken in the Third Year.
One hour a week.   Mr. Todd. 1 unit.
Department of Economics, Sociology and Political Science
Professor: Theodore H. Boggs.
Associate Professor: H. F. Angus.
Assistant Professor:  S. E. Beckett.
Assistant:   Doris Lee.
Economics
1. Principles of Economics.—An introductory study of general economic theory, including a survey of the principles of
value, prices, money and banking, international trade, tariffs,
monopoly, taxation, labour and wages, socialism, the control of
railways and trusts, etc.
Ely, Outlines of Economics, Macmillan, 1923. Clay,
Economics for the General Reader, Macmillan.
Economics 1 is the prerequisite for all other courses in the
department, but may be taken concurrently with Economics 2,
or Government 1. This rule may be waived in the case of
students of the Department of Nursing who may find it impossible to take both Economics 1 and Sociology 1.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
2. History of Economic Life and Economic Thought.—A
brief outline of Economic Thought, and of Economic and Social
conditions in England previous to 1776. A survey of the more
important phases of European Organization from the time of
the Middle Ages, with special reference to the Industrial Revolution, the Progress of Agriculture, and resultant social conditions. The development of modern Economic Thought, with a
study of the influence of Smith, Malthus, Rieardo, Mill and
others, and the place of the Deductive and Historical Methods. Economics 79
Toynbee, The Industrial Revolution, Longmans. Price,
Political Economy in England, Methuen; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Beckett. 3 units.
3. Labour Problems and Social Reform.—A study of the rise
of the factory system and capitalistic production, and of the more
important phases of trade unionism in England, Canada, and the
United States. A critical analysis of various solutions of the
labour problem attempted and proposed; profit-sharing, co-operation, arbitration and conciliation, scientific management, labour
legislation and socialism.
Hoxie, Trade Unionism in the United States, Appleton-
Cole, Guild Socialism, Stokes. Simkhovitch, Marxism versus
Socialism, Williams & Norgate. Spargo and Arner, Elements
of Socialism, Macmillan; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Boggs. 3 units.
4. Money and Banking.—The origin and development of
money. Banking principles and operations, laws of coinage,
credit, price movements, foreign exchange. Banking policy in
the leading countries, with particular reference to Canada.
Robertson, Money, Nisbet. Holdsworth, Money and Banking, Appleton, 1922. Phillips, Readings in Money and Banking,
Macmillan; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Boggs. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
5. Government Finance.—An outline course dealing with
the principles and methods of taxation, and administration of
public funds. Topics examined include: growth of taxation
methods; theories of justice in taxation; classification, increase,
economic effects, and control of expenditures; property, business, personal, commodity, and inheritance taxes, with reference
to Canada, Britain and other countries; the single tax; double
taxation; shifting, incidence and economic effects of taxation;.
flotation, administration, conversion and redemption of government loans. 80 Faculty of Arts and Science
Seligman, Essays in Taxation, Macmillan, 1921; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Beckett. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
6. International Trade and Tariff Policy.—A survey of the
theory of international trade and the foreign exchanges; and a
study of the commercial policy of the leading countries, with
considerable attention to the British Dominions.
Bastable, The Theory of International Trade, Macmillan,
1903. Taussig, Selected Readings in International Trade and
Tariff Problems, Ginn; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Boggs. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
7. Corporation Economics.—Historical development of the
different forms of industrial organization, including the partnership, joint-stock company, and the corporation, and the later
developments, such as the pool, trust, combination, and holding
company. Methods of promotion and financing, over-capitalization, stock market activities, the public policy toward corporations, etc.
Haney, Business Organization and Combination, Macmillan.
Walker, Corporation Finance, Alexander Hamilton Institute;
and assigned readings.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Angus. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
8. Provincial and Local Finance.—A brief summary of
fundamental principles of taxation. Sources of revenue, and
tax systems of federal, and provincial and municipal governments, especially of British Columbia. Problems of War Finance.
Chief problems of provincial and municipal finance and
administration. Separation of sources of provincial and municipal revenues. Methods of municipal supervision and control.
Government debts.
Assigned readings. Economics 81
Three hours a week.   Mr. Beckett. 3 units.
(Not given in 1924-25.)
Agricultural Economics
1. (a) Farmer Movements.—A study of the Grange; the
Patrons of Industry; the Farmers' Alliance; the American
Society of Equity; the Non-partisan League; the Farm Bureau
Federation; the United Farmers, and other farmer organizations.
(b) Rural Life.—The country life movement; the rural
school; the country church; rural surveys, and a study of special
topics, such as recreation in country life; the farmer's standard
of living;  the functions of a small town;  rural migrations.
Gillette, Constructive Rural Sociology, Macmillan; and assigned readings.   (Not given in 1924-25.)
Mr. Clement. 3 units.
2. (a) Agricultural Economics.—An application of the principles of Economics to the field of Agriculture.
Taylor, Agricultural Economics, Macmillan; and assigned
readings.
(b) The Marketing of Farm Products.—An analysis of the
marketing problem as it applies to Agriculture.
Macklin, Efficient Marketing for Agriculture, Macmillan;
and assigned readings.   Mr. Clement. 3 units.
Government
1. Constitutional Government.—This course deals with the
nature, origin, and aims of the State; and with the organization
of government in the British Empire, the United States of
America, France, and Germany.
Readings to be assigned.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Angus. 3 units.
2. Introduction to the Study of Law.— (a) A rapid survey
of Legal History,   (b) Outlines of Jurisprudence. 82 Faculty of Arts and Science
Jenks, A Short History of English Law, Methuen, 1912.
Salmond, Jurisprudence, or Theory of the Law, Sweet & Maxwell, 1919. Vinogradoff, Common Sense in Law, Home University Library;   and assigned readings.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Angus. 3 units.
3. Imperial Problems.—A course on problems of government within the British Empire, to be given in alternate years
with Economics 7.
Readings to be assigned.
Government 1 is a prerequisite of this course, but may be
taken concurrently with it.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Angus. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
Sociology
1. Principles of Sociology.—An introductory study of early
man and his relation to his environment; of races of men and
their distribution; of the early forms and development of
industrial organization, marriage and the family, arts and
sciences, religious systems, government, classes, rights, etc. A
review also of certain of the social problems of modern society
growing out of destitution, crime, overcrowding, etc. A critical
survey of schemes for betterment.
Blackmar & Gillin, Outlines of Sociology, Macmillan. Fair-
child, Applied Sociology, Macmillan; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Beckett. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.) English 83
Department of English
Professor: G. G. Sedgewick.
Associate Professor:   W. L. MacDonald.
Associate Professor: F. G. C. Wood.
Assistant Professor: Thorlelf Larsen.
Assistant Professor: F. C. Walker.
Assistant Professor: M. L. Bollert.
Assistant: Stella McGuire.
Assistant:   Isobel Harvey.
Assistant:   H. C. Lewis.
First Year
1. (a) Literature.—Elementary study of a number of
literary forms to be chosen from the short story, the play, the
novel, the essay, the simpler sorts of poetry.
Texts for 1924-25: Canby, A Study of the Short Story,
Holt. Euripides, Electra, in Gilbert Murray's paraphrase.
Shakespeare, Julius Caesar. Sheridan, The School for Scandal,
Everyman. Ibsen, The Doll's House, Everyman. An Anthology
of Modern Verse, Methuen.
Two hours a week.
(b) Composition.—Elementary forms and principles of
composition; expository themes; study of models.
Two hours a week. 3 units.
Second Year
2. (a) Literature.—Studies in the history of English Literature.
Pass Course: Lectures and texts illustrative of the chief
authors and movements from Tottel's Miscellany to Shelley.
Halleck, History of English Literature, American Book Company, 1918. Century Readings in English, ed. Cunliffe, Century
Publishing Co.
Two hours a week.
(b) Composition.—Narrative and descriptive themes; the
writing of reports.
One hour a week. 3 units. 84 Faculty of Arts and Science
(c) Literature.—Readings from Nineteenth Century poetry
since 1830.
For this course, which is intended for prospective Honour
students in English and for others especially interested in the
study of Literature, no formal credit is given.
One hour a week.
Third and Fourth Years
The curriculum in English for students of the Third and
Fourth Years is arranged in three divisions. The first includes a
central body of general courses which will be offered, as far as
possible, every year, and to each of which are assigned 3 units
of credit. In the second division are listed courses carrying 2
units of credit and usually given in alternate years. And the
third consists of courses designed especially for Honour and
Graduate students, and open to others only by special permission.
Candidates for honours are referred to Pages 88 and 89.
Division I
9. Shakespeare.—This course may be taken for credit in two
successive years.   In 1924-25, 9 (6) will be given as follows:
i. A detailed study of the text of Richard II.; A Midsummer Night's Dream; Hamlet; Antony and
Cleopatra.
ii. Lectures on Shakespeare's development, on his use of
sources, and on his relation to the stage and the
dramatic practice of his time.
Students will provide themselves with annotated editions of
the four plays named above, and with The Facts about Shakespeare, by Neilson and Thorndyke, Macmillan. They are advised
to get the Cambridge Shakespeare, ed. Neilson, or the Oxford
Shakespeare, ed. Craig.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Sedgewick. 3 units.
9 (a).  (Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.) English 85
10. The Drama to 1642.—The rise, the development, and the
decline of the Elizabethan drama. The course begins with a
short study of one or two of the plays of Sophocles and an outline of Aristotle's dramatic criticism, but treats mainly the rise
of the English drama in the Miracle and Morality Plays; the
Interludes; the influence of the Roman stage; Shakespeare's
predecessors—Lyly, Kyd, Greene, Peele, and Marlowe; its full
development in Shakespeare, and, briefly, its decline.
Texts: Lewis Campbell, Sophocles in English Verse. Everyman with other Interludes, Everyman Library. Chief Elizabethan Dramatists, ed. Neilson. Oxford Shakespeare, ed. Craig;
or Cambridge Edition, ed. Neilson.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Larsen. 3 units.
(Not given in 1924-25.)
13. The English Novel from Richardson to the Present Time.
—The development of English fiction will be traced from Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, and Sterne through Goldsmith, Mrs.
Radcliffe, Jane Austen, Scott, C. Bronte, Dickens, Thackeray,
and George Eliot to Trollope, Meredith, Stevenson, and a few
representative novelists now living.
A fair knowledge of the works of Jane Austen, Scott,
Dickens, Thackeray, and George Eliot is a prerequisite for those
taking this course.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Wood. 3 units.
14. Eighteenth Century Literature.—This course aims to
give a view, as comprehensive as possible, of the main currents
of English thought and literature during the period 1660-1800.
From year to year various periods will be stressed and the work
of various writers emphasized. Generally speaking, the course
is mainly concerned with the work of such men as Dryden, Pope,
Swift, Addison, Steele, Johnson, Goldsmith, Burke and Burns.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Macdonald. 3 units.
16. Romantic Poetry, 1780 to 1830.—Studies in the beginnings and progress of Romanticism, based chiefly on the work of
Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, Shelley, Scott. 86 Faculty of Arts and Science
Texts: The Oxford editions of the first five poets named.
For reference: Elton, A Survey of English Literature, 1780-
1830.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Walker. 3 units.
17. Victorian Poetry.—This course is concerned chiefly with
the work of Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold. A few weeks
at the close of the term will be devoted to a survey of the development of later poetry down to the work of Hardy.
Texts: Browning, Complete Poetical Works, Cambridge Edition. Arnold, Poems, Oxford Edition. Tennyson, Poems, Globe
Edition.
For reference: Elton, A Survey of English Literature,
1830-1880.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
19. Private Reading.—Students of the Senior Year may
pursue, with the consent and under the direction of the Department, a course of private reading. In such courses examinations
will be set, but no class instruction will be given. 3 units.
Division II
5. The Elements of Poetics.—Studies in the criticism and
appreciation of poetry; the poetic frame of mind; the emotional
element in poetry; poetic content and the nature of poetic truth;
poetic form and its varieties; metrics; contemporary developments in poetry; literary criticism, its nature and function; and
an outline of aesthetic theory from Aristotle to Croce. Exercises
in criticism and metrical composition.
Winchester, Principles of Literary Criticism.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Larsen. 2 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
6. Narrative Writing.—A study of narrative composition:
(a) critical reading of a considerable number of modern short
stories and of two or three modern novels; (b) frequent critical
and narrative themes. English 87
Only a limited number of students will be admitted to this
course.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Sedgewick. 2 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
7. Technique of the Drama.—A practical study of dramatic
form and structure based on the analysis of modern plays, with
special reference to the one-act play as an art form. Playmaking,
by Wm. Archer, and Representative One-act Plays by British
and Irish Authors, Little, Brown, are the texts used in this
course.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Wood. 2 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
8. Elizabethan Poetry, exclusive of the Drama.—(1) The
Renaissance; (2) the social background of Elizabethan England;
(3) John Skelton and the poets of the transition; (4) the Lyric
from Tottel's Miscellany to the Caroline poets; (5) Spenser and
the Spenserians; (6) the Sonneteers; (7) Verse Translation; (8)
Verse Narrative.
Texts: Ward, The English Poets, Vol. I. Spenser, ed. Smith
and de Selincourt, Oxford.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Larsen. 2 units.
(Not given in 1924-25.)
11. English Drama since 1600.—A survey of English drama
from the time of Ben Jonson to the present. Later Elizabethan
drama, representative plays of the Restoration, the works of
Goldsmith, Sheridan, and of early Nineteenth Century writers
will be considered. There will follow a study of some dramatists
of recent years, including Wilde, Shaw, Galsworthy, Pinero,
Jones, Stephen Phillips, Barrie, and the Irish School.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Wood. 2 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
12. Romance and Ballad.—As far as possible the course will
be continuous, an attempt being made to show the relation as 88 Faculty of Arts and Science
well as the difference between the two forms. There will be discussion of such topics as origins, types, relations with other literatures, etc.; the Arthurian Cycle; the Matter of England,
France, the Orient; Metrical Romances 1200-1500; Malory's
Morte d'Arthur; English and Scottish Popular Ballads, Political Ballads, American Ballads.
Modernised versions of a considerable body of Middle English Metrical Romances are to be found in Chief Middle English
Poets by Weston.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Macdonald. 2 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
15. Prose of the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries.—The
development of English prose from 1500 to 1700, considered with
reference to such topics as (1) the English Bible; (2) Literary
Criticism; (3) the Character; (4) the Essay; (5) Pamphlets;
(6) Prose Fiction; (7) Milton, Bunyan, Browne, Dryden.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Macdonald. 2 units.
(Not given in 1924-25.)
18. Nineteenth Century Prose, studied in two divisions in
alternate years:—
(a) Critical and Literary Prose of the early part of the century: Coleridge, Wordsworth, Lamb, Hazlitt, De Quincey,
Jeffrey, Landor.
(Not given in 1924-25.)
(b) Social, literary, religious and scientific movements of the
Victorian period: Carlyle, Ruskin, Macaulay, Newman, Darwin,
Mill, Arnold, Butler, Stevenson.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Macdonald. 2 units.
(Given in 1924-25.)
Division III
20. Chaucer and Middle English.—(a) Middle English
grammar with the reading of representative texts. (6) The
Canterbury Tales. Geology 89
Texts: A Middle English reader and the Oxford Chaucer,
ed. Skeat.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Sedgewick. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
21a. Anglo-Saxon.—Bright, Anglo-Saxon Reader.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Walker. 2 units.
21b.—Anglo-Saxon.—Beowulf.
One hour a week.   Mr. Walker. 1 unit.
22. Studies in Linguistic History.—Origins, growth, and
development of the English language. A brief introduction to
Germanic philology; the Indo-European language group;
Grimm's Law; the Anglo-Saxon period; Norman, French, and
Latin influences; study of the gradual evolution of forms, sounds,
and meanings.
One hour a week   Mr. Walker. 1 unit.
24- Seminar.—In this class advanced students will get practice in some of the simpler methods of criticism and investigation.
The subject for 1924-25 will probably be the work of Wordsworth.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
Department of Geology and Geography
Professor: R. W. Brock.
Professor of Physical and Structural Geology: S. J. Schofield.
Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography: W. L. Uglow.
Professor of Palaeontology and Stratigraphy:   M. Y. Williams.
Lecturer:  E. M. Burwash.
Geology
1. General Geology.—This course covers, in a general way,
the whole field of geology. The following subjects are treated in
the lectures:
(a) Physical Geology, including: weathering, the work of
the wind, the work of ground water, the work of streams, the 90 Faculty of Arts and Science
work of glaciers, the ocean and its work, the structure of the
earth, earthquakes, volcanoes and igneous intrusions, metamor-
phism, mountains and plateaus, and ore-deposits.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week, First
Term.   Mr. Schofield.
(6) Historical Geology, including: the earth before the
Cambrian, the Palaeozoic, the Mesozoic, the Cenozoic, and Quaternary eras.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week, Second
Term.   Mr. Williams.
The Laboratory Exercises in Physical Geology include the
study and identification of the commonest minerals and rocks,
the interpretation of topographical and geological maps, and
the study of structures by the use of models.
Field Work will replace laboratory occasionally, and will
take the form of excursions to localities, in the immediate neighborhood of Vancouver, which illustrate the subject matter of the
lectures.
The Laboratory Exercises in Historical Geology consist of
the general study of fossils, their characteristics and associations,
their evolution and migration as illustrated by their occurrence
in the strata. The principles of Palaeogeography will be taken
up and illustrated by the study of the palaeogeography of North
America.
Text-book: Cleland, Geology, Physical and Historical,
American Book Co.
Reference Books: Pirsson and Schuchert, Text-book of
Geology. Geikie, Text-book of Geology. Merrill, Rocks, Rock-
weathering and Soils. Coleman and Parks, Elementary Geology.
National Geographic Magazine. Shimer, Introduction to the
Study of Fossils. Davis, Geographical Essays. Hugh Miller's
works. 3 units.
2 (a) General Mineralogy.—A brief survey of the field
of Mineralogy. Geology 91
Lectures take the form of a concise treatment of (1) Crystallography, (2) Physical Mineralogy, and (3) Descriptive
Mineralogy of 40 of the most common mineral species, with
special reference to Canadian occurrences.
Laboratory Work consists of the study of the common
crystal forms and of 40 prescribed minerals, accompanied by a
brief outline of the principles and methods of Determinative
Mineralogy and Blowpipe Analysis.
Text: Dana, Manual of Mineralogy, revised by Ford (new
edition), Wiley.    (For students taking only Geology 2(a).)
Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, Wiley.
(For students who subsequently take Geology 2(b).)
Prerequisite: Chemistry 1.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week, First
Term.    Mr. Uglow. iy units.
2 (b) Descriptive and Determinative Mineralogy.—This
course supplements 2(a) and consists of a more complete survey
of Crystallography, Physical and Chemical Mineralogy, with a
critical study of about 50 of the less common minerals, special
emphasis being laid on their crystallography, origin, association
and alteration.
Text: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,
Wiley.
Prerequisite.—Geology 2(a).
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week, Second
Term.   Mr. Uglow. iy units.
3. Historical Geology.—Continental evolution and development of life with special reference to North America.
Text-book: Schuchert, Historical Geology (2nd Edn.),Wiley.
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
Three hours per week, First Term.   Mr. Williams.
iy units.
4. Structural and Physiographical Geology.—The following
subjects are treated in the lectures: Fractures, faults, flowage, 92 Faculty of Arts and Science
structures common to both fracture and flow, mountains, major
units of structure, forces of deformation, the origin and development of land forms with special reference to the physiography of
British Columbia.
Text-book:   Leith, Structural Geology, Hoh\.
Prerequisite:  Geology 1.
Three hours per week, Second Term.   Mr. Schofield.
iy units.
5. (a) History of Geology.—A brief history of the study
of the earth and the development of the geological sciences.
Mr. Brock.
(6) Geology of Canada.—The salient features of the geology
and economic minerals of Canada. Mr. Williams, Mr. Schofield,
Mr. Brock.
(c) Regional Geology.—The main geological features of the
continents and oceanic segments of the earth's crust, and their
influences upon life.   Mr. Brock.
Prerequisite:  Geology 1.
Three lectures and one hour laboratory per week.     3 units.
6. Palaeontology.—A study of invertebrate and vertebrate
fossils, their classification, identification and distribution both
geological and geographical.
Reference books: Graban and   Shimer,   North   American
Index Fossils.    Zittel-Eastman, Text-book of Palaeontology.
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
Two lectures and one hour laboratory per week.
Mr. Williams. 3 units.
7. Petrology.—This course consists of systematic studies of
the following: (a) Optical Mineralogy, (6) Lithology and
Petrogeny, (c) Microscopical Petrography.
Lectures deal with the principles of crystal optics, and with
the origin, occurrence, classification, metamorphism and decay
of rocks. Geology 93
Laboratory Work consists of the study, determination and
classification of specimens, structures and textures of rocks
contained in the departmental collections. Field and microscopical methods of determination are equally stressed.
Texts: Pirsson, Rocks and Rock Minerals, Wiley. Luquer,
Minerals in Rock Sections, Van Nostrand. Dana, Text-book of
Mineralogy, revised by Ford, Wiley.
Prerequisites: Geology 1 and 2.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods of 2 hours per
week.   Mr. Uglow. 4 units.
8. Economic Geology.—A study of the occurrence, genesis,
and structure of the principal metallic and non-metallic mineral
deposits with type illustrations; and a description of the ore-
deposits of the.British Empire, special stress being placed on
those in Canada.
Text-book: Emmons, General Economic Geology, McGraw-
Hill.
Reference books: Lindgren, Mineral Deposits. Ries, Economic Geology.
Prerequisite: Geology 1. Geology 7 must precede or accompany this course.
Four hours per week. Mr. Brock, Mr. Williams and Mr.
Uglow. 4 units.
9. Mineralography.—Principally a laboratory course dealing
with the study and recognition of the opaque minerals by means
of the reflecting microscope.
The work consists of practice in the cutting, grinding and
polishing of ore specimens, accompanied by training in micro-
chemical methods of mineral determination.
During the second term each student is assigned a suite
of ores from some mining district for a critical examination and
report.
Text: Davy and Farnham, Microscopic Examination of the
Ore Minerals, McGraw-Hill. 94 Faculty of Arts and Science
Prerequisite: Geology 7 and 8 must precede or accompany
this course.
Two hours per week.   Mr. Uglow. 1 unit.
10. Field Geology.—The methods taught are the fundamental ones used by professional geologists and by the officers
of the Geological Survey of Canada. The course is essentially
practical, and is designed to teach methods of observing, recording and correlating geological facts in the field. The students
construct geological maps of selected areas in the vicinity of
Vancouver which require the use of the various methods and
instruments employed in field geology.
Reference books: Lahee, Field Geology. Hayes, Handbook
for Field Geologists.   Spurr, Geology Applied to Mining.
Prerequisite: Geology 1. Geology 4, if not already taken,
must be taken concurrently.
Three hours per week.   Mr. Schofield. iy units.
12. Meteorology and Climatology.—A course covering in a
general way the whole field, with practice in using instruments,
constructing and using weather charts, and weather predicting. Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per
week.  Second Term.  Mr. Schofield. V/2 units.
Geography
1. Principles of Geography.—A general course dealing
especially with the effects of the physical features of the earth
upon life, and the ways in which various forms of life respond
to their physical environment. The following topics are studied:
earth relations; earth features; climate and climatic factors;
oceans; materials of the land and their uses; changes of the
earth's surface; coasts, plains, plateaus, mountains, inland
waters, and their relations to life; distribution and development
of industries; distribution of population.
Text-book: Salisbury, Barrows and Tower, Elements of
Geography, Holt.
Three lectures per week.   Mr. Brock and Mr. Schofield
3 units. History 95
Department of History
Professor: Mack Eastman.
Associate  Professor:   W.  N.  Sage.
Instructor: F. H. Soward.
Students who intend to specialize in History are advised
to associate with it from the first some allied subject, such as
Economics. Economics 1, 2, 3, Government 1 and Sociology 1
will be found especially helpful.
A reading knowledge of French and German will be found
extremely valuable in Third and Fourth Year courses, while in
certain classes of more advanced work Latin is indispensable.
Hereafter, French at least will be required for Honour work.
A list of books for reading and reference may be obtained
from the professor in charge of eaeh course.
First and Second Years
1. Modern European History.—A general view of the
development of modern Europe from the eve of the French
Revolution to the present day. This course is designed for First
Year students who wish to complete the survey of European and
world history begun in the high schools.
Text-book: Robinson and Beard, History of Europe, Our
Own Times, Ginn, 1921. (This is the sequel to the Breasted
and Robinson History of Europe, Ancient and Mediaeval, used
for Junior Matriculation.) Alternative text-book: West's World
Progress (Canadian edition), Allyn and Bacon, 1924. Additional reading will be assigned in the lectures.
As the new high school text-book (World Progress) brings
British and European history up to the present day, this course
(History 1.) will not be offered after 1924-25.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Soward. 3 units.
2. Canadian History.—This course opens with a brief
analysis of the reasons for European colonization of America
and a sketch of the colonial effort of Spain, France and Great
Britain.   In the French regime, exploration, the development of 96 Faculty of Arts and Science
government, the conflict of church and state, and the struggle
with Great Britain for the West are studied. In the British
period, the relations of the French and English and the evolution
of Canadian self-government are given special attention. Intended especially for Second Year, but open to First Year also.
Books especially recommended: Roberts, History of Canada.
Lucas, History of Canada, Vol. I, New France. Kennedy, Documents of the Canadian Constitution, 1759-1915. Parkman,
Pioneers of France in the New World; The Jesuits in North
America; Count Frontenac and New France; La Salle and the
Discovery of the Great West; The Old Regime in Canada; A
Half-century of Conflict; Montcalm and Wolfe. Further reading will be assigned.
A preliminary essay counting 10 per cent, of the year's
work must be handed in by October 15th. Subject: "The
Influence of the Jesuits in New France.'' Material for this essay
will be found in: Marquis, The Jesuit Missions (Chronicles of
Canada); Parkman, The Jesuits in North America; Munro,
Crusaders of New France; Eastman, Church and State in Early
Canada;  Thwaites, The Jesuit Relations.
Three hours a week.  Mr. Soward. 3 units.
3. English History. — The history of England from the
Norman Conquest to the Revolution of 1688. This course is
intended primarily for Second Year students who mean to specialize in history. It aims at interpreting the constitutional, political,
economic, and religious development of England and Wales during the period prescribed. Attention will also be paid to the
history of Scotland and Ireland and the origin of Overseas
Britain. Intended for Second Year1 only. The sequel to this
course is History 8.
Text-book: Muir, A Short History of the British Commonwealth, Vol. I., Philip, 1920.
A preliminary essay counting 10 per cent, of the year's
work must be handed in as soon as possible after the opening of
the autumn term. Subject: "The Effects of the Norman
Conquest on Subsequent English History.'' History 97
References: Haskins, The Normans in European History.
Freeman, The Norman Conquest. Davis, England under the
Normans and Angevins. Adams, Political History of England,
Volume II., 1066-1216.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Sage. 3 units.
Third and Fourth Years
History 4, 5 and 6 are intended especially for Third Year
students, History 7 and 8 for Fourth Year. History 4 (or 5) must
be taken by all candidates for Honours.
All Honour students (whether in History alone or in a
Combination Course) must take a History Seminar of one
hour a week in either their Third or their Fourth Year. The
Seminar is intended as training in intensive work and carries
no credits. If the Graduating Essay be written in History, it
will carry a value of 3 units.
4. Mediaeval History.—A sketch of Mediaeval History from
the Council of Nicaea to the Fall of Constantinople, 325-1453
A.D. The following subjects will be treated: the triumph of
Christianity; the breakdown of the Western Roman Empire;
the Barbarian Invasions; the earlier monastic movements;
Mohammed and Islam; the rise of the Papacy; the Franks and
Charlemagne; the struggle between Empire and Papacy; the
Normans in Europe; the Crusades; the Mediaeval Towns; the
later monastic movements; the rise of the universities;
Frederick II.; the later Mediaeval Empire; the National Kingdoms in France, Spain, England and Scotland; the Turks and
the collapse of the Byzantine Empire.
Text-book: Thorndike, A History of Mediaeval Europe,
Houghton Mifflin.
Additional text-books for Honour students: Oman, The
Dark Ages. Tout, Empire and Papacy. Lodge, The Close of
the Middle Ages.   Bryce, The Holy Roman Empire.
A preliminary essay, counting 10 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in as soon as possible after the opening of 98 Faculty of Arts and Science
 ^	
the autumn term.    Subject: The Causes of the Triumph of
Christianity in the Later Roman Empire.
References: Gibbon, Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire.
Milman, History of Christianity. Glover, The Conflict of Religions in the Roman Empire. Cambridge Mediaeval History,
Volume I. Encyclopaedia Britannica—articles on Roman, the
later Roman Empire and Church History. Bury, The Later
Roman Empire.   Bigg, The Church's Task.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Sage. 3 units.
5. Renaissance and Reformation.—Mediaeval civilization in
the time of Dante; the forerunners of the Renaissance; the
Renaissance in Italy (illustrated with slides); the Protestant
Reformation and the Catholic Reaction; in conclusion, a short
account of the subsequent history of religious thought down to
our own times.
An introductory essay, counting 10 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in early in the autumn term. Subject:
"The Significance of Dante." Reading recommended: Translations by Cary, Norton, etc. Christopher Hare, Dante the
Wayfarer. Boynton, Tlie World's Leading Poets. Mackail,
Lectures on Poetry. Santayana, Three Philosophical Poets.
Snell, Handbook to the Works of Dante. Caird, Essays on
Literature and Philosophy, Vol. IV. Brooks, Dante: How to
Know Him. Federn, Dante and His Time. Rossetti, Dante at
Verona. James Russell Lowell, Prose Works, Vol. IV. Flamini,
History of Italian Literature. Pollock, History of the Science of
Politics. Charles Maurras, Le Conseil de Dante. La Grande
Encyclopedic Also, The Contemporary Review, Atlantic
Monthly, etc., for 1921.
Text-books: Sichel, The Renaissance. Fisher, The Reformation. McGiffert, Martin Luther, the Man and His Work.
Further reading: Taylor, Some Aspects of the Renaissance.
Symonds, A Short History of the Renaissance in Italy.
Burckhardt, The Renaissance in Italy. Symonds, The Renaissance in Italy.    Andre Michel, Histoire de I'Art  (III., IV.). Historv 99
Christopher Hare, Life and Letters in the Italian Renaissance.
Etc., etc.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Eastman. 3 units.
6. The Age of Louis XIV., the Pre-Revolution, the Revolution and Napoleon.
An introductory essay, counting 10 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in early in the autumn term. Subject:
"Discipline as the Central Principle of the Reign of Louis XIV."
Books recommended for reading and reference: Wakeman,
The Ascendancy of France. Grant, The French Monarchy,
Vol. II. Hassall, France, Mediaeval and Modern. Cambridge
Modern History, Vol. V. Lavisse, Histoire de France. Lavisse
et Rambaud, Histoire Generate. La Grande Encyclopedic, article
on Louis XIV., etc. I   ^
Text-books: Lowell, The Eve of the French Revolution;
Johnston, A Short History of the French Revolution, or Shailer
Matthews, The French Revolution, Longmans, 1923; Johnston,
Napoleon, or Fisher, Napoleon.   (Home University).
Additional text-books for Honour students: Aulard, The
French Revolution, or Morse Stephens, A History of the French
Revolution; Rose, Napoleon, or Madelin, Le Consulat et VEmpire, or Lacour-Gayet, Napoleon; Fisher, Bonapartism.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Eastman. 3 units.
7. Europe, 1815-1923. The political, social and religious
history of the chief countries of continental Europe, with
especial attention to international relations. Intended for Fourth
Year students.
An introductory essay, counting 10 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in early in the autumn term. Subject:
"The Changes, Permanent and Ephemeral, Wrought in
German Society by the French Revolution."
Text-books: Hazen, Europe Since 1815, 2 Vol. Holt, 1923.
Shapiro,   Modern   and    Contemporary    European    History, 100 Faculty of Arts and Science
Houghton Mifflin. Fueter, World History, 1850-1920. Ramsay
Muir, The Expansion of Europe. Gooch, History of Modern
Europe, 1878-1919.
Further reading required of Honour students, including
Rambaud, Histoire de la Russie.
Works of reference: Cambridge Modern History. Lavisse,
Histoire de France Contemporaine. Lavisse et Rambaud,
Histoire Generate. Hanotaux, Histoire de la Nation Frangaise.
Cambridge History of British Foreign Policy.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Eastman. 3 units.
8. Great Britain Since 1688. The British Empire—This
course aims at an interpretation of the constitutional, political,
economic and religious development of the British Isles since the
Revolution of 1688. Attention will also be paid to the growth of
the British Empire during the eighteenth, nineteenth and
twentieth centuries.   This course is the sequel to History 3.
Text-book: Muir, Short History of the British Common-
ivealth, Vols. I. and II., Philip.
Additional text-books for Honour students: Robertson,
England under the Hanoverians. Trevelyan, British History in
the Nineteenth Century.
A preliminary essay, counting 10 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in as soon as possible after the opening
of the autumn term. Subject: The Whig Ascendancy under
George I. and George II.
References: Macaulay, History of England. Sichel, Boling-
brokc and His Times. Melville, George I. Robertson, England
under the Hanoverians. Morley, Walpole. Williams, Life of
William Pitt, Earl of Chatham. Ruville, William Pitt, Earl of
Chatham. Leadam, Political History, Vol. IX. Beaconsfield,
Coningsby. Cambridge Modern History, Vol. VI; chapters I,
II, III, XIII.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Sage. 3 units.
9. American History.—This course begins with a sketch of
the American colonies at the outbreak of the Revolution and Mathematics 101
traces the history of the United States from the commencement
of the War of Independence to the close of the World War.
Text-book: Muzzey, American History, Ginn. Additional
text-books for Honour students: Lecky, The American Revolution.   Lingley, /Since the Civil War.
An essay, counting 10 per cent, of the year's work, must be
handed in early in the autumn. Subject: "The Loyalist Position
in the American Revolution." Books recommended: Wallace,
The U. E. Loyalists (Chronicles of Canada Series). Van Tyne,
The Loyalists in the American Revolution. Tyler, The Literary
History of the American Revolution. Lecky, The American
Revolution.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Soward. 3 units.
Department of Mathematics
Professor: Daniel Buchanan.
Associate Professor: G. E. Robinson.
Assistant Professor: E. E. Jordan.
Assistant Professor: L. Richardson.
Assistant Professor:   B.  S.  Hartley.
Assistant: John Henry.
Assistant:   May L. Barclay.
Assistant:   J. F. Brown.
Assistant:   C. Islay Johnston.
Course 1 is required of all regular students in First Year
Arts. Courses 2, 3, and 4 are open to students who have completed Course 1. Course 2 is required of those intending to
proceed to Honours in Mathematics.
Courses 3, 13, 15 and 4, 12, 14 are given in alternate years,
as indicated below.
A selection will be made from graduate courses at the
beginning of each session to meet the needs and qualifications
of students proceeding to the degree of M.A. 102 Faculty of Arts and Science
Pass Courses
1. (a) Algebra.—An elementary course, including ratio,
proportion, variation, solutions of equations, simple series, permutations, combinations, and the binomial theorem.
Hall and Knight, Elementary Algebra, Macmillan.
Three hours a week.   First Term.
(b) Geometry.—An elementary course in synthetic and
analytical geometry as outlined for Senior Matriculation.
McDougall, Advanced Geometry, Copp Clark.
Two hours a week.   Second Term.
(c) Trigonometry.—An elementary course involving the use
of logarithms. jd^
Playne and Fawdry, Practical Trigonometry, Copp Clark.
Wentworth and Hill, Logarithmic Tables, Ginn.
Six-Place Tables (McGraw-Hill)—For those intending to
proceed to Applied Science.
One hour a week, First Term, and two hours a week, Second
Term. 3 units.
2. (a) Analytical Geometry.—An introductory course with
special emphasis upon the straight line and circle.
Fawdry, Co-ordinate Geometry, Bell.
Two hours a week. First Term. Mr. Buchanan.
(b) Algebra.—A continuation of the previous course in
algebra involving exponential, logarithmic and other series, undetermined coefficients, partial and continued fractions.
Hall and Knight, Higher Algebra, Macmillan.
Two hours a week.   Second Term.   Mr. Robinson.
(c) Calculus.—An introductory course in differential and
integral calculus, with various applications.
Woods and Bailey, Elementary Calculus, Ginn.
One hour a week.   Mr. Buchanan. 3 units.
3. The Mathematical Theory of Investments.—This course
deals with the theory of interest, annuities, debentures, valuation ^
Mathematics 103
of bonds, sinking funds, depreciation, probability and its application to life insurance.
Rietz, Crathorne and Rietz, Mathematics of Finance, Holt.
2 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
4. Descriptive Astronomy.—The object of this course is to
acquaint the student with the various heavenly bodies and their
motions. It is intended primarily for Pass students, and only a
knowledge of elementary mathematics is essential. The subject-
matter treated includes: The shape and motions of the earth,
systems of coordinates, the constellations, planetary motion, gravitation, tides, time, the stars and nebulae, theories of evolution
of the solar system.
Moulton, Introduction to Astronomy, Macmillan.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Buchanan. 2 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
Honour Courses
10. Calculus.—The elementary theory and applications of
the subject.
Three hours a week.   Mr. Buchanan. 3 units.
11. Plane and Spherical Trigonometry.—The work in plane
trigonometry will deal with the following: Identities and trigonometrical equations, the solution of triangles with various applications, circumscribed, inscribed and escribed circles, De Moivre's
theorem, expansions of sin n6, etc., hyperbolic and inverse functions. The work in spherical trigonometry will cover the solution
of triangles with various applications to astronomy and geodesy.
Loney, Plane Trigonometry, Parts I. and II.
Dupuis and Matheson, Spherical   Trigonometry   and  Astronomy, Uglow.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Hartley. 2 units.
12. Synthetic Plane and Solid Geometry.—The course in
plane geometry is intended to cover such topics as the principle 104 Faculty of Arts and Science
of duality, cross ratio geometry, etc. In solid geometry the principal properties of solid figures are studied, as well as the theory
of projection in space, with various applications to the conic
sections.
Dupuis, Elementary Synthetic Geometry, Macmillan.
Dupuis, Elements of Synthetic Solid Geometry, Macmillan.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Robinson. 2 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
13. Analytical Geometry.—A general study of the conies and
systems of conies, and elementary work in three dimensions.
Loney, Coordinate Geometry.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
14. Theory of Equations and Determinants. — A course
covering the main theory and use of these subjects.
Burnside and Panton, Theory of Equations, Vol. I, Dublin.
Weld, Theory of Determinants.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Jordan. 2 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
15. Higher Algebra.—Selected topics in higher algebra, including infinite series, continued fractions, the theory of numbers,
probability.
Hall and Knight, Higher Algebra, Macmillan. Chrystal,
Text-bOok of Algebra, Part II.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
16. Calculus and Differential Equations.—A continuation of
the previous course in calculus, treating partial differentiation,
expansions of functions of many variables, singular points, reduction formulae, successive integration, elliptic integrals, and
Fourier series.
Ordinary and partial differential equations, with various
applications to geometry, mechanics and physics. Mathematics 105
Granville, Differential and Integral Calculus, Ginn.
Murray, Differential Equations, Longmans.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Buchanan. 2 units.
17. Applied Mathematics.—A course dealing with the
applications of mathematics to dynamics of a particle and of a
rigid body, and to the two body problem in celestial mechanics.
Reference books: Webster, Dynamics of Particles and of
Rigid, Fluid and Elastic Bodies. Smith and Langley, Theoretical
Mechanics.
Two hours a week.   Mr. Richardson. 2 units.
18. History of Mathematics.—A reading course covering the
historical development of the elementary branches of mathematics from the earliest times to the present.
Ball, History of Mathematics. Cajori, History of Elementary Mathematics.   Mr. Buchanan. 1 unit.
Graduate Courses
20. Analytical Solid Geometry.—Snyder and Sisam, Analytical Geometry of Space.
21. Theory of Functions of a Real Variable. — Goursat-
Hedrick, Mathematical Analysis, Vol. I.
22. Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable.—Pierpont,
Functions of a Complex Variable.
23. Differential Geometry. Eisenhart, Differential Geometry.
24. Projective Geometry.—Veblen and Young, Projective
Geometry, Vol. I.
25. Celestial Mechanics.—Moulton, An Introduction to
Celestial Mechanics.
26. Advanced Differential Equations. — Moulton, Periodic
Orbits. 106 Faculty of Arts and Science
Department Of Modern Languages
Professor: H. Ashton.
Associate Professor: A. F. B. Clark.
Assistant Professor: Isabel Maclnnes.
Instructor:  Margaret Ross.
Instructor:   Janet T. Greig.
Assistant:  E. E. Delavault.
Assistant:  G. Barry.
Assistant:   Dorothy Dallas.
Assistant:   Dorothy Somerset.
With the consent of the Professor in charge of the course,
a student taking a Pass Degree may be admitted to any course
in the Third and Fourth Years in addition to, but not in lieu
of, 3(a) and 4(a). Students from other universities who have
already taken the work of 3(a) or 4(a), may be given special
permission by the Head of the Department to substitute other
courses.
French
1. (a) Moliere, Les Precieuses Ridicules. Massard, A
French Composition Book, Rivington. Bazin, Une Tache d'encre.
Berthon, Grammaire Frangaise.
1. (b) Moliere, Les Precieuses Ridicules. Massard, A French
Composition Book, Rivington.
Revision of the essentials of French grammar and syntax
applied to the correct writing of French. There will be an oral
examination based on the texts read. 3 units.
Note :—Students who choose French will be informed which
course 1(a) or 1(&) they must take. The decision will be made
after a consideration of the marks in French obtained at the
Matriculation examination. Students in 1(6) will normally take
not more than two years French, as they will not be sufficiently
prepared to profit by the Third and Fourth Year courses. If,
however, they make rapid progress in the First Year they may be
transferred to the higher course in the Second Year when they
have satisfied the examiners of their fitness for more advanced
work.    Students   who   have   not    passed    the    Matriculation Modern Languages—French 107
examination in French (or its equivalent)  are not allowed to
choose either of the First Year courses in this subject.
2. (a) Hemon, Maria Chapdelaine, Macmillan. Augier et
Sandeau, Le Gendre de Monsieur Poirier, American Book Company.    Anatole France, Le Crime de Sylvestre Bonnard, Holt.
Conversation in French on the above.   Written resumes.
Composition from Wilson and Jaccard, A First French
Prose Composition, Bell; or from Jules Lazare, Elementary
French Composition, Hachette, London.
There will be oral tests.
Students intending to take Second Year French will be
required to read Quelques Contes des Romanciers Naturalistes,
Heath, during the summer vacation of 1924, and an examination
(to be written in French) will be held during the first week of
the autumn term to test their knowledge of this text.     3 units.
3. (a) The Literature of the Age of Louis XIV. Lectures
on the history and social conditions of the period, and on the
development of the literature. Careful reading and discussion
of the following texts: Racine, Phedre, Hachette, Paris. Moliere,
Les Femmes Savantes, Didier; Le Tartuffe, Heath. Schinz and
King, Seventeenth Century French Readings, Holt.
Conversation and written resumes based on the above.
Weekley's French Prose Composition will be used for translation from English into French.
This course is obligatory for all students taking Third Year
French. 3 units.
Students intending to take Third Year French will be
required to submit during the first week of the Autumn Term
an essay in French based on a course of reading approved by
the Department in the preceding spring.
3. (b) The Literature of the Eighteenth Century. Lectures
on the history and social conditions of the period, with special
emphasis on the philosophe movement, and the beginnings of
romanticism. The inter-relations of French and English thought
and   literature   will   be   touched   upon.    Careful reading and 108 Faculty of Arts and Science
discussion of the following texts: Schinz, Eighteenth Century
French Readings, Holt. Diderot, Extraits (Fallex), Delagrave.
Beaumarchais, Le Barbier de Seville, Macmillan.
3. (c) French Composition and translation from English
into French. Weekley, French Prose Composition, Clive, London. 3 units.
4. (a) The Romantic Drama.—A. de Vigny, Chatterton,
Oxford. Musset, Quatre Comedies, Oxford. Hugo, Hernani.
Oxford. Rostand, La Princesse Lointaine, Fasquelle, Paris.
Rostand, Les Romanesques, Fasquelle, Paris. 3 units.
4 (b) The French Novel.—Morillot, Le Roman frangais,
Dent. Balzac, Eugenie Grandet, Oxford. Flaubert, Salammbd,
Oxford. Sand, Frangois le Champi, Oxford. A. de Chateau-
briant, Monsieur des Lourdines, Grasset, Paris. 3 units.
4. (c) Composition and Oral French.—Book required:
Ritchie and Moore, A Manual of French Composition, Cambridge. 3 units.
4. (d) Bibliography and Methods of Research.—For students
preparing graduating essays in French. 3 units.
Note: Courses 3(a) (b) (c) and 4(a) (6) (c) call for
much work out of class. They should be chosen only by students
able and willing to work alone. Students intending to take 4(a)
or 4(6) should apply to the Head of the Department before
the end of the present academic year for instructions for summer
reading.
While the Library provides copies of standard dictionaries
for occasional reference, every student of the Second, Third, and
Fourth Years should possess a small dictionary for use when
preparing class work. Suitable dictionaries can be obtained at
the Bookstore.
German
Beginners' Course. Composition, Grammar, Conversation.
— Texts: (a) Zinnecker, Deutsch fur Anf anger. Heath.
(6) Haertel, German Reader for Beginners. 3 units. Modern Languages—German 109
Beginners' Course, Scientific.—As Beginners' Course above,
substituting for Text (b) Gore, German Science Reader, Heath.
3 units.
1. Language.—Completion and Revision of Zinnecker. Composition and conversation based on texts read. Hillern, Hoher
als die Kirche, Scribner. Moser, Der Bibliothekar, Ginn.
Bruns, Book of German Lyrics, Heath.
Four hours a week.
One hour a week alternate reading for Science students may
be arranged. 3 units.
2. (a) Language.—Whitney and Stroebe, Advanced German
Composition, Holt. Composition and conversation based on
texts read.
Goethe, Herman and Dorothea, Scribner. Freytag, Die
Journalisten, Ginn.   Bruns, Book of German Lyrics, Heath.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
2. (b) A general survey of German literature.
For students who intend to take German in the Third and
Fourth Years.
One hour a week.   No formal credit is given for this course.
3. The Classical Period.
Texts: Lessing, Minna von Barnhelm, Macmillan. Goethe,
Faust, Heath.   Schiller, Die Jungfrau von Orleans, Holt.
Composition based on above texts and Whitney and Stroebe,
Advanced German Composition, Holt. 3 units.
4. (a) Nineteenth Century Drama. 3 units.
4. (6) Nineteenth Century Fiction. 3 units.
These courses, which include reading of a number of standard works, will be given alternately.
5. A reading course in the short story. 3 units. 110 Faculty of Arts and Science
Department of Philosophy
Professor: H. T. J. Coleman.
Associate Professor: James Henderson.
Professor of Education:   George M. Weir.
1. (a) Elementary Psychology.
Text-book: Woodworth, Psychology, A Study of Mental
Life, Holt.
References: Stout, A Manual of Psychology. Titchener,
A Text-book in Psychology; A Beginner's Psychology. James,
Psychology (Briefer Course). Pillsbury, Essentials of Psychology.
Two hours a week.
(6) Elementary Logic.
Text-book:   Mellone,   Introductory   Text-book   of   Logic,
Blackwood (latest edition).
One hours a week.
(c) A fourth hour per week will be devoted to lectures
introductory to the main problems of Philosophy, and a special
study of Descartes' Discourse on Method and Berkeley's Treatise
Concerning the Principles of Human Knowledge. Attendance
at this hour is voluntary and no formal credit is given. Students
contemplating Honours are, however, advised to take this course.
3 units.
2. Ethics.
Text-book: Everett, Moral Values, Holt
A special study will be made of selected portions of Aristotle's Ethics, Mill's Utilitarianism, and Kant's Metaphysic of
Morals.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
3. History of Greek Philosophy from Thales to Plato
(inclusive). Philosophy 111
Text-book: Burnet, Greek Philosophy (Part I.), Macmillan.
In connection with the course a special study will be made of
Plato's Republic, Phaedo, and Philebus.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
4. The History of Philosophy from the Renaissance to the
Present time.
Text-book: Alexander, A Short History of Philosophy,
Macmillan.
Works of reference: Rand, Modern Classical Philosophers,
and the various Histories of Philosophy.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
5. The Philosophy of Kant, with special study of the
Critique of Pure Reason.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
6. Philosophic Movements since the time of Kant. Post-
Kantian Idealism, Pragmatism, the New Realism, Bergson and
others.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
7. Introduction to Education. A course of lectures and
discussions dealing with educational movements since the beginning of the 19th century, and with the theories of life and of
mind which are implicit in these movements.
Texts: Spencer, Education, Everyman Edition. Dewey,
Democracy and Education, Macmillan.
References: Butler, The Meaning of Education. Moore,
What is Education? Adams (ed.), The New Teaching. Holmes,
What is and What might be. Articles in Cyclopedia of Education, Macmillan. 112 Faculty of Arts and Science
Philosophy 1 is recommended as preparatory to this course.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
8. Social Psychology.—A study of those particular phases
of mental life and development which are fundamental in social
organization and activity.
Text: McDougall, Social Psychology, Methuen, London.
Collateral reading will be prescribed from the following: Hob-
house, Mind in Evolution, Morals in Evolution. Sutherland,
Origin and Growth of the Moral Instinct. Cooley, Human Nature
and the Social Order. Wallas, Human Nature in Politics; The
Great Society. Ross, Social Psychology. Trotter, Instincts of
the Herd in Peace and War.   McDougall, The Group Mind.
Philosophy 1 is recommended as preparatory to this course.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
Students will note that Courses 3 and 4, Courses 5 and 6,
and Courses 7 and 8 are given in alternate years. This arrangement is designed to meet the needs of students who desire to
pursue the study of philosophy beyond the elementary stage.
Department of Physics
Professor: T. C. Hebb.
Associate Professor: A. E. Hennings.
Associate Professor: J. G. Davidson.
Assistant:   Cyril Jones.
1. Introduction to Physics.—A general study of the principles of mechanics, properties of matter, heat, light, sound, and
electricity, both in the lecture-room and in the laboratory. The
course has two objects: (1) To give the minimum acquaintance
with physical science requisite for a liberal education to those
whose studies will be mainly literary; (2) to be introductory to
the   courses   in   Agriculture,    Chemistry,    Engineering,    and Physics 113
Advanced Physics.  Students must reach the required standard
in both theoretical and practical work.
Three lectures and two hours laboratory per week.     3 units.
2. General Physics.—Lectures and demonstrations. Especial
attention is given to modern points of view.
Text-book: Kimball, College Physics.
Prerequisite: Physics 1.
An additional hour is offered for which no formal credit
is given. Students proceeding to a Medical course are advised
to take this additional hour.
Three lectures per week. 3 units.
(Not offered in 1924-25)
3. Mechanics, Molecular Physics and Heat.—A study of the
statics and dynamics of both a particle and a rigid body, the laws
of gases and vapors, temperature, hygrometry, capillarity, expansion, and calorimetry.
Text-book: Millikan, Mechanics, Molecular Physics and
Heat.
Prerequisite: Physics 1.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.   3 units.
4. Electricity, Sound, and Light.—A study of the fundamentals of magnetism, electricity, sound, and light.
Text-book: Millikan and Mills, Electricity, Sound and Light.
Prerequisite: Physics 1.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.
3 units.
5. Dynamics of a Particle and of a Rigid Body.—A rigorous
mathematical study of this subject.
Prerequisites: Physics 3 and Mathematics 10.
Two lectures per week. 2 units.
6. Advanced Electricity and Magnetism.—In this course,
espeeial attention is given to the theoretical phases of Electricity
and Magnetism. 114 Faculty of Arts and Science
Text-book: Starling, Electricity and Magnetism.
Prerequisites: Physics 3 and 4 and Mathematics 10.
Two lectures per week. 2 units.
7. Kinetic Theory of Gases and Introduction to Thermodynamics.—A course of lectures elucidating the fundamentals of
these subjects.
Books for reference: Poynting and Thomson, Heat. Boyn-
ton, Kinetic Theory of Gases. Preston, Heat, and Meyer,
Kinetic Theory of Gases.
Prerequisites: Physics 3, and Mathematics 10.
Two lectures per week. 2 units.
8. Theoretical and Experimental Optics.—A course of lectures accompanied by laboratory work consisting of accurate
measurements in diffraction, dispersion, interference, and polarization.
Books for reference: Houstoun, Treatise on Light. Mann,
Advanced Optics. Wood, Physical Optics. Preston, Theory of
Light.   Drude, Theory of Optics, and Edser, Light for Students.
Prerequisites: Physics 3 and 4, and Mathematics 10.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.
3 units.
9. Recent Advances in Physics.—A course of lectures dealing
with the electrical properties of gases, the electron theory, and
radioactivity.
Books for reference: Thomson, Conduction of Electricity
through Gases. Rutherford, Radio-active Substances and Their
Radiations. Millikan, Electron. Thomson, Positive Rays.
Hughes, Photo-electricity, and Kaye, X-Rays.
Prerequisites: Courses 3 and 4, and Differential and Integral
Calculus.
Two lectures per week. 2 units.
10. Advanced Experimental Physics.—In this course the
candidate for Honours is expected to perform one Or more classical experiments and to do some special work. Zoology 115
Carefully prepared reports, abstracts, and bibliographies will
constitute an essential part of the course.
Six hours laboratory per week. 3 to 6 units.
Department of Zoology
Professor: C. McLean Fraser.
Instructor: H. A. Dunlop.
Assistant:   C. P. Leckie.
Assistant:  Lloyd Bolton.
Note: Biology 1 is prerequisite to all courses in Zoology.
1. General Morphology.—General morphology of animals.
Comparative anatomy. The relationships of animal groups.
Comparative life-histories.
Text-books: Parker and Haswell, Manual of Zoology, Macmillan. (American Edition, 1916.)
This course is prerequisite to other courses in Zoology.
Pass Course: Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory
per week. 3 units.
2. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates.—A detailed comparative study of a member of each of the classes of Vertebrates.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. First
Term. 2 units.
3. Comparative Anatomy of Invertebrates.—A detailed comparative study of a member of each of the main classes of Invertebrates.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. Second
Term. 2 units.
4. Morphology of Insects.   General Entomology.
One lecture and two hours laboratory per week. One
Term. 1 unit.
5. Histology.—Study of the structure and development of
p.nimal tissues.   Methods in histology.
Seven hours per week.   Second Term. 2 units. 116 Faculty of Arts and Science
6. Embryology. A general survey of the principles of vertebrate embryology. Preparation and examination of embryologi-
cal sections.
Seven hours per week.   First Term. 2 units.
7. Economic Entomology.—A study of the insect pests of
animals and plants; means of combating them.
Lecture and laboratory work, six hours per week. Second
Term. 2 units.
8. Private Reading.—A course of reading on Biological
theories. In this course examinations will be set, but no class
instruction will be given. 2 units. THE      >
FACULTY
OF
APPLIED SCIENCE  FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE
PURPOSE
The object of the courses in Applied Science is to train
students in exact and fertile thinking, and to give them a sound
knowledge of natural laws and of the means of utilizing natural
forces and natural products for the benefit of man and the
advancement of civilization.
Experience shows that such a training is the best yet
devised for a large and increasing proportion of the administrative, supervisory and technical positions.
The object is to turn out neither finished engineers nor
industrial leaders—these are the product of years of development in the school of experience—but young men with a special
capacity and training for attaining this goal.
The student is offered a full undergraduate course and an
additional year of graduate courses of study. The preliminary
year required in Arts is intended to increase the student's
general knowledge and to broaden his outlook. It is hoped that
enough interest will be aroused to encourage the student to
continue some study of the humanities as a hobby or recreation.
The first two years in Applied Science proper are spent in
a general course that includes Mathematics and all the basal
sciences. This gives not only a broad training, but enables the
student to discover the science or sciences for which he has
special liking or aptitude. He is thus prepared to select more
intelligently the particular branches of Applied Science in which
to specialize during his two final years at college. During these
years students acquire more detailed knowledge of the science
or sciences selected and get practice in applying scientific
knowledge, in solving problems, in doing things.
There is also training in Economics, Law and Industrial
Management.
A broad general course is better suited to British Columbia
conditions than a more specialized one would be, and the first 120 Faculty of Applied Science
aim is to prepare men to develop its industries. Furthermore,
experience has proved that narrow, highly specialized undergraduate courses do not produce as able specialists as do more
general courses that furnish a more solid foundation, a better
background, a broader outlook and a more stimulating
atmosphere.
During the long period between sessions, the student is
required to engage in some industrial or professional work that
will afford practical experience not obtainable in the laboratory
or field classes, but that is a necessary supplement to academic
study.
FACILITIES FOR WORK IN APPLIED SCIENCE
For laboratory and other facilities see Pages 22-26.
ADMISSION
The general requirements for admission to the University
are given on pages 29-30.
The regular requirements for admission to the Faculty of
Applied Science are as follows:
1. Nursing and Health course, Junior Matriculation or
equivalent.
2. All other courses, First Year Arts or equivalent.
In First Year Arts or Senior Matriculation, Physics is
compulsory for all except Nursing and Health courses. Chemistry 1 and Biology 1, if completed in Arts, need not be taken
in First Year Applied Science. French is advisable for students
entering Geological Engineering.
DEGREES
The degrees offered students in this Faculty are:
Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc).   (See below.)
Bachelor of Arts and Applied Science (B.A. and B.A.Sc.)
(See page 144.)
Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc.)    (See Page 215.) Information for Students in Applied Science      121
COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A.Sc.
The degree of Bachelor of Applied Science is granted on
the completion of the work in one of the courses* given below:
I. Chemical Engineering.
II. Chemistry.
III. Civil Engineering.
IV. Electrical Engineering.
V. Forest Engineering.
VI. Geological Engineering.
VII. Mechanical Engineering.
VIII. Metallurgical Engineering. *
IX. Mining Engineering.
X. Nursing and Health. \
Note.—A series of noon-hour talks is given during the
session by the Faculty and prominent outsiders on the subjects:
choice of a profession; occupations for which an Applied
Science course forms a suitable preparation; life and work in
different enginering professions and industries. The purpose
of these talks is to assist Freshmen and other Arts students
considering an Applied Science course and to help Applied
Science students to select the course to pursue in the two final
years that is best suited to their tastes and aptitudes, and their
probable life-work.
PRACTICAL WORK OUTSIDE THE UNIVERSITY
In order to master professional subjects it is very important
that the work done at the University should be supplemented
by practical experience in related work outside. Therefore
students are expected to spend their summers in employment
that will give such experience. Before a degree will be granted,
a candidate is required to satisfy the Department concerned
that he has done at least four months' practical work related
♦The curriculum   described   in   the   following pages may be
changed from time to time as deemed advisable by the Faculty. 122 Faculty of Applied Science
to his chosen profession. Third and Fourth Year Essays (see
page 124) should be based, as far as possible, upon the summer
work.
Students engaged in summer work requiring them to enter
the University after the specified date of admission will be
allowed to register without penalty, provided that the Dean is
satisfied that the work affords necessary experience in connection
with their academic courses, as in the case of Geological survey
parties; or that statements are received from their employers
that circumstances prevented an earlier release.
Practical work, sueh as Shop-work, Freehand Drawing,
Mechanical Drawing, Surveying, etc., done outside the University, may be accepted in lieu of laboratory or field work (but
not in lieu of lectures) in these subjects, on the recommendation of the Head of the Department and approval of the Dean.
Students seeking exemption as above must make written
application accompanied by certificates indicating the character
of the work done and the time devoted to it.
GENERAL OUTLINE OF UNIVERSITY COURSES
The work of the First and Second Years is the same in
all courses, except those in Nursing and Health. It consists
largely of mathematics and science, and provides a foundation
for later specialization.
First Year
Summer Work
All undergraduates entering the First Year (except in
Nursing and Health) are required to register on or before
Monday, September 8th, on which date classes in Mechanical
Engineering 2 will commence. Courses in Applied Science
123
Sessional Work
Subject.
Mathematics 1	
Mathematics 2	
Mathematics 3	
Mathematics 4	
Civil  1   	
Mechanical Drawing 1
Physics 1  	
Physics 2  	
Chemistry 1*	
Mechanical 2a   ......
Biology 1*  	
Civil 2   	
I*
172
173
173
173
154
174
185
185
151
175
147
154
First Term.
!*
Field
►J*
3
6
3
3
3
2
Work
Second Term.
Sgi!
31*
•If Chemistry or Biology has been taken in Arts it will be accepted
in lieu of the Science Course.
Second Year
Sessional Work
•3 Si
a*
I*
First Term.
Second Term.
Subject
iiv
u 5
ft »
rt 90 «
8*
Laboratory
Houn per
Week.
173
173
151.
154
154
176
185
186
155
155
168
155
3
2
1
1
1
2
2
'2
2
Pie
6
3
3
2
d Wor
3
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
k
6
Civil   3   	
Civil  4   	
Mechanical 3   	
Physics 3  	
3
Physics 4	
Civil  5   	
3
Civil 6   	
Geology  1   	
2
Civil  7*   	
•Students entering Civil, Forest, Geological, Metallurgical, and
Mining Engineering are required to take Civil Engineering 7 (see
Page 155)  immediately after the spring examinations. 124 Faculty of Applied Science
THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS
Essays are required of all students entering the Third and
Fourth Years, and must conform to the following:—
1. The essay shall consist of not less than 2,000 words.
2. It must be a technical description of the engineering aspects
of the work on which the student was engaged during the
summer, or of any scientific or engineering work with which
he is familiar. In the preparation of the essay, advantage
may be taken of any source of information, but due
acknowledgment must be made of all authorities consulted.
It should be suitably illustrated by drawings, sketches,
photographs or specimens.
3. It must be typewritten, or clearly written on paper of substantial quality, standard letter size (8V2XH inches), on
one side of the paper only, leaving a clear margin on top
and left-hand side. Students are recommended to examine
sample reports to be found in the library.
4. All essays must be handed in to the Dean not later than
November 15th.
All essays, when handed in, will become the property of the
Department concerned, and will be filed for reference. Students
may submit duplicate copies of their essays in competition for
the students' prizes of the Engineering Institute of Canada, or
the Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
The value of an essay will be judged, not only by its substance, but also by the precision and quality of its English. A
maximum of 100 marks is allowed for an essay, 50 being required
for a pass. Essays will be considered as final Christmas
examinations, and subject to the same regulations and fees as
apply to supplemental examinations. Courses in Applied Science
125
COURSES
I.   Chemical Engineering
The course in Chemical Engineering should prepare the
student for the duties of managing engineer in a chemical
manufactory. As such he must be conversant not only with
the chemical processes involved, but he must be prepared to
design and to oversee the construction of new buildings and
to direct the installation and use of machinery. In the industrial life of British Columbia the chemical engineer may be
more particularly concerned with the manufacture of acids and
alkalies, the preparation from natural sources of various organic
and inorganic compounds, the pulp and paper industry, and
the utilization of the waste from a number of industrial plants
indigenous to the Province. Accordingly, the course of study
includes a number of courses in the older branches of engineering along with the maximum of chemical training allowed by
the time at the disposal of the student.
Third Year
Sessional Work
First Term.
Second Term.
Subject.
lis
P
si*
Essay   	
Economics  1
Metallurgy 1
Mechanical 6
Geology 2 (a)
Chemistry 3 .
Chemistry 4  .
Chemistry 5 .
Civil 10   	
Electrical   1   .
Physics 5   . . .
124
162
2
2
182
2
2
177
2
3
2
169
2
2
151
2
3
2
152
2
152
i
9
1
156
2
2
179
2
2
2
186
1
1 126
Faculty of Applied Science
Fourth Year
Sessional Work
Subject.
PLl
First Term.
Second Term.
M a
TO  86   4J
Im *-  V
Essay   	
Geology 1 (a)
Civil 19   	
Civil   12   	
Chemistry 6 .
Chemistry 7  .
Chemistry 8  .
Chemistry   9
Chemistry 16
Metallurgy 2
Thesis	
124
168
2
159
1
157
2
152
2
153
2
153
3
153
2
153
183
2
15
II.    Chemistry
The aim of this course is to train the students in the practice
of Chemistry, and to give a thorough knowledge in the fundamental principles of this subject, that they may be prepared to
assist in the solution of problems of value to the industrial and
agricultural life of the Province. The course is arranged to
give in the first two years a knowledge of the fundamental
principles of Chemistry and Physics, with sufficient mathematics
to enable the theoretical parts of the subject to be understood.
In the Third Year, Analytical, Organic, and Physical
Chemistry are studied from the scientific side and in relation
to technology; while in the Fourth Year a considerable amount
of time is devoted to a short piece of original work. Courses in Applied Science
127
Third Year
Sessional Work
Subject.
Essay   	
Economics   1
Chemistry 3  . . . ,
Chemistry 4 . . .
Chemistry 6
Metallurgy 1
Geology 2 (a)   .
Biology 1  	
Metallurgy 5 . . ,
German (Arts) 1
Physics 5	
First Term.
« h
124
162
151
152
152
182
169
147
183
186
an v
fe 5 *
SI*
Second Term.
h
d w «
S S *
SI*
Fourth Year
Sessional Work
Subject.
Essay   	
Bacteriology 1 (Arts)
Physics 9  	
Chemistry 6	
Chemistry 7	
Chemistry 8	
Chemistry 9	
Metallurgy 2   	
Thesis	
B.I
First Term.
M a
cs«
o 3 a
Is*
124
186
152
153
153
153
183
Second Term.
!*
M a
I'S
d a u
fe s «
3
3
18
III. Civil Engineering
The broad field covered by Civil Engineering makes it a
necessary adjunct of all the other branches of engineering.
Over three-fourths of the subjects offered by the Department
are included in one or more of the courses of study laid down
for other engineers, and nearly one-half of the subjects are
required of all engineers. Notwithstanding this fact, the Civil
Engineer occupies a distinctive field and is intimately associated 128 Faculty of Applied Science
with a wide group of undertakings vitally affecting the health,
comfort and prosperity of the commonwealth.
The various branches of Civil Engineering deal with problems in water supply and water purification; in sewerage systems, sewage disposal plants, and the handling of municipal and
industrial wastes; in hydraulic power development; in irrigation
and drainage for agricultural activities; in all types of structures, bridges and buildings, piers and docks, sea walls and
protective works; in transportation, canals, locks, highways,
electric and steam railways; and in the management and direction of public works, public utilities, industrial and commercial
enterprises.
The course in Civil Engineering is designed to provide,
in so far as time will permit, foundations for continued growth
along those lines which the student's interests and environment
determine, without compelling too early specialization with its
inevitable limitations. Training in pure and applied science,
in the humanities, in economics and business engineering, and
in the technical phases of professional work establishes a broad
basis for the stimulation of a sincere spirit of public service and
for the development of that capacity for reliable work and
judgment which makes safe the assumption of responsibilities.
The methods of instruction are planned with the view of
bringing out the powers and initiative of the students while
training them in habits of accurate analysis and careful work.
Students are encouraged to secure summer work which will
give them an insight into the various phases of the career upon
which they are about to enter, and the summer essays lay the
foundation for the ability to set forth, in clear and precise
language, descriptions and analyses of projects and engineering
activities. In the Fourth Year thesis an opportunity is given
for special investigation and research under the supervision of
experienced engineers. The contents and methods in all subjects
in the course of study are being constantly revised, not merely
to keep pace with current practice, but to supersede and
improve that practice and to enable the graduates, as years
ripen their judgment, to assume positions of leadership in their
chosen professions or occupations. Courses in Applied Science
129
Third Year
Sessional Work
First Term.
Second Term.
Subject.
8-8
i. a
1*
*" a.
iii
n
i*
a
SB, J
|i*
124
156
156
156
157
157
157
157
158
177
179
162
158
159
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Fi(
3
4
3
3
2
3ld Wc
i
2
2
2
2
2
2
I'k
Civil    8   	
Civil     9   	
3
Civil  10   	
3
Civil  11   	
Civil  12   	
3
Civil  13   	
4
Civil  15   	
3
Electrical  1   	
2
Civil  16   	
Civil 21   	
1     1   . .     1     2
Fourth Year
Sessional Work
Subject.
**
First Term.
■§§*
Second Term.
5*
si.
s c a
Si*
Essay
Civil 17
Civil 18   .,
Civil 19   .
Civil  20   .
Civil  22
Civil  23
Civil  24   .
Civil 25   .
Civil  26
Civil 27*   ,
Geology  1*
Civil  21t
124
158
158
159
159
160
161
161
161
162
162
168
159
6
Required Trips Sat. A.M.
Thesis
2     I     2     I     2     I     2
1 . . 2 . .
*ln the year 1924-25, students who have had Geology 1 are
required to take Civil  27,  engineering thesis.    Students who
have not had Geology 1 are required to take it, in which case
the thesis may be elected.
U924-25 only. 130
Faculty of Applied Science
IV.  Electrical Engineering
This course is designed for those students who desire a general training in the theory and practice of Electrical Engineering in addition to the basic principles of Mechanical Engineering.
The Third Year of the course is devoted mainly to Mechanical
Engineering, together with work which involves the broad principles which underlie all engineering work. The Fourth Year is
devoted to Electrical Engineering, the fundamental principles of
industrial economics, works organization, management, and
financing.
Vancouver and the surrounding country afford excellent
facilities for the study of engineering works under commercial
conditions. The managing officials of these works are pleased to
permit students, in charge of a member of the Faculty, to inspect
and conduct tests at pre-arranged times. Organized visits to
industrial plants constitute a regular part of the advanced work.
Third Year
Sessional Work
-a &
a*
S *
First
Term.
Second Term.
Subject.
KM
ii ii
h. ii
0 0.^
« £ 8
3K
8-3
a m «
II*
124
176
176
177
156
156
179
157
176
174
2
2
3
2
3
2
i
3
3
2
6
2
2
3
1
2
3
i
Mechanical  4   	
Mechanical 5   	
Mechanical  7   	
3
Civil  9   	
3
Civil  10   	
Electrical  2   	
4
Civil   12   	
3
Mechanical  2b	
3 Courses in Applied Science
131
Fourth Year
Sessional Work
II
a*
bk
First
Term.
Second Term.
Subject.
U. it
1*
h
Is*
SSI
3*
* OI
St
a
fc- 5 4*
is*
rtJE
124
180
180
180
180
180
177
178
178
179
174
162
158
159
3
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
6
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
►   2
1
Electrical  4   	
6
Electrical 5   	
Electrical  6	
Electrical  8   	
3
Mechanical  10   	
3
Mechanical 12   	
Mathematics 9	
Civil  18   	
Civil  19   	
V.   Forest Engineering
In British Columbia the forest industries, including logging
and the manufacture of lumber, pulp and paper, now lead all
others, and are rapidly expanding. They must always play a
very important part in the economy of the province, because
seven-eighths of the productive land is absolute forest soil, that
will grow good timber but no other crop of value; and because
over half the remaining stand of saw-timber—the last big
reserve—of Canada is here. The development of these industries
is requiring more and more the services of engineers, and especially is this true in logging. Most of the forest land is owned
by the public, and the management of these vast estates is a
task that will require constant growth on the part of the
government forest services.
This indicates very briefly the various fields of service open
to Forest Engineers, and for which the course of studies is
designed. Primarily the course is planned for the lumber
industry, and a major part of the time—apart from the preliminary foundation work—is devoted to the branches of
engineering most used in it.    In   addition,   the   fundamental 132
Faculty of Applied Science
subjects of forestry are covered. As in other engineering
courses the students are expected to obtain practical experience
during the summer vacations, this being an essential supplement
to the studies at the University.
Vancouver contains large sawmills, wood-working plants,
and plants for seasoning and preserving wood—more, in fact,
than any other place in the province. Pulp mills, logging
operations and extensive forests are within easy reach. The
advantages of location are therefore exceptional. A special
feature is the affiliation of the Forest Products Laboratory of
Canada, maintained at the University by a co-operative arrangement with the Dominion Forestry Branch. A description of
this Laboratory and its activities is given in another part of
this calendar. It affords opportunities for instruction in testing
the mechanical properties of timber and other structural
materials, and it is expected that facilities will be provided
eventually for experimental and demonstration work in wood
seasoning and preserving.
Note: Students who contemplate this course are advised
to take Economics 1 and Botany 1 in First Year Arts, if
possible. I
Third Year
•a £
a"<2
s 8
First
Term.
Second
Term.
Subject.
8-8
nJ 0)
Oi
U*
u ii
2 El
3s
124
163
163
163
164
148
150
179
156
156
156
157
157
157
159
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
1
' 4
2
3
2
3
3
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
i
2
2
2
1
Forestry 1   	
Forestry 2   	
4
Forestry 3   	
Forestry 4   	
2
Botany  5   (b)    	
3
Electrical 1   	
Civil  8   	
2
Civil  9   	
3
Civil   10   	
3
Civil  11   	
Civil  13   	
Civil  14   	
Civil  19   	 Courses in Applied Science
133
Fourth Year
Subject.
ifl
First Term.
S&M
fe|8
II*
Second Term.
§8
5s
w a
SI*
Essay   	
Forestry 5   	
Forestry 6  	
Forestry 7	
Forestry 8   	
Forestry 9   	
Forestry 10  	
Forestry 11   	
Forestry 12   	
Botany 6 (b)   	
Zoology 4  (Special)
Botany 7 (a)	
Mechanical 6  	
Civil 12   	
Civil  17   	
Civil  18   	
124
164
164
165
165
165
165
166
166
150
150
177
157
158
158
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
VI.   Geological  Engineering
This course is designed to meet the requirements of students
who intend to enter Geology as a profession.
It gives a broad training not only in Geology, but also in
the sciences of Biology, Chemistry, Physics, and Mathematics,
which are extensively applied in the solution of geological problems. The engineering subjects are useful not only to the
Mining and Consulting Geologist and the Geological Surveyor,
but to the Geologist engaged in original research in any branch
of the science.
The course therefore furnishes a foundation for the professions of Mineralogist, Geological Surveyor, Mining Geologist,
Consulting Geologist, Palaeontologist, Geographer, etc., and is
useful for those who will be in any way connected with the
discovery or development of the natural resources of the country.
As a supplement to the work in the classroom, laboratory
and field during the session, the student is expected to obtain
practical experience during the summer vacations. 134
Faculty of Applied Science
Third Year
Sessional Work
Subject.
First Term.
11
8 h
2£$
Second Term.
21
II*
Essay   	
Geology 2	
Geology 3	
Geology 4	
Geology 6	
Chemistry 4	
Chemistry 5	
Economics 1  (Arts)
Mining  1   	
Mining 5   	
Metallurgy 5   	
Metallurgy 1   	
Ore Dressing 1  . ..
Zoology 1	
Civil  13   	
124
169
170
170
170
152
152
181
182
183
182
184
190
157
2
2
2
3
3
3
1
3
2
i
6
1
3
3
2
2
1
1
5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Fourth Year
Subject.
a6*
fe 8
Essay    	
Geology 6	
Geology 7	
Geology 8	
Civil  18   	
Geology   9    ....
Geology 10 ....
Mining  2   	
Mining  3   	
Metallurgy 2   . .
Ore Dressing 2 .
Civil 8 	
Geological Essay
124
170
171
171
158
171
172
181
181
183
184
156
First Term.
Si
i*
s
gel
Second Term.
§E8
VII.    Mechanical Engineering
As this branch of Engineering forms an outstanding feature
in all industrial development, the course of training is general Courses in Applied Science
135
and basic in its character. Because of its general character it is
not possible in the time available to give the student an intimate
knowledge of the details of practice in any special line of work.
The course is designed more particularly for those who are likely
to take up the manufacture of machinery, power plant work
(including design and construction of steam, gas, oil, or hydraulic
plants), heating and ventilation of buildings, refrigeration, or
industrial management.
Students in this course are given a systematic course in the
fundamentals of Electrical Engineering.
Governed by the fact that values and costs are controlling
factors in the practice of Engineering, the subjects of the final
years are treated with a view of developing a business sense,
an understanding of men, and the ability to report clearly on
industrial problems. This demands the study of Economics, the
use of good English, and the participation in outside industrial
work during the vacation.
Third Year
As in Electrical Engineering.    (See Page 130.)
Fourth Year
Summer Work
Sessional Work
OB  ..
23
a""
First Term.
Second Term.
Subject.
si
a,
S°*i
2e8
Lectures
per Week.
S SO «
IN
124
178
178
178
178
179
179
179
158
159
162
174
2
2 '
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
6
5
3
3
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
1     ,
6
Mechanical 10   	
5
Mechanical 11   	
Mechanical 12   	
Mechanical 13   	
3
Electrical 3   	
3
Civil  18   	
Civil  19   	 136 Faculty of Applied Science
VIII.-IX.    Metallurgical and Mining Engineering
Modern Metallurgical practice covers a wide and expanding
field. The Metallurgical Engineer has to design and operate a
great variety of plants and processes. He must be able to deal
with furnace and solution processes, based on chemical principles,
and mechanical crushing and separating processes, based on
physical principles, together with an immense variety of principal and auxiliary machinery, from small to immense, used in
the separation and refining of a great variety of ores, artificial
mineral products and metals. The whole forms a great, keenly
competitive and strictly commercial industry, based on, and
closely limited by, the practical economic considerations of
costs and profits. Rapid and continuous change and improvement is the rule. Methods and machines quickly become obsolete.
The field for research and improvement in methods and
machinery is ever widening, though the economic margin is ever
narrowing.
To prepare the student to meet these conditions and to
compete successfully after graduation, he requires a thorough
grounding in the fundamentals of Physics and Chemistry,
Mechanics and Economics, on which all successful operations
and advances are based.
The Metallurgical course, in the Third and Fourth Years,
based on the fundamental earlier years, is designed to give the
student a broad general knowledge of standard metallurgical
methods and machinery, with a fundamental grasp of the actual
applications of the basic sciences in practical jmetallurgical
operations, and sufficient laboratory practice to illustrate and
fix these in his mind and train him for an actual junior position
after graduation.
Modern mining operations cover a field which is notable
for its breadth and variety. The discovery, steadily becoming
more difficult, and the development, steadily becoming more
scientific, of new mineral deposits are based largely on a
knowledge   of   the   laws   and   processes of Nature, ultimately Courses in Applied Science 137
physical and chemical, but immediately, chiefly geological in
kind. On the other hand, the operations of actual mining are
largely mechanical in kind, and call for use and knowledge of a
great variety of mechanical and electrical equipment, adapted to
underground methods and conditions.
The conditions under which mining operations are carried
on are often of great natural difficulty, and many of the factors
to be dealt with are, to a large extent, obscure and indefinite
oftener than measureable. The qualities of good judgment and
decision are therefore of great importance in the application
of technical knowledge to mining. As in metallurgy, economic
considerations are paramount.
The Mining course is correspondingly broad in scope. In
addition to the fundamental sciences, it includes fundamental
subjects in Civil, Electrical and Mechanical Engineering,
Economics and Economic Geology.
The special mining subjects cover the underlying principles
and practice on which the discovery, development and economic
operation of mines are based, the practical application of
technical knowledge to actual operations, and the use of judgment and decision, by precept, example and illustration. Sufficient practical training and laboratory work is included to fit
the student for an actual junior position after graduation.
While not given as a separate subject, the social, administrative
and ethical sides of the professions of Mining and Metallurgy
are included in the general treatment of appropriate subjects.
In this University, emphasis is naturally placed on British
Columbia conditions and its chief mineral products, namely:
Gold, Silver, Lead, Zinc, Copper, Coal and Coke.
The University is conveniently located in proximity to coal
and metal mining districts, large coal and metal mining operations being carried on within a few hours' journey, in
connection with which there are large coal washing and ore
concentration plants. There is a large metallurgical works at
Tacoma, within an easy day's journey.    Students have little 138
Faculty of Applied Science
difficulty in obtaining positions in mines or smelters during
their vacation, as several of the larger companies have established
the practice of accepting student employees in reasonable
numbers during the vacation months.
Students are recommended to spend their vacations at
practical works, in connection with Metallurgy or Mining, and
are required to do so between the Third and Fourth Years as
an essential part of their course, without which a degree will
not be granted. An essay covering this work is also required,
as specified in the Fourth Year curriculum.
Students are advised to become student members of the
Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
VIII.    Metallurgical Engineering
Third Year
Sessional Work
Subject.
1*
First Term.
S&j
■8gfs
Second Term.
8-g
8*
l§8
care
J™
Essay   	
Economics 1 . .
Civil  9   	
Civil  10   	
Civil  12   	
Civil   13   	
Mechanical 6 .
Geology 2 . . . .
Electrical 1 . .
Mining 1 ....
Ore Dressing 1
Metallurgy 1 .
Metallurgy 5 .
Metallurgy 6   .
124
162
2
2
156
1
156
2
2
157
2
157
3
177
2
3
2
169
2
2
2
179
2
2
2
181
2
2
184
2
2
182
2
2
183
1
5
184
3 Courses in Applied Science
139
Fourth Year
Sessional Work
Subject.
Essay   	
Geology   9f   . .
Geology   8
Civil  18   	
Chemistry 8 . .
Ore Dressing 2
Mining 3
Metallurgy 2 .
Metallurgy 3 .
Metallurgy 4 .
Electrical  1*   .
For Details
See Page:
First
Term.
Second Term.
228
J. j,
SQj<
118
II*
124
171
2
2
171
3
1
3
1
158
2
2
153
3
3
184
9
9
181
2
2
183
2
2
183
2
2
183
6
12
179
2
2
2
2
91924-5 Session only.
■j-1925-6 and after.
IX.   Mining Engineering
Third Year
As in Metallurgical Engineering.   (See Page 138.)
Fourth Year
Sessional Work
Subject.
= a
a fee
First Term.
3£
8 L,
22$
ii*
Second Term.
§S8
Essay   	
Geology 7	
Geology 8	
Civil  18   	
Civil   19t    	
Metallurgy  2   	
Ore Dressing 2	
Mining   2   	
Mining  3   	
Mining 4	
Mining  5   	
Mining  7   	
Mining  6   	
Electrical  1*   	
* 19 2 4-5 Session only
+1925-6 and after.
124
171
171
158
159
183
184
181
181
182
182
182
182
179 140 Faculty of Applied Science
Short Courses in Mining
The regular Short Courses in Mining for the Session of
1924-25 will commence the second Monday in January, 1925,
and will continue for eight weeks. These courses include Mining,
Smelting, Ore Concentration, Geology and Ore-deposits, Mineralogy and Rock Study, Fire Assaying, Chemistry, and Surveying.
The courses are thoroughly practical in nature. They are
not primarily intended for those who have had a technical training, but rather for those who have had practical experience in
raining and prospecting, or are connected with the business of
mining in any way. The courses are designed to give practical
and technical knowledge, helpful in practical mining work and
mining business. "While they are short they are complete in
themselves, and require no other preparation than a common-
school education or ability to read and write.
Experience has shown that they fill a real need in a practical way and they have proved very successful in the past.
As they do not form part of the regular University course,
a special bulletin is issued, in which details of the courses and
requirements for admission are given. Copies of this may be
obtained on application to the Registrar of the University.
These courses will not be given unless at least ten students
register for them.
>  X.   Nursing and Health
Three courses are offered in the Departments of Nursing
and Public Health, viz.:
Nursing and Health
A five-years course leading to the degree of B.A.Sc.
(Nursing) and to the diploma in Nursing of the associated
hospitals approved by the Senate.
The aim of this course is to afford to women capable of
leadership a broader and more liberal education than can be
given by the training school alone, and thus to prepare them
for teaching and administration in schools of nursing and for
public health nursing service. Courses in Applied Science 141
The First and Second Years, which are academic, give
students an introduction to general cultural subjects as well as
a foundation in the sciences underlying the practice of nursing.
The Third and Fourth Years are devoted to professional training
in the hospital and are planned to afford experience and training
in the care of the sick and to develop the skill, observation and
judgment necessary to the efficient practice of the nursing
profession. In the Fifth Year students may select as their major
subject that particular phase of nursing in which they are most
interested and for which, in the opinion of their advisers, they
appear to be best qualified.
Until 1925, nurses who have graduated from a hospital in
affiliation with the University or otherwise approved of by the
Senate may be awarded the degree on complying with the
following conditions:
1. They shall have matriculated.
2. They shall have taken the full academic training laid
down for this course. At least one year of such training shall
have been taken in the University of British Columbia.
3. Except under special circumstances, the Course shall be
entered upon within two years of the date of graduation as a
nurse.
First Year (Academic)
English 1 (a) and (b).    (Page 83.)
Mathematics 1 or Latin 1 or French 1 or History 1,  2
or 3.    (Pages 102, 76, 106, 95, 96.)
Physics 1.    (Page 112.)
Chemistry 1.    (Page 70.)
Biology 1.    (Page 65.)
Nursing 1.   (Page 186.)
If they have not already done so, students should enter
an approved Training School for Nurses in May at the close
of their First Academic Year and take the prescribed four
months' Preparatory course for Probationers.   Subject to the 142 Faculty of Applied Science
approval of the Head of the Department, students may be permitted to take this Preparatory course at the conclusion of
their Second Academic Year instead of in the interval between
the First and Second Years. During this period the student
will undergo:
(a) Rigid physical examination.
(b) Examination as to fitness in temperament and
character for the practice of nursing. Hospitals reserve the
right to reject candidates who do not reach the required Training School standards.
Second Year (Academic)
English 2 (a) and (6).    (Page 83.)
Zoology 1.    (Page 115.)
Philosophy 1.    (Page 110.) \
Economics 1 or Sociology 1.    (Pages 78, 82.)
Bacteriology 1 and 2.   (Page 64.)
Nursing 2.    (Page 187.)
Third and Fourth Years
The Third and Fourth Years will be spent in practical
training in a hospital approved by the Senate. Students are
required to register with the University even though during
this portion of the course they are in residence at the hospital.
They are subject to the authority and are under the direction
of the officers of the Training School. The required period of
hospital service is twenty-four months, in which is included the
probationary period of four months. Full maintenance and such
allowances as the hospital authorities may designate are
accorded, and a yearly vacation of three weeks is granted at the
convenience of the Director of the Training School.
(For description of hospital service see Page 187.)
At the close of the Fourth Year students are required to
serve for a period of six weeks in the Social Service and Outpatient Department of the hospital. They receive neither maintenance nor allowances during this time. Courses in Applied Science 143
Fifth Year
A choice is offered of two major subjects, viz.:
A.—Teaching and Administration.
B.—Public Health Nursing.
Course A.—Teaching and Administration
History and Principles of Education.    (Page 260.)
Educational Psychology.    (Page 260.)
Teaching of Nursing Principles and Methods.    (Page 189.)
Mental Hygiene.    (Page 189.)
History of Nursing and Contemporary Problems. (Page 188.)
1, Field Work.—Students electing this major subject will be
required to do practice teaching under supervision and will
be   afforded   an   opportunity   of   studying   Training   School
Administration.
Course B.—Public Health Nursing
Students electing Public Health Nursing as their major
subject will take the courses of lectures and the field work
outlined under Public Health Nursing (see below). With the
consent of the Head of the Department they may substitute one
or more of these courses for one or more of those already
outlined under Course A, Teaching and Administration.
Public Health Nursing
A course of one academic year in the Principles and
Practice of Public Health Nursing. This course, leading to a
certificate, is open to nurses in good standing who have
graduated from a recognized School of Nursing connected with
a hospital of not less than fifty beds, and who are eligible for
registration in British Columbia.
The aim of the course is to afford such instruction to
graduate nurses entering the public health field as will assist
them in dealing with those problems of public health, economies
and education that are met in public health service, and to give
them a broader understanding of present-day nursing conditions.
Special emphasis will be placed upon the public health programme in this Province. 144 Faculty of Applied Science
Candidates for this course should apply to the Department
not later than September 19th, 1924. A certificate of good
health and physical condition, signed by a regular practising
physician, must be presented with the application. The registration and class fees for the course are $75.00. These may be
paid in two equal instalments, the first not later than October 6th
and the second not later than January 19th.
The course will consist of three months of academic work
in the University. This will be followed by four months' field
work in the various branches of public health in which services
are available for teaching purposes. Upon the completion of
the course an examination will be held, and to successful
candidates a certificate will be issued.
(For description of Courses see Page 187.)
Public Health
A series of lectures on Public Health, designed to supply
general information concerning the principles of the science
and the relationship it bears to the community at large.   Open
to all students in the University.
DOUBLE COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF B.A.
AND B.A.Sc.
The requirements are as follows:
t First and Second Years
As set forth in the Calendar for the First and Second Years
of Arts, except as follows:
Physics 1, Chemistry 1, and Mathematics 2 must be taken.
French should be selected by students intending to enter
Geological Engineering.
A course in German is recommended for students intending to enter Chemical, Forest, Geological or Metallurgical
Engineering.
The summer school in Mechanical Engineering 1 of the
First Year of Applied Science must be taken before entering
upon the Third Year of the Double Course. Examinations and Advancement 145
Third Year
1. Three units in one of the following:
A language;
History;
Economics;
Philosophy.
2. Biology 1, Applied Science.
3. Mathematics 1, 2, 3, Applied Science.
4. Physics 1 and 2, Applied Science.
5. Mechanical Drawing 1, Mechanical Engineering 2, and
Civil Engineering 1.
Civil Engineering 2 (Field Work) will be taken immediately after the spring examinations.
Fourth Year
As for Second Year Applied Science.
Fdtth Year
As for Third Year Applied Science.    The degree of B.A.
to be conferred on completing the Fifth Year of this course.
Sixth Year
As for Fourth Year Applied Science.
EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT
1. Examinations are held in December and in April.
December examinations will be held in all subjects of the First
and Second Years, and are obligatory for all students of these
years. December examinations in subjects of the Third and
Fourth Years, excepting those subjects that are completed before
Christmas, shall be optional with the Departments concerned.
Applications for special consideration on account of illness or
domestic affliction must be submitted to the Dean not later than
two days after the close of the examination period.
2. Candidates in order to pass must obtain at least 50 per
cent, in each subject, except that in the First and Second Years 146 Faculty of Applied Science
of the course in Nursing and Health the requirements for
passing are the same as those for the First and Second Years
in Arts, namely, 50 per cent, of the examination as a whole, and
not less than 40 per cent, in each subject.
3. Successful candidates will be graded as follows: First
Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second Class, 65 to
80 per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent.
4. If a student's general standing in the final examinations
of any year is sufficiently high, the Faculty may grant him
supplemental examinations in the subject or subjects in which
he has failed. Notice will be sent to all students to whom such
examinations have been granted.
5. Supplemental examinations will be held in September
and will not be granted at any other time, except by special
permission of the Faculty, and on payment of a fee of $7.50
per paper.
6. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied by the necessary fees (see Schedule of Fees), must be in
the hands of the Registrar at last two weeks before the date
set for the examinations.
7. No student may enter a higher year with supplemental
examinations still outstanding in respect of more than 4 units
of the preceding year, or with any supplemental examination
outstanding in respect of the work of an earlier year or of
matriculation, unless special permission to do so is granted by
Faculty. Such permission will be granted only when Faculty is
satisfied that the failure to remove the outstanding supplemental
examinations had an adequate cause.
8. No student will be allowed to take any subject unless
he has previously passed, or secured exemption, in all prerequisite subjects. If any subject has another which is concurrent with it, both must be taken in the same session.
9. A student who is not allowed to proceed to a higher year
may not register as a partial student in respect of the subjects Botany 147
of that higher year. But a student who is required to repeat
his year may, on application in writing, be exempted by the
Faculty from attending lectures and passing examinations in
subjects in which he has already made at least Second Class
standing. In this case he may take, in addition to the subjects
of the year which he is repeating, certain subjects of the following year.
10. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year
may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by
the Senate to withdraw from the University.
11. Any student whose academic record, as determined by
the tests and examinations of the first term of the First or
Second Year, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the
recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to
discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of
the session. Such a student will not be readmitted to the
University as long as any supplemental examinations are
outstanding.
12. Term essays and examination papers will be refused a
passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English.
DEPARTMENTS IN APPLIED SCIENCE
N.B.—The following subjects may be modified during the
year as the Faculty may deem advisable.
Department of Botany
Professor: A. H. Hutchinson.
Assistant Professor:   John Davidson.
Assistant Professor:  Prank Dickson.
Assistant:  L Bolton.
Assistant:  G. V. Wilby.
Biology
1. Introductory Biology.—The course is introductory to
more advanced work in Botany or Zoology; also to courses
closely related to Biological Science, such as Agriculture,
Forestry, Medicine. 148 Faculty of Applied Science
The fundamental principles of Biology; the interrelationships of plants and animals; life processes; the cell and division
of labour; life-histories; relation to environment.
Text-book: Smallwood, Text-book of Biology, Lea & Febiger,
1920.
The course is prerequisite to all other courses in Biology.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week.
2. Principles of Genetics.—The fundamentals of Genetics
illustrated by the race-histories of certain plants and animals;
the physical basis of heredity; variations; mutations; acquired
characters; Mendel's law with suggested applications.
Text-book: Castle, Genetics and Eugenics, Harvard Press.
Two lectures per week.  First Term.
3. General Physiology of animal and plant life processes.
Open to students of Third and Fourth Years having prerequisite
Chemistry and Physics.
Text-book: Bayliss, Principles of General Physiology,
Longmans-Green.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week.  Second
Term.
Botany
1. General Botany.—A course including a general survey
of the several fields of Botany and introductory to more specialized courses in Botany.
Text-book: Coulter, Barnes & Cowles, Text-book of Botany,
Vol. I., University of Chicago Press.
This course is prerequisite to all other courses in Botany,
except the Evening Course. Partial credit for this course
(2 units) may be obtained through the Evening Course.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week.
2. Morphology.
General Morphology of plants. A comparative study of
plant structures. The relationships of plant groups. Comparative Botany 149
life histories. Emphasis is placed upon the increasing complexity of plant structures, from the lower to the higher forms,
involving a progressive differentiation accompanied by an interdependence of parts.
Text-book: Coulter, Barnes & Cowles, Text-book of Botany,
Vol. I., University of Chicago Press.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. First
Term.
3. Plant Physiology.
Text-book: Palladin, Plant Physiology, English Edition
(Translation of 6th Russian Edition), 1918, P. Blakiston.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. First
Term.
4. Histology. A study of the structure and development
of plants; methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning,
staining, mounting, drawing, reconstructing. Use of microscope,
camera lucida;   photo-micrographic apparatus.
Text-book: W.  C. Stevens, Plant Anatomy, P. Blakiston.
Prerequisite: Botany 1.
Seven hours per week.   Second Term.
5 (a). Economic Flora.—A course in Systematic Botany,
illustrated by native and introduced plants of economic
importance.
The classification of injurious and useful algae, fungi,
mosses, ferns and flowering plants. The identification of weeds,
native trees, poisonous, medicinal, and fodder plants.
The course, while designed particularly to meet the needs of
students of Agriculture or Forestry, is open to students of the
Third and Fourth Years in Arts and Science.
Text-books: Henry, Flora of Southern British Columbia,
Gage; Leavitt, Outlines of Botany with Flora, American Book
Co.
Prerequisite: Botany 1. 150 Faculty of Applied Science
Two lectures and the equivalent of four hours practical work per week, including laboratory, excursions and the
preparation of collections.   Second Term.
5 (b). Dendrology.—A study of the forest trees of Canada,
the common shrubs of British Columbia, the important trees of
the United States which are not native to Canada. Emphasis
on the species of economic importance. Identification, distribution, relative importance, construction of keys.
Text-books: Morton & Lewis, Native Trees of Canada,
Dominion Forestry Branch, Ottawa. Sudworth, Forest Trees of
the Pacific Slope, Superintendent of Documents, Washington,
D.C.
One lecture and two or three hours laboratory or field work
per week.
6 (a). General Plant Pathology.—Identification and life-
histories of parasites causing plant-diseases; means of combating them.
Text-book: Duggar, Fungus Diseases of Plants, Ginn.
Prerequisite: Botany 1.
One lecture and two hours laboratory per week. Second
Term.
6 (b). Forest Pathology.—Nature, identification and control
of the more important tree-destroying fungi and other plant
parasites of forests.
Text-book: Rankin, Manual of Tree Diseases, Macmillan.
One lecture and two hours laboratory per week during
one-half of one term.
7 (a). Forest Ecology and Geography.—The inter-relations
of forests and their environment; the biological characteristics
of important forest trees; forest associations; types and regions;
physiography.
Text-book: Hardy, The Geography of Plants, Oxford
University Press.
One lecture per week during one term. Field trips during
the session amounting to thirty hours. Chemistry" 151
Department of Chemistry
Professor: E. H. Archibald.
Professor of Organic Chemistry:  R. H. Clark.
Associate Professor: W. F. Seyer.
Assistant Professor:  M. J. Marshall.
Instructor: John Allardyce.
Assistant: A. E. Boss.
Assistant:  W. E. Graham.
Assistant:  Duncan Fraser.
Assistant:  G. A. Fleming.
Assistant:  L. F. Hallett.
1. General Chemistry.—This course is arranged to give a
full exposition of the general principles involved in modern
Chemistry and comprises a systematic study of the properties of
the more important metallic and non-metallic elements and their
compounds, and the application of Chemistry in technology.
Text-book: Alexander Smith, Inorganic Chemistry, Century.
Three lectures and three hours laboratory per week.
2. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.
(a) Qualitative Analysis. — One lecture and six hours
laboratory per week throughout the First Term. (During the
first six weeks of the term an additional lecture may be substituted for a part of the laboratory work.)
(6) Quantitative Analysis.—This course embraces the more
important methods of gravimetric and volumetric analysis.
Text-books: A. A. Noyes, Qualitative Analysis, Macmillan;
Cumming & Kay,  Quantitative  Analysis, Gurney & Jackson.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 1.
One lecture and six hours laboratory per week. Second Term.
Course (b) must be preceded by Course (a).
3. Organic Chemistry.—This introduction to the study of
the compounds of carbon will include the methods of preparation
and a description of the more important groups of compounds
in both the fatty and the aromatic series. 152 Faculty of Applied Science
Chemistry 3 will only be given to those students taking
Chemistry 2, or those who have had the equivalent of
Chemistry 2.
Books recommended: Holleman-Walker, Text-book of
Organic Chemistry, Wiley; Gatterman, The Practical Methods
of Organic Chemistry, Macmillan.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.
4. Theoretical Chemistry.—An introductory course on the
development of modern Chemistry, including osmotic phenomena,
the ionization theory, the law of mass action, and the phase rule.
Text-book: James Walker, Introduction to Physical Chemistry, Macmillan.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2.
Two lectures and one hour laboratory per week. Second
Term.
5. Advanced Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.
(a) Qualitative Analysis. — The work of this course will
include the detection and separation of the less common metals,
particularly those that are important industrially, together with
the analysis of somewhat complex substances occurring in
nature.
One lecture and six hours laboratory per week. First Term.
(b) Quantitative Analysis.—The determinations made will
include the more difficult estimations in the analysis of rocks,
as well as certain constituents of steel and alloys. The principles
on which analytical chemistry is based will receive a more minute
consideration than was possible in the elementary course.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2.
One lecture and six hours laboratory per week. Second
Term.
6. Industrial Chemistry. — Those industries which are
dependent on the facts and principles of Chemistry will be considered in as much detail as time will permit. The lectures will
be supplemented by visits to manufacturing establishments in Chemistry 153
the neighbourhood, and it is hoped that some lectures will be
given by specialists in their respective fields.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 and 3.
Two lectures per week.
7. Physical Chemistry.—The lectures, which are a continuation of those given in 4, include the kinetic theory of gases,
thermo-chemistry, the application of the principles of thermodynamics to chemistry, osmotic phenomena, applications of the
dissociation theory, colloidal solutions, and a study of the
physical properties of gases, liquids, and solids and of their
chemical constitutions.
Text-book: Findlay, Physico-Chemical Measurements,
Longmans-Green.
For reference: Ramsay's Series of Books on Physical
Chemistry, Longmans.   Getman, Theoretical Chemistry, Wiley.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2, 3 and 4.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.
8. Electro-Chemistry.—As in Arts.    (See Page 73.)
9. Advanced Organic Chemistry. — As in Arts. See
Page 73.)
16. Chemical Engineering.—Theory and design of fractionating columns, condensers, multiple effect evaporators;
chamber, tunnel, drum, rotary and spray driers. Theory and
practice of technical filtration; calculation of capacity of box
filters, filter presses, centrifugals, etc. Principles of counter
current extraction.
Text-book: Walker, Lewis & McAdams, Principles of
Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill.
Reference books: Liddell, Handbook of Chemical Engineering.  Robinson, Elements of Practical Distillation.
Two lectures per week during second term of Fourth Year. 154 Faculty of Applied Science
Department of Civil Engineering
Professor:  Wm. E. Duckering.
Associate Professor:  E. G. Matheson.
Lecturer:  W. H. Powell.
Instructor:  A. Lighthall.
Instructor:  F. A. Wilkin.
Assistant: Cyril Jones.
1. Descriptive Geometry. — Geometrical drawing; orthographic, isometric and axometric projections; shades and
shadows.
Text-book: Armstrong, Descriptive Geometry, Wiley.
Two lectures and one three-hour period per week.
Mr. Matheson, Mr. Wilkin, Mr. Lighthall, Mr. Jones.
2. Field Work 1.—Elementary surveying. Practical problems involving the use of the chain, telemeter, compass, transit
and level. Traverses, closed circuits, contour and detail surveys.
Levels for profiles, benches and contours.
Work commences immediately upon the close of spring
examinations, and consists of field work, eight hours per day
for twenty days.
Mr. Duckering, Mr. Matheson, Mr. Powell, Mr. Wilkin,
Mr. Lighthall, Mr. Jones.
3. Materials of Engineering.—Manufacture and properties
of iron and steel; principal alloys; considerations governing
selection of materials; manufacture and properties of cements;
concrete; stone and brick masonry; principal kinds of commercial timber; treating and preservation of timber; discussion
of standard specifications for engineering work.
Text-book: Moore, Materials of Engineering, McGraw-Hill.
References:   Mills,   Materials   of   Engineering;   Johnson,
Materials of Construction;   Upton, Materials of Engineering.
One lecture per week.  Mr. Matheson.
4. Graphical Statics.—Elementary theory of structures;
composition of forces; general methods involving the force and
equilibrium polygons; determination of resultants, reactions,
centres   of   gravity,   bending   moments;   stresses   in    framed Civil Engineering 155
structures,   cranes,   towers,   roof-trusses   and   bridge-trusses.
Algebraic check methods will be used throughout.
Text-book: Hudson and Squire, Elements of Graphic
Statics, McGraw-Hill.
Reference: Merriman and Jacoby, Roofs and Bridges,
Vol. II.
Prerequisites: Physics 4 must either precede or accompany
Civil 4.
One three-hour period. First Term.
Mr. Duckering, Mr, Lighthall.
5. Mapping 1.—Draughting from notes obtained in Civil 2.
Maps of telemeter, compass and transit surveys. Contour and
topographical maps in convention or color. Mine and land plans.
One three-hour period per week.  Mr. Powell.
6. Surveying 1.—Chain and angular surveying; the construction, adjustment and use of the transit, level, compass,
stadia, minor field instruments, planimeter, and pantograph;
leveling; topography; contour surveying; stadia; railway
curves; vertical curves; transition curves.
Text-book: Breed and Hosmer, Elementary Surveying,
Vol. I., Wiley. |
References: Gillespie, Surveying, Vol. I.; Nugent, Plane
Surveying; Baker, Engineer's Surveying Instruments; Allen,
Curves and Earthwork; Sullivan, Spiral Tables.
Two lectures per week.  Mr. Powell.
7. Field Work 2.—(a) Railway surveys, reconnaissance,
preliminary and location surveys, methods of taking topography,
cross-sectioning; estimating quantities; running in easement and
vertical curves, etc. The notes secured will be used in class work
for mapping and for estimating quantities and costs.
(b) Hydrographie surveys, topography of a section of
river-bed by sounding and fixing position by transits and
sextants; the three-point problem; stream-gauging by surface
and deep floats and by the current meter. 156 Faculty of Applied Science
(c) Solar and stellar observations for latitude and azimuth;
adjustments of instruments; the use of plane table, sextant
and minor instruments; mine surveying. "
Prerequisite: Civil 2.
Time same as for Civil 2.   Mr. Wilkin, Mr. Lighthall.
8. Foundations and Masonry.—Borings; bearing power of
soils; pile and other foundations; cofferdams; caissons; open
dredging; pneumatic and freezing processes; estimates of quantities and costs.
Text-book: Jacoby and Davis, Foundations of Bridges and
Buildings, McGraw-Hill. f
One lecture and one three-hour period.    First Term.
Mr. Matheson.
9. Structural Design 1.—Problems in draughting, illustrating designs in structural engineering; estimates of quantities
and costs; preparation of plans.
Text-book: Conklin, Structural Draughting and Elementary
Design, Wiley.
Prerequisite: First Term of Civil 10.
One lecture and one three-hour period.    Second Term.
Mr. Matheson.
10. Strength of Materials.—A thorough introduction to the
fundamental principles dealing with the strength of materials;
stress, deformation, elasticity and resilience; the application of
the first, second and third laws of derived curves to the construction of load, shear, moment, inclination and deflection
diagrams; fibre stress and deflection of simple, cantilever, and
continuous beams under any loading; riveted joints; torsion;
columns; combined stresses; longitudinal shear; special beams.
The laboratory period includes the testing of cement, concrete, timber and steel specimens to determine the strength
and elasticity of these materials. A portion of the time will be
set aside for the solution of problems in investigation and design.
Text-book: Boyd, Strength of Materials, McGraw-Hill. Civil Engineering 157
Reference: Morley, Strength of Materials.
Two lectures per week.  First Term.
Two lectures and one three-hour period.  Second Term.
Mr. Duckering, Mr. Lighthall.
Note: The laboratory testing is given in the Forest
Products Laboratories, under the supervision of Superintendent
McElhanney.
11. Railway Engineering 1.—The inception of railway projects ; reconnaissance, preliminary and location; grade problems;
grades, curvature and distance and their effects upon operating
costs and revenue; assistant engines; adjustment of grades for
unbalanced traffic; construction; railway economics, traffic,
revenue, branch lines.
Text-book: Williams, Design of Railway Location, Wiley.
Reference: Allen, Railroads, Curves and Earthwork.
Two lectures per week.   Mr. Wilkin.
12. Hydraulic Engineering 1.—(a) Hydrostatics; design
of standpipes, reservoirs and dams.
(b) Hydrodynamics: fundamental principles and their
application to problems on the discharge of orifices, notches and
weirs; flow in pipes and open channels; practical field measurements; examination of hydraulic developments.
Text-book: Russell, Hydraulics, Holt.
Two lectures per week, First Term; three hours laboratory
per week, Second Term.    Mr. Powell, Mr. Wilkin.
13. Mapping 2.—Draughting from notes obtained in
Civil 7; railway location and hydrographie surveys; map projections; topographic maps from photographic plates.
One four-hour period per week.  Mr. Lighthall.
14. Surveying 2.—A continuation of Civil 6.   Theory and
of aneroid, sextant^ plane-table and precise instruments;
plane-table surveying; mine, hydrographie and photo-
topographic surveying; Dominion and Provincial surveys;
field astronomy.
use 158 Faculty of Applied Science
Text-book: Breed and Hosmer, Surveying, Vol. II., Wiley.
References: Johnson and Smith, Theory and Practice of
Surveying; Wilson, Topographic, Trigonometric and Geodetic
Surveying; Green's Practical and Spherical Astronomy; Manual
of Surveys of Dominion Lands; Instructions for B. C. Land
Surveyors.
Prerequisite: Civil 6.
Two lectures per week. Mr. Lighthall.
15. Perspective Drawing.—Mathematical perspective; perspective drawings of buildings and structures.
Text-book: Crosskey, Elementary Perspective, ' Blackie
& Son.
One three-hour period per week. First Term. Mr. Lighthall.
16. Field Work 3.—Problems in geodetic and precise surveying; determination of latitude, azimuth and time by solar
and stellar observations; baseline measurements; precise
levelling.
Prerequisite: Civil 7.
Time, same as for Civil 2.  Mr. Lighthall.
17. Structural Design 2.—Selection of types of bridges;
determination of dead and live loadings; calculation of stresses;
choice of cross-sectional forms and areas; design of connections;
masonry structures, dams and retaining walls; complete
drawings.
Text-book: Johnson, Bryan and Turneaure, Modem Framed
Structures, Vol. III., Wiley.
Prerequisites: Civil 8, 9 and 10.
Two lectures and two three-hour periods per week.
Mr. Matheson.
18. Engineering Economics. — A general treatment of:
sinking funds; first cost; cost analysis; salvage and scrap values;
yearly cost of service; collecting data; estimating; economic
selection. Civil Engineering 159
General management; banking; partnerships and corporations; stocks; bonds; operating and fixed charges; business
finance and organization; capital and interpretation of financial
statements.
Text-book: Fish, Engineering Economics, McGraw-Hill.
References: Waddell and Wait, Specifications and Contracts; Anger, Digest of Canadian Mercantile Law.
Two lectures per week.  Mr. Wilkin.
19. Engineering Law.—The engineer's status; fees; salary;
as a witness; responsibility for negligence; engineering contracts
generally; tenders; quantities; specifications; plans; drawings;
designs; extras and alterations; time; payments and certificates;
penalty bonus or liquidated damage clauses; maintenance and
defect clauses; subcontractors; assistants and agents; arbitration
and awards; specification and contract writing.
Text-book: Waddell and Wait, Specifications and Contracts,
McGraw-Hill.
References: Anger, Digest of Canadian Mercantile Law of
Canada; Ball, Law Affecting Engineers.
One lecture per week. Mr. Wilkin.
20. Surveying 3.—Geodesy; the determination of azimuth,
longitude, latitude, time, the figure of the earth; measurement
of baselines; triangulation systems; adjustments and reductions
of observations; precise levelling.
References: Hosmer, Geodesy; Carey, Geodetic Surveying;
Gillespie, Higher Surveying.
Prerequisite: Civil 14.
One lecture per week.   Mr. Lighthall.
21. Hydraulic Engineering 2.—Waterpower engineering;
investigation of power problems; selection of hydraulic
machines; hydrographs; auxiliary power; mass curves, load
factors and characteristics; impulse and reaction wheels;
methods of control and operation of various forms of machines;
transmission of hydraulic power. 160 Faculty of Applied Science
Text-book: Mead, Waterpower Engineering, McGraw-Hill.
References: Gibson, Hydroelectric Engineering.
Prerequisites: Civil 12 must either precede or accompany
Civil 21.
One lecture per week, First Term; two lectures per week,
Second Term.  Mr. Wilkin.
22. Municipal Engineering.—(1) Water Supply, Rainfall;
evaporation; run-off; quantity, quality and pressure required;
pumping machinery; storage; aqueducts, pipe lines and distribution systems; purification systems; valves, hydrants and fire
service; materials, estimates and designs; construction methods
and costs.
Text-book: Turneaure, Public Water Supply, Wiley.
Reference: Flinn, Westbrook, Bogart, Waterworks Handbook.
(2) Sewerage and Sewage Disposal, (a) General methods
and economic considerations; quantity and run-off; design of
sewers, manholes, flushtanks, etc.; construction methods,
materials and costs; estimates, design, maintenance and
management.  I
(b) Sewage Disposal: physical, chemical, biological and
economical aspects of sewage treatment; dilution; screening,
sedimentation, filtration; disinfection; maintenance and management costs.
Text-book: Metcalf and Eddy, Sewerage and Sewage Disposal, McGraw-Hill.
(3) Roads, Streets and Pavements, (a) Highway economics,
surveys and locations; grades; cross-sections; paving materials;
construction methods; designs and estimates.
(b) Maintenance and repairs; street cleaning and disposal
of waste; composition and quantity of city wastes; collection,
dumping and disposal; land treatment; incineration and reduction; costs and returns. Civil Engineering 161
(c) Town planning; covering the economical and artistic
development of a city.
Text-books: Agg, Construction of Roads and Pavements,
McGraw-Hill; Lewis, City Planning, Wiley.
Reference: Harger and Bonney, Highway Engineer's
Handbook.
Prerequisite: Civil 12.
Two lectures and one two-hour period per week.
Mr. Powell, Mr. Lighthall.
23. Railway Engineering 2.—Organization and rules of
maintenance-of-way; roadway; ballast, ties; lumber preservation; rails and appurtenances; turnouts, tracks, accessories;
structures and their design; stresses in track; track tools; track
work; work-train service; maintenanee-of-way records and
accounts; expenditures; betterments; improvements of old lines,
yards and terminals; maximum capacity of single track.
Prerequisite: Civil 11.
Two lectures per week, First Term.  Mr. Wilkin.
24. Mechanics of Materials.—A continuation of Civil 10,
Strength of Materials; the application of the Principle of Least
Work to the determination of statically indeterminate forces
in beams and rigid frames; stress and deflection of unsymmetri-
cal sections and beams with variable moment of inertia; analysis
of reinforced concrete beams, slabs and columns.
References: Ketchum, Steel Mill Buildings; Hool, Reinforced Concrete, Vol. I.; Hool and Johnson, Concrete Engineer's
Handbook.
Prerequisite: Civil 10.
One lecture and one three-hour period per week, First
Term; two lectures per week, Second Term.   Mr. Duckering.
25. Theory of Structures.—The analysis of statically determinate framed structures under dead and live loads; distortion
of framed structures; the use of influence lines for analysis of
stresses and deflections; hinged and hingeless arches; reinforced
concrete arch ribs; secondary stresses and redundant members. 162 Faculty of Applied Science
References: Johnson, Bryan and Turneaure, Modern
Framed Structures, Vols. I. and II.; Hool and Johnson, Concrete
Engineer's Handbook; Malverd Howe, Influence Lines; Morley,
Theory of Structures.
Prerequisite: Civil 10.
One lecture and two three-hour periods.  Mr. Duckering.
26. Class Excursions.—Members of the Fourth Year class
in Civil Engineering, under the supervision of an instructor,
will visit such factories, industrial developments, public works,
docks, shipyards, and important examples of engineering construction as are calculated to assist the student best to grasp
the application and scope of the studies pursued and to broaden
his view of the engineering field.
27. Civil Engineering Thesis.—Original research on selected
topics or engineering projects; experimental investigations.
Topic may be selected from one of the major divisions of the
Civil Engineering Course: Geodetic Surveying, Railway Engineering, Hydraulic Engineering, Municipal and Highway
Engineering, Economic and Business Engineering, Structural
Engineering.
Work extends throughout the year.
50. Elementary problems in rural engineering, dealing with
drainage, water supply, sewerage and sewage disposal, ventilation, simple structures and surveying. Adapted to the needs of
students in Dairying.
One lecture per week.    Mr. Powell.
Department of Economics
Professor: T. H. Boggs.
Associate Professor; H. F. Angus.
Assistant Professor: S. E. Beckett.
Assistant: Doris Lee.
1. Principles of Economics.—An introductory study of general economic theory, including a survey of the principles of
value, prices, money and banking, international trade, tariffs, Forestry 163
monopoly, taxation, labour and wages, socialism, the control of
railways and trusts, etc.
Text-books: Clay, Economics for the General Reader, Macmillan.   Ely, Outlines of Economics, Macmillan, 1923.
Two lectures per week.
Department of Forestry
Professor:  H. R. Christie.
Assistant Professor: F. Malcolm Knapp.
1. General Forestry.—A general survey of the subject.
Text-book:  Fernow, Economics of Forestry, Toronto University Press.
References: Whitford and Craig, Forests of British
Columbia. Pinchot, Primer of Forestry. Moon and Brown,
Elements of Forestry. Allen, Practical Forestry in the Pacific
Northwest. Schlich, Forest Policy in the British Empire.
Zon and Sparhawk, Forest Resources of the World. Various
government publications.
One lecture per week.
2. Forest Mensuration.—Measurement of felled timber, of
standing timber, and of growth of trees and forests. Includes
scaling, timber estimating, and preparation of tables of volume,
growth and yield.
Text-book:  Chapman, Forest Mensuration, Wiley.
Reference books: Winkenwerder and Clark, Problems in
Forest Mensuration. Graves, Woodsman's Handbook. Graves,
Forest Mensuration.    Carey, Manual for Northern Woodsmen.
One lecture and four hours' field or laboratory work per
week.
3. Forest Protection.—The fire problem, legislation, organizations, prevention and control.
Text-book: Western Fire Fighters' Manual, Western
Forestry and Conservation Association, Portland, Ore. 164 Faculty of Applied Science
Reference books: Millar, Methods of Communication
Adapted to Forest Protection, Dominion Forestry Branch,
Ottawa. U. S. Forest Service, Trail Building in the National
Forests.
One lecture per week. Second Term.
4. Forest Finance.—Forestry from the financial standpoint,
including studies of compound interest, valuation, rotation,
insurance and taxation.
Text-book: Roth, Forest Valuation, University of Michigan.
Reference books: Chapman, Forest Valuation. Woodward,
Valuation of North American Timber Lands.
Two lectures per week.   Second Term.
5. Timber Physics and Wood Technology.—The structure of
wood; the identification of different woods and their qualities
and uses; wood seasoning; wood preservation; emphasis on the
Canadian woods of commercial importance.
Text-books: Record, Economic Woods of the United States,
Wiley.   Record, Mechanical Properties of Wood, Wiley.
Reference books: Weiss, Preservation of Structural Timber.
Snow, Wood and Other Organic Structural Materials. Roth,
Timber, U. S. Forest Service, Bui. 10. Tiemann, The KUn
Drying of Lumber.
One lecture per week First Term, two Second Term; three
hours laboratory per week.
6. Forest Organization.—The principles and methods of
organizing forest areas for business management. Normal forest,
increment, rotation, felling budget, working plans.
Text-book: Roth, Forest Regulation, Roth, University of
Michigan.
Reference books: Recknagel and Bentley, Forest Management. Recknagel, Forest Working Plans. Schlich, Forest
Management. Woolsey, American Forest Regulation.
One lecture per week. Forestry 165
7. History of Forestry and Forest Administration.—The
development of forestry in different parts of the world; forest
resources and industries, policy, legislation and education.
Reference books: Fernow, History of Forestry. Schlich,
Forest Policy in the British Empire. Boerker, Our National
Forests. Ise, The United States Forest Policy. Zon and Spar-
hawk, Forest Resources of the World. Various government
publications.
One lecture per week.
8. Silviculture.—Principles and methods of caring for
forests and growing timber crops.
Text-book:   Hawley, Practice of Silviculture, Wiley.
Reference books: Graves, Principles of Handling Woodlands. Tourney, Planting and Seeding. Woolsey, Studies in
French Forestry. Schlich, Silviculture. Various government
publications.
Two lectures per week during the year, and three hours
field or laboratory work during the Second Term.
9. General Lumbering.—A general study of the principles
and practice of logging and milling in the chief timber regions
of North America.
Text-book: Bryant, Logging, Wiley.
Reference books: Gibbons, Logging in the Douglas Fir
Region, U. S. D. A. Bui. 711. Berry, Lumbering in the Sugar
and Yellow Pine Region of California, U. S. D. A. Bui. 440.
Three lectures per week.   First Term.
10. Logging.—An intensive study of logging systems and
operations in the forests of western North America.
Text-book: Gibbons, Logging in the Douglas Fir Region,
U. S. D. A. Bui. 711, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.
Reference books: Various articles in the Timberman,
B. C. Lumberman and other trade journals. 166 Faculty of Applied Science
One lecture per week throughout the year; four hours
laboratory or field work per week alternating with Forestry 11
and 12. .
11. Milling.—A study of the sawmilling and allied woodworking industries of western North America.
Text-book: Bryant, Lumber, Wiley.
Reference books: Oakleaf, Lumber Manufacture in the
Douglas Fir Region. Brown, American Lumber Industry. Berry,
Lumbering in the Sugar and Yelloiv Pine Region of California,
U. S. D. A. Bui. 440. Seeley, Small Sawmills, U. S. D. A.
Bui. 718.
Two lectures per week; four hours laboratory or field work
per week alternating with Forestry 10.   First Term.
12. Forest Products.—A study of other forest industries,
including paper and pulp, naval stores, and wood distillation.
Reference books: Whitham, Modern Pulp and Paper
Making. Brown, Forest Products, Their Manufacture and Use.
Various government publications.
Two lectures per week; four hours laboratory or field work
per week, alternating with Forestry 10.  Second Term.
T. A. McElhanney, B.A.Sc.  (Toronto), D.L.S., B.C.L.S., A.M.E.I.C.,
Acting Superintendent.
Forest Products Laboratory
, B.A.Sc.  (Toronto), D.L.S., B.C
erintendent.
R. S. Perry, B.Sc.  (McGill), A.M.E.I.C. 'l        ,_      „ „    ,
(To be appointed) ^Timber Tests Engineers.
J. T. Lee 1   „   v     m   ,
}  Timber Testers.
J
D. S. Wright   j
On account of the importance of the timber industry of
British Columbia and its remoteness from the main laboratory
at McGill University in Montreal, the Forestry Branch of the
Department of the Interior in 1918 established this laboratory
as a Branch of the Forest Products Laboratories of Canada.
The laboratory was equipped primarily for timber testing
on account of the value of the timbers of the Province for Forest Products Laboratory 167
structural purposes, and its work has to a considerable extent
centered around the determination of the mechanical and
physical properties of woods grown in Western Canada in
comparison with woods grown elsewhere, and tested in other
laboratories under similar standard procedure. It has rendered
advice and assistance to the industries in a variety of problems,
such as wood preservation, kiln drying of wood, plywood, wood
distillation, action of marine borers, pulp and paper, utilization
of mill wastes, and foreign timbers. Where facilities do not
exist for dealing with enquiries in the local laboratory, it acts
as an outpost to the main laboratory in Montreal.
An increasingly valuable amount of material has been
collected from the research work of other laboratories and
catalogued for reference. [ ""
A mutually beneficial scheme of co-operation exists between
the Laboratory and the University, whereby students of the
University in Engineering and Forestry have access to the
laboratory to watch the work being carried on and to usei the
apparatus at times in testing strength of materials. The staff
of the Laboratory also has the benefit of the University library
and the advice and assistance of University specialists in related
work. M
The main apparatus consists of two Olsen Universal Testing Machines of 200,000 lb. and 30,000 lb. capacity respectively,
suitable for testing structural-sized timbers, as well as small
ones; one Hatt-Turner Impact Machine, having three test
weights of 50, 100 and 250 pounds, with a maximum drop of
six feet; and the necessary electric drying ovens, extensometers,
calibrating apparatus, micrometers, microscopes, tachometers,
photographic equipment, etc., for research into the strength and
characteristics of wood and wooden materials. The laboratory is
also equipped with wood-working machinery, consisting of a saw
table, buzz planer, thickness planer, borer, etc., for the preparation of test specimens. All wood-working machinery and testing
machines are equipped with electric motors. 168 Faculty of Applied Science
Department of Geology and Geography
Professor:   R. W. Brock.
Professor of Physical and Structural Geology:  S. J. Schofield.
Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography: W. L. Uglow.
Professor of Palaeontology and Stratigraphy:  M. Y. Williams.
Lecturer: E. M. Burwash.
Geology
1. General Geology.—This course serves as an introduction
to the science of Geology. The following subjects are treated in
the lectures:
(a) Physical Geology, which includes the study of the following topics: Weathering, work of the wind, the work of ground
water, the work of streams, the work of glaciers, the ocean and
its work, the structure of the earth, earthquakes, volcanoes and
igneous intrusions, metamorphism, mountains and plateaus, and
ore-deposits.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week. First
Term.   Mr. Schofield.
(b) Historical Geology, which includes a study of the
following: The earth before the Cambrian, the Palaeozoic, the
Mesozoic, the Cenozoic, and Quaternary eras.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week. Second
Term.    Mr. Williams.
The Laboratory Exercises in Physical Geology include the
study and identification of the commonest minerals and rockB,
the interpretation of topographical and geological maps, and
the study of structures by the use of models.
Field Work will replace laboratory occasionally, and will
take the form of excursions to localities in the immediate neighborhood of Vancouver which illustrate the subject-matter of the
lectures.
The Laboratory Exercises in Historical Geology consist of
the general study of fossils, their characteristics and associations,
their evolution and migration as illustrated by their occurrence
in the strata.  The principles of Palaeogeography will be taken Geology and Geography 169
up and illustrated by the study of the palaeogeography of North
America.
Text-book: Cleland, Geology, Physical and Historical,
American Book Co.
Reference books: Pirsson and Schuchert, Text-book of
Geology. Geikie, Text-book of Geology. Merrill, Rocks, Rock-
weathering and Soils. Coleman and Parks, Elementary Geology.
National Geographic Magazine. Shimer, Introduction to the
Study of Fossils. Davis, Geographical Essays. Hugh Miller's
works.
2. (a) General Mineralogy.—A brief survey of the field of
mineralogy.
Lectures take the form of a concise treatment of (1) Crystallography, (2) Physical Mineralogy, and (3) Descriptive
Mineralogy of 40 of the most common mineral species, with
special reference to Canadian occurrences.
Laboratory Work consists of the study of the common
crystal forms and of 40 prescribed minerals, accompanied by a
brief outline of the principles and methods of Determinative
Mineralogy and Blowpipe Analysis.
Text-books: Dana, Manual of Mineralogy, revised by Ford
(new edition), Wiley. (For students taking only Geology 2 (a).)
Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, Wiley. (For
students who subsequently take Geology 2 (&).)
Prerequisite: Chemistry 1.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per
week.  First Term.  Mr. Uglow.
2 (6). Descriptive and Determinate Mineralogy. — This
course supplements 2 (a) and consists of a more complete survey
of Crystallography, Physical and Chemical Mineralogy, with a
critical study of about 50 of the less common minerals, special
emphasis being laid on their crystallography, origin, association
and alteration.
Text-book: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,
Wiley. 170 Faculty of Applied Science
Prerequisite: Geology 2 (a).
Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per
week.   Second Term.   Mr. Uglow.
3. Historical Geology.—Continental evolution and development of life with special reference to North America.
Text-book:  Schuchert, Historical Geology, 2nd Ed., Wiley.
Prerequisite:   Geology 1.
Three hours per week.   First Term.   Mr. Williams.
4. Structural and Physiographical Geology.—The following
subjects are treated in the lectures: Fractures, faults, flowage,
structures common to both fracture and flow, mountains, major
units of structure, forces of deformation, the origin and development of land forms with special reference to the physiography of
British Columbia. 1
Text-book:  Leith, Structural Geology, Holt.
Prerequisite:   Geology 1.
Three hours per week.  Second Term.   Mr. Schofield.
5. (a) History of Geology.—A brief history of the study
of the earth and the development of the geological sciences.
Mr. Brock.
(b) Geology of Canada.—The salient features of the geology
and economic minerals of Canada. Mr. Williams, Mr. Schofield,
Mr. Brock.
(c) Regional Geology.—The main geological features of the
continents and oceanic segments of the earth's crust, and their
influences upon life.   Mr. Brock.
Prerequisite:  Geology 1.
Three lectures and one laboratory period per week.
6. Palaeontology.—A study of invertebrate and vertebrate
fossils, their classification, identification and distribution both
geological and geographical.
Reference books: Grabau and Shimer, North American
Index Fossils.  Zittel-Eastman, Text-book of Paleontology. Geology and Geography 171
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. ^
Mr. Williams.
7. Petrology.—This course consists of systematic studies of
the following: (a) Optical Mineralogy, (b) Lithology and
Petrogeny, (c) Microscopical Petrography.
Lectures deal with the principles of crystal optics, and with
the origin, occurrence, classification, metamorphism and decay
of rocks.
Laboratory Work consists of the study, determination and
classification of specimens, structures and textures of rocks contained in the departmental collections. Field and microscopical
methods of determination are equally stressed.
Text-books: Pirsson, Rocks and Rock Minerals, Wiley;
Luquer, Minerals in Rock Sections, Van Nostrand; Dana, Textbook of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, Wiley.
Prerequisites: Geology 1 and 2.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods of 2 hours per
week.   Mr. Uglow.
8. Economic Geology.—A study of the occurrence, genesis,
and structure of the principal metallic and non-metallic mineral
deposits with type illustrations; and a description of the ore-
deposits of the British Empire, special stress being placed on
those in Canada.
Text-book: Emmons, General Economic Geology, McGraw-
Hill.
Reference book: Lindgren, Mineral Deposits, 2nd ed.
Prerequisite: Geology 1. Geology 7 must precede or accompany this course.
Four hours per week. Mr. Brock, Mr. Williams and
Mr. Uglow.
9. Mineralography.—Principally a laboratory course dealing
with the study and recognition of the opaque minerals by means
of the reflecting microscope. 172 Faculty of Applied Science
The work consists of practice in the cutting, grinding and
polishing of ore specimens, accompanied by training in micro-
chemical methods of mineral determination.
During the second term each student is assigned a suite
of ores from some mining district for a critical examination
and report.
Text-book: Davy and Farnham, Microscopic Examination
of the Ore Minerals, McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisite: Geology 7 and 8 must precede or accompany
this course.
Two hours per week.  Mr. Uglow.
10. Field Geology.—The methods taught are the fundamental ones used by professional geologists and by the officers
of the Geological Survey of Canada. The course is essentially
practical, and is designed to teach methods of observing, recording and correlating geological facts in the field. The students
construct geological maps of selected areas in the vicinity of
Vancouver which require the use of the various methods and
instruments employed in field geology.
Reference books: Lahee, Field Geology. Hayes, Handbook
for Field Geologists.  Spurr, Geology Applied to Mining.
Prerequisite: Geology 1. Geology 4, if not already taken,
must be taken concurrently.
Three hours per week.   Mr. Schofield.
Department of Mathematics
Professor:  Daniel Buchanan.
Associate Professor:   G. E. Robinson.
Assistant Professor:   E. E. Jordan.
Assistant Professor:   L. Richardson.
Assistant Professor:   B. S. Hartley.
1. Plane Trigonometry.—An elementary course, including
the solution of triangles and the use of logarithms, inverse and
hyperbolic functions.
Text-books: Playne and Fawdry, Practical Trigonometry,
Copp, Clark.   Six-Place Tables, McGraw-Hill. Mathematics 173
Two lectures per week.   First Term.
2. Solid Geometry.—A study of the three-faced corner, the
various polyhedra and solid figures, and the theorems of Pappus.
Text-book: Hall and Stevens, A School Geometry,
Macmillan.
Two lectures per week.   Second Term.
3. Algebra.—A review of simple series, permutations, combinations and the binomial theorem, and a study of exponential
and other series, undetermined coefficients, partial and continued
fractions, graphical algebra.
Text-book:  Rietz and Crathorne, College Algebra, Holt.
Three lectures per week.
4. (a) Analytical Geometry.—The straight line and circle
will be studied in detail, and some of the simple properties of
the other conies will be discussed.
Text-book:  Fawdry, Co-ordinate Geometry, Bell.
One lecture per week.
(b) Calculus.—An introductory study of the differential
and integral calculus will be made, and some of the simpler
applications considered.
Text-book: Woods and Bailey, Elementary Calculus, Ginn.
One lecture per week.
6. Calculus.—Differential and integral calculus with various
applications.
Three lectures per week.
7. (a) Analytical Geometry.—A continuation of Course 4,
including a study of the curves occurring in engineering practice, and elementary work in three dimensions.
Text-book:  Fawdry, Co-ordinate Geometry, Bell.
One lecture per week First Term, two lectures per week
Second Term.
(b) Spherical Trigonometry.—Numerical work in spherical
trigonometry   covering   the solution of triangles and various 174 Faculty of Applied Science
applications to geodesy and astronomy. The method of least
squares.
Text-book: Dupuis and Matheson, Spherical Trigonometry
and Astronomy, Uglow.
One lecture per week.  First Term.
8. Applied Calculus. — The applications of calculus to
various problems in engineering.
One lecture per week.
9. Differential Equations.—A study of ordinary and partial
differential equations and their applications.
One lecture per week.
Department  of Mechanical and  Electrical  Engineering
Professor: Herbert Vickers.
Associate Professor:  C. C. Ryan.
Assistant Professor: H. F. G. Letson.
Instructor in Mechanical Drawing and Shopwork: H. P. Archibald.
Instructor in Electrical Engineering:  E. M. Coles.
Instructor in Electrical Engineering:  W. A. Smelser.
Special Lecturer:   George Walkem.
Instructor in Thermo Laboratory: E. G. Parsons.
Instructor in Machine Shop: H. Taylor.
Assistant in Steam Laboratory:  H. Elliott.
Assistant in Workshop, Mechanical Engineering: C. H. Barker.
Assistant (Moulder): J. Crowley.
Assistant  (Woodworker):  S. Northrop.
Assistant in Mechanical Engineering (Blacksmith): John Hogarth.
Mechanical Engineering
1. Mechanical Drawing.—Practice in freehand lettering in
accordance with common practice. Geometrical Drawing, to give
facility in the use of drawing instruments. Freehand sketching
of machine parts and structures from which drawings are made
to scale. Drawing to scale of simple machine parts. Making of
assembly drawings from detail drawings, and detail drawings
from assembly drawings.  Tracing and blueprinting.
Six hours per week. Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 175
2. (a) This work is intended to supplement the manual
training given in the high schools, and also to give the student
some knowledge of the more common machine shop methods and
processes as employed commercially. The object is to provide
some basis for the intelligent design of machine and structural
parts.
Machine Shop Practice.—Summer School.
Practice in Smith-work.—Forging, welding, annealing, tempering, use and repairing of smith's tools.
Six hours per day during one week of summer course.
Practice in Foundry Work.—Bench and floor moulding,
core making, casting in iron and brass.
Six hours per day during one week of summer course.
Lectures.—Physical properties of the materials used in
machine construction. Modern methods of handling and finishing wood. Forging and hammering of metals. Annealing and
tempering.   Making of patterns and cores.   Cupola practice.
Soldering and brazing, tinning, electroplating. Drilling
and tapping, turning and boring, calipering and fitting, milling
and milling cutters, reaming and reamers, screw cutting. Grinding and abrasive wheels. Lapping. Punching and shearing.
Drop forging and die-easting. Metal spinning. Torch and
electric welding. Cold sawing and torch cutting. Tool-making
and dressing. Use of jigs. Machine shop standards, including
wire and sheet metal gauges, threads, etc.
One lecture per week.
Text-book: Colvin & Stanley, American Machinists' Handbook, McGraw-Hill.
Practice in Metal-working.—Bench work, including marking off, chipping, filing, scraping, tapping, and fitting; lathe
work, including turning and boring, screw-cutting and finishing;
lathe adjustments; shaping; milling; gear-cutting; tool-dressing.
Three hours per week.   (One term.)
Practice in Woodworking.—The use of the various hand
tools and woodworking machines, making of various joints and
small structures with finished surfaces, turning and boring. 176 Faculty of Applied Science
Three hours per week.   (One term.)
2. (b) Machine Shop Practice.—A continuation of Mechanical Engineering 2.
Six hours laboratory per week First Term, and three hours
laboratory Second Term.
3. Kinematics of Machines.—Displacement, velocity and
acceleration. Relative motions. Harmonic motions. Gear trains.
Cams, ratchets, and escapements. Classification of mechanisms.
Study of mechanisms in common use. Transmission of motion
by belting.   Design of outlines of gear teeth.
Text-book: Durley, Kinematics of Machines, Wiley.
One lecture per week.
4. Dynamics of Machines.—Friction and lubrication. Transmission of power by belts, ropes, gears and friction clutches.
Function and dynamics of speed governors. Dynamics of the
screw. Forces involved in linear and angular acceleration of
moving parts, with special reference to engines, turbines, and
pumps. Stresses due to centrifugal force. Balancing of moving
parts.   Dynamics of the gyroscope.
Reference books: Ewing, The Steam Engine and Other
Heat Engines. Dent & Harper, Kinematics and Kinetics of
Machinery, Wiley.
Two lectures per week.
5. Machine Design.—Strength of materials used in machine
construction. Factors of safety and allowable stresses under
various conditions of load. Design of: Valve mechanisms for
steam engines; governors; thin cylinders and tanks; rivetted
joints; fastenings, such as bolts, screws and cotters; levers and
winch handles.
Reference books: Ewing, Steam Engines and Other Heat
Engines. Spooner, Machine Design, Construction and Drawing.
Halsley, Handbook for Machine Designers. Furman, Valves
and Valve Gears.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week. Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 177
6. Elementary Thermodynamics. — Fuels and combustion.
General principles underlying the construction and operation of
steam boilers. Elementary theory of the steam engine. Measurement of power. Performance of various types of steam engines.
Elementary theory of internal combustion engines. Design and
operation of isolated power plants to give the best economic results. Theory of air compressors, transmission and use of compressed air. Elementary theory and practical operation of producer gas plants.
Laboratory. Testing of boilers, steam engines and internal
combustion engines.   Analysis and calorimetry of fuels.
Text-book: To be announced.
Reference books:  Simmons,  Compressed Air.   Marks and
Davis, Steam Tables and Diagrams.    Gebhardt, Steam Power
Plant Engineering.   Kent, Mechanical Engineer's Pocket Book.
Fernald & Orrok, Engineering of Power Plants.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.
7. Thermodynamics.—A more precise study of the performances and construction of various types of boilers, including
furnaces and superheaters. Theoretical efficiency of different
types of reciprocating engines working under various conditions.
Influence on efficiency of size, speed and ratio of expansion
with variations of load. Compound and triple expansion engines.
Use of steam tables in reference to calculations on saturated
and superheated steam. Flow of gases and vapours through
orifices and nozzles.
Reference book: Lucke, Thermodynamics, and as under
Mechanical 6.
Three lectures and three hours laboratory per week.
8. Thermodynamics. — Advanced theory relative to the
transformation of heat into mechanical energy. Laws governing
the flow of heat through various substances. More precise study
of the theory and performance of all types of prime movers,
including all types of reciprocating and rotary steam engines,
steam turbines, and internal combustion engines. 178 Faculty of Applied Science
Text-books:    Emswiler,    Thermodynamics,    McGraw-Hill.
Marks & Davis, Steam Tables and Diagrams, Longmans-Green.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week
9. Thermodynamics.—For Mechanical Engineering students
only.
Reference book: Lucke, Thermodynamics. Gebhardt, Steam
Power Plant Engineering.   Current Engineering Publications.
Two lectures and six hours laboratory per week.
10. Machine Design.—The design of machine and structural
parts, including parts of engines of all types; design of appliances for the transmission of power, including belts, rope, cable,
friction and toothed gearing. The student is required to work
out the complete design of some machine or appliance, and make
the drawings and tracings requisite for its construction.
Text-books: Kent, Mechanical Engineer's Pocket Book,
Wiley. Halsley, Handbook for Machine Designers, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures and five hours laboratory per week for
Mechanical Engineering, and two lectures and three hours
laboratory for Electrical Engineering.
11. Heating, Ventilation, and Refrigeration. — Design of
steam, hot water, and hot air systems of heating. Heaters for
steam and water systems. Use of exhaust steam for heating.
Central heating plants. Loss of heat from buildings. Refrigerating systems.
Reference book:   Harding & Willard, Mechanical Equipment of Buildings (Vols. I and II).
One lecture per week.
12. Plant Design.—A study of the function, construction,
and performance of the various machines and appliances which
enter into the design of industrial plants. Special attention is
given to the economic results to be expected from various
combinations.
Reference books: Harding & Willard, Mechanical Equipment of Buildings (Vols. I and II). Fernald & Orrok, Engineering of Power Plants.
One lecture per week. Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 179
13. Physical Treatment of Metals.—A study of the various
metals used in commercial work, with special reference to the
treatment applied to get the physical properties and qualities
required for specific purposes.
Text-book: Colvin & Juthe, The Working of Steel, McGraw-
Hill.
One lecture and three hours laboratory per week.
14. Industrial Management. — Present-day tendencies in
industry. Principles of organization, including cost-keeping,
purchasing and storing of materials, and inspection. Problems
of employment and systems of compensation for labor. Location
and arrangement of industrial plants for maximum production.
Text-book: Kimball, Principles of Industrial Organization,
McGraw-Hill.
One lecture per week.
Electrical Engineering
1. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering.—General theory
relating to the flow of continuous and alternating currents.
Measurement of power. Elementary theory of alternating and
direct current generators and motors. Commercial systems of
transmission, transformation, and distribution of power.
Text-book: Gray, Principles and Practice of Electrical Engineering, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week.
2. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering.—More precise
study of the laws governing the flow of continuous and alternating current. Meters and their applications. Transient phenomena.  Use of charts and tables.
Three lectures and two hours laboratory per week, First
Term.   Three lectures and four hours laboratory, Second Term.
3. Electrical Engineering Practice. — For students in
Mechanical Engineering only. A special course covering standard practice in generation, transmission, and application of
electric power. 180 Faculty of Applied Science
Text-book: Standard Handbook for Electrical Engineers,
McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.
4. Electrical Machinery.—Complete theory of direct and
alternating current machines and appliances. Transmission lines
and distribution systems. Use of hyperbolic functions in solution
of problems.
Text-book: Standard Handbook for Electrical Engineers,
McGraw-Hill.
Three lectures and six hours laboratory per week.
5. Electric Traction. — Advantages and disadvantages of
electric traction. Characteristics of traction motors. Power
requirements and motor ratings. Methods of braking. Comparison of steam and electric locomotives. Urban, interurban, and
main line systems. Selection of equipment and methods of
construction.
One lecture hour per week.
6. Electric Power Plants and Transmission Lines.—Selection of site and equipment. Switching and controlling devices.
Metering of power. Location and design of transmission lines
and sub-stations.
Text-book:  Notice to be given.
One lecture hour per week.
7. Electrical Design.—Calculation of performance of standard types of transformers, generators, and motors. Design of
simple apparatus and standard types of motors and generators.
Text-book: Gray, Electrical Machine Design, McGraw-Hill.
One lecture and three hours laboratory per week.
8. Electric Cells.—Theory and applications of storage batteries.  Electrolytic cells.  Electro-plating.
One lecture per week.   First Term.
Electric   Illumination. — Photometry.     Types   of   electric
lamps.   Systems for interior and street lighting.
One lecture per week. Second Term. Mining and Metallurgy 181
Department of Mining and Metallurgy
Professor of Mining:   J. M. Turnbull.
Professor of Metallurgy:   H. N. Thomson.
Associate Professor of Mining: Geo. A. Gillies.
Assistant in Metallurgy: Tarrant D. Guernsey.
Mining
1. A general course in metal mining, covering the following
subjects:
Ores and economic minerals; economic basis of mining;
ordinary prospecting; mineral belts; mineral acts and laws;
conditions in British Columbia; preliminary development of
mines; timbering and framing; tunnelling; shaft sinking; transportation and haulage; drainage; ventilation; ordinary mining
methods
Two lectures per week.  Mr. Turnbull.
2. A general course in coal and placer mining, covering
the following subjects:
Coal Mining.—Classification of coals; prospecting; mine
development; mining methods; ventilation; transportation and
haulage; drainage; tipples; coal mines acts and laws.
Placer Mining.—Gravel deposits; nature and origin of pay-
streaks; prospecting; examination and testing of deposits;
ordinary mining methods; hydraulic and dredging methods;
plant and equipment; placer mines acts and laws.
Two lectures per week.  Mr. Turnbull.
3. An advanced course in metal mining, covering the following subjects:
Scientific prospecting; development work in mines; blasting
and explosives; examination of mines and prospects; methods
of ore sampling; mine valuation; accounting and costs, administration; welfare and safety work; mining laws and contracts;
economics; ethics.
Prerequisite: Mining 1.
Two lectures per week. Mr. Turnbull. 182 Faculty of Applied Science
4. A special course covering the structural and meehanical
features of Mining Engineering, as follows:
Mine structures; mining plant and machinery; core and
churn drills; tramways, etc.
Prerequisites: Mining 1; Mechanical Engineering 3, 6;
Civil Engineering 3 and 10.
One lecture per week.   Mr. Gillies.
5. A practical course covering the work of the surveyor and
staff in metal mines:
Methods and practice in mine surveying; ore sampling;
geological work underground; maps, plans and models; notes
and records.
Prerequisites: Civil Engineering 2 and 6.
One leeture per week.   Second Term.   Mr. Turnbull.
6. A laboratory draughting course covering the special
requirements of Mining students in regard to design of the
layout and details of mining plant, structures, and mine survey
plans
Three hours per week.  Mr. Gillies.
7. A special course covering the mining of large ore bodies
by special mining methods.
Prerequisite: Mining 1.
Concurrent Courses: Mining 2, 3 and 4.
One lecture per week.  First Term.  Mr. Turnbull.
Metallurgy
1. This course covers the fundamental principles underlying metallurgical operations in general, and is introductory to
subsequent more specialized study.
The lectures follow in general the subject as taken up in
Principles of Metallurgy, by Chas. II. Fulton, including the
following main subjects:
Physical mixtures and thermal analysis. Physical properties
of metals.   Alloys.   Measurement of high temperatures. Typical Mining and Mettalurgy 183
metallurgical operations. Roasting and fusing. Electrometallurgy. Slags. Matte. Bullion. Refractory materials.
Fuels.    Combustion.    Furnaces.
Text-book: Fulton, Principles of Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill.
Reference books: Hofman, General Metallurgy. Current
Mining and Metallurgical Journals. Trade Catalogues.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 and Physics 1 and 2.
Two lectures per week. Mr. Thomson.
2. A general course covering principles and practice of
Pyrometallurgy and Hydrometallurgy as applied to gold, silver,
copper, iron, lead and zinc.
Prerequisite: Metallurgy 1.
Two lectures per week.  Mr.   Thomson.
3. A special course covering Thermochemistry; Metallurgical Calculations; Furnace Design and Efficiency; Special
Processes.
A large portion of the time will be given to the study of heat
balances of typical smelting operations.
Reference book: Richards, Metallurgical Calculations.
Prerequisites: Metallurgy 1, Chemistry 1.
Two hours per week.  Mr. Thomson.
4. Advanced course in Metallurgical Analysis of Ores and
Furnace Products, Pyrometry and Refractories.
Special attention will be given to analytical methods used
by smelting plants in purchase of ores and control of furnace
operations.
Prerequisites: Metallurgy 1, Metallurgy 6.
Six hours laboratory per week, First Term. Twelve hours
laboratory per week, Second Term.    Mr. Thomson.
5. Quantitative determination of gold, silver, and other
metals by fire-assay methods, with underlying principles.
Text-book: Fulton, Manual of Fire Assaying, McGraw-Hill.
One lecture and five hours laboratory work.  First Term.
Mr. Thomson. 184 Faculty of Applied Science
6. An introductory course in metallurgical analysis of ores
and concentrates.
Most of the time will be given to the technical determination of zinc, copper and lead.
Three hours laboratory per week. Mr. Thomson.
Ore Dressing
1. A general course covering the concentration of ores by
mechanical means.
Most of the time is spent in considering fundamental
principles, typical machines, and their general operations and
relations in modern milling practice, emphasizing the economic
and practical aspects.
Students are taught the commercial and technical characteristics of true concentrating ores, the general principles on which
the size, character, site, and other features of a mill are designed.
The general lay-out of crushing, handling, and separating
machinery. The laws of crushing and of various classifying
and separating actions, and the design, operation, and comparative efficiency of typical machines, such as crushers, rolls,
stamps, ball and tube mills, jigs, tables, screens, classifiers, and
slime-handling devices.
Attention is paid to pneumatic, magnetic, electrostatic, flotation, and other special processes, including coal-washing.
Text-books: Richards, Text-book of Ore Dressing, McGraw-
Hill.   F. Taggart, A Manual of Flotation Processes, Wiley.
Two lectures per week.  Mr. Gillies.
2. A variety of crushing, sizing, classifying and separating
operations are carried out by the students and studied quantitatively on appropriate machines, singly and in combination.
Special attention is paid to flotation processes, several types of
machines being used.
Ores from British Columbia working mines are usually
chosen, so that the work of the students is along practical lines
in comparison with actual work in operating plants. Physics 185
Prerequisite:  Ore Dressing 1.
Nine hours laboratory per week.  Mr. Gillies.
Note.—AH students in Mining and Metallurgy are advised to provide themselves
with a copy of Peele's Mining Engineer's Handbook (Wiley), which is used for
reference in many of the courses in which no special text-book is required.
Department of Physics
Professor:   T. C. Hebb.
Associate Professor:   A. E. Hennings.
Associate Professor:   J. G. Davidson.
Assistant: Cyril Jones.
The instruction includes a fully illustrated course of experimental lectures on the general principles of Physics, accompanied by courses of practical work in the laboratory, in which
students will perform for themselves experiments, chiefly quantitative, illustrating the subjects treated in the lectures. Opportunity will be given to acquire experience with all the principal
instruments used in exact physical and practical measurements.
1. Mechanics 1.—An elementary treatment of the subject of
statics, dynamics, and hydrostatics, with particular emphasis
on the working of problems. In the laboratory the fundamental
principles of statics and dynamics are established. The course
is given in the first half of the First Year of Applied Science.
Text-books: Loney, Mechanics and Hydrostatics, Cambridge
University Press. Millikan, Mechanics, Molecular Physics and
Heat, Ginn.
Four lectures and three hours laboratory per week.
2. Advanced Heat.—This course is begun when Mechanics 1
is finished, and the seven hours devoted to it are divided in the
same manner. The course is based on the supposition that
the student is already familiar with the elementary principles
of heat.
Text-books: Edser, Heat for Advanced Students, Macmillan. Millikan, Mechanics, Molecular Physics and Heat, Ginn.
3. Electricity and Magnetism.—A quantitative study of the
fundamental principles of electricity and magnetism, with a
special reference to the fact that the student is to be an engineer. 186 Faculty of Applied Science
The course includes a short treatment of the elements of
alternating currents.
Text-books: Millikan and Mills, Electricity, Sound and
Light (first part), Ginn. Smith, Electrical Measurements,
McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.
4. Mechanics 2.—The subject-matter consists of an extension
of the statics and dynamics of Mechanics 1, but with the use of
the differential and integral calculus.
Prerequisite: Mechanics 1.
Text-book: Poorman, Applied Mechanics, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures per week.
5. Light.—A short lecture course on light for students taking
Chemical Engineering. The time will be devoted to a study of
refraction, dispersion, interference, diffraction, double-refraction,
polarization and spectroscopy.
One hour per week.
9. Recent Advances in Physics.—A course of lectures dealing
with the electrical properties of gases, the electron theory, and
radioactivity.
Prerequisites: Physics 3 and 4, and Mathematics 10.
Reference books: Thomson, Conduction of Electricity
Through Gases. Rutherford, Radio-active Substances and Their
Radiations. Millikan, Electron. Thomson, Positive Rays.
Hughes, Photo-electricity, and Kaye, X-Rays.
Two lectures per week.
Department of Nursing
Assistant Professor:  Ethel I. Johns.
1. Introduction to Nursing.—A series of lectures dealing
with the nature of hospital service and discipline, designed to
prepare students for entering the School of Nursing.
One hour per week throughout the First Year.  Miss Johns.
No formal credit is given for this course. Public Health 187
2. History of Nursing.—A series of lectures dealing with
the history and origin of Nursing.
One hour per week throughout the Second Year. Miss Johns.
No formal credit is given for this course.
Third and Fourth Years
Instruction in the following Nursing subjects is given by
members of the medical staff of the hospital and by qualified
nurse instructors: Introductory Ethics of Nursing, Practical
Nursing Procedure, Anatomy and Physiology, Elementary
Nutrition and Cookery, Drugs and Solutions, Materia Medica,
Surgical Nursing, Medical Nursing (including charting),
Gynecological Nursing, Nursing of Communicable Diseases,
Obstetrical Nursing, Diet in Disease, Pediatric Nursing and
Infant Feeding, Nursing in Diseases of the Eye, Ear, Nose and
Throat, Nursing in Tuberculosis, Urinalysis, Introduction to
Anaesthesia, Introduction to Physiotherapy and X-Ray.
The above schedule is open to change at any time.
The  period   of   hospital   service includes actual nursing
experience in the following departments:
Medical. Operating Room.
Surgical. Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat.
Gynecological. Obstetrical.
Pediatric and Orthopaedic. Infectious.
Observation and Neurological. Tuberculosis.
Infante. Diet Kitchen.
Department of Public Health
Professor:   R. H.  Mullin.
Note—Where the name of the instructor is omitted, the
lectures are not given by a member of the University staff, but
by a special lecturer in the subject.
1. Public Health Nursing (Urban).—A study of the principles and practice of public health nursing in urban
communities.
One hour per week.   First Term. 188 Faculty of Applied Science
2. Public Health Nursing (Rural).—A study of the principles and practice of public health nursing in rural
communities.
One hour per week. First Term. Lecturer to be appointed.
3. School Nursing.—A series of lectures given by members
of the staff of the Medical Department of the Vancouver School
Board dealing with the specific problems of this division of
Public Health.
One hour per week.   First Term.
4. Preventive Medicine.—(a) Sanitation and Hygiene. A
series of lectures dealing with the sanitation of food, water,
milk, disposal of waste, housing, ventilation, heating, etc.
One hour per week. First Term. Dr. Mullin.
(b) Communicable Diseases. A series of lectures dealing
with the principles of communicable diseases, their origin,
spread and prevention. Opportunities are given for studying in
detail the prevalent infectious diseases.
One hour per week.   First Term.   Dr. Mullin.
5. History of Nursing and Contemporary Nursing Problems.—A study of the origin and history of nursing, followed
by the consideration of recent developments in the nursing field.
One hour per week. First Term. Miss Johns.
6. Economics and Social Legislation.—(a) An introduction
to the study of economic problems as they affect health, including immigration and unemployment.
Dr. Boggs and Mr. Beckett.
(6) A study of the health and social legislation of this
Province.
Dr. Henry Esson Young, Provincial Officer of Health,
Dr. F. T. Underhill, Medical Officer of Health, Vancouver, and
other lecturers.
One hour per week. First Term. Public Health 189
7. Mental Hygiene.—An introduction, with clinical demonstration, to the study of mental illness, its cure and prevention.
One hour per week.   First Term.
8. Infant Welfare.—A series of lectures and clinics dealing
with the disorders of infancy, their prevention and cure.
One hour per week.  First Term.  Clinics as arranged.
9. Tuberculosis.—A study of tuberculosis from the preventive standpoint.
One hour per week.   First Term.
10. Crippled and Deformed Children.—A series of lectures
dealing with the problem of children handicapped by
deformities. ^
One hour per week for six weeks during the First Term.
11. Nutrition.—This course deals with the consideration of
food values and costs and the application of this knowledge to
the nutrition of family groups.
One hour per week.  First Term.
12. Practical Sociology.—A series of twelve lectures given
by the directing officers of various agencies engaged in social
work in the Province of British Columbia, planned to give the
student such information as will enable her to realize their
functions and scope with a view to future co-operation.
One hour per week.   First Term.
13. Psychology.—A series of twelve lectures in Elementary
Psychology and Principles of Teaching.
One hour per week. First Term. Dr. Weir.
14. Teaching of Nursing Principles and Methods.—A series
of twelve lectures dealing with modern methods of instruction
in elementary hygiene and nursing procedure.
One hour per week.  First Term.  Miss Johns.
Observation and practice as arranged. 190 Faculty of Applied Science
15. Motor Mechanics.—Practical instruction in the structure and operation of automobiles, including practice driving.
One hour per week. First Term. Arranged by the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
Field Work
Through the courtesy and co-operation of the following
agencies, arrangements have been made during the Second Term
for practical experience in the field for all students taking the
full course:
The Victorian Order of Nurses.
The Medical Department of the Vancouver Public Schools.
The Rotary Clinic for Diseases of the Chest.
The Department of Child Hygiene, City of Vancouver.
The Rural Health Centres of the Provincial Department
of Health.
The Social Service Department of the Vancouver General
Hospital.
A bulletin concerning rules and regulations concerning field
work and other information may be obtained on application to
the department.
Department of Zoology
Professor:  C. McLean Fraser.
Instructor:   H. A.  Dunlop.
Assistant:   C. P. Leckie.
Assistant: Lloyd Bolton.
Note:  Biology 1 is prerequisite to all courses in Zoology.
1. General Morphology.—General morphology of animals.
Comparative anatomy. The relationships of animal groups.
Comparative life-histories.
This course is prerequisite to other courses in Zoology.
Text-books: T. J. Parker and W. A. Haswell, Manual of
Zoology, Macmillan (American Edition, 1916).
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week. THE      >
FACULTY
OF
AGRICULTURE  FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
INFORMATION FOR STUDENTS IN
AGRICULTURE
Courses of Study
Three distinct lines of study are offered, as follows:
(1.) A Four-year Course leading to the Degree of Bachelor
of Science in Agriculture (B.S.A.).
(2.) A Winter Course at the University.
(3.) Extension Courses at different points in the Province.
Course Leading to the Degree of B.S.A.
Students in Agriculture are required to. have Junior
Matriculation or its equivalent before entering upon this course
(see "Matriculation Requirements"). The degree of B.S.A. is
granted only after the successful completion of four years of
lecture and laboratory work. The course is planned for students
Who wish to obtain a practical and scientific knowledge of
Agriculture, either as a basis for demonstration and teaching,
or as an aid to success in farm management.
Winter Course
This course is planned for those men and women who are
unable to take advantage of the longer course, but who desire
to extend their knowledge of agriculture in one or more of those
branches in which they are particularly interested. The work
throughout is intensely practical. Illustrative material and
periods devoted to demonstration and judging work are strong
features of the course. No entrance examination is required, nor
£re students asked to write an examination at the conclusion of
the course.
Extension Courses
In order to reach those engaged in Agriculture who are
not able to avail themselves of the Winter Course given at the
University, the Faculty of Agriculture offers extension short 194 Faculty of Agriculture
courses in various centres throughout the Province. These
courses are of at least four days' duration, are proceeded with
according to a definite time-table, and include lectures and
demonstrations in connection with the work of each department
of the Faculty. Detailed programmes are prepared to suit the
specific centres, and requests for such courses may be addressed
to the Registrar of the University.
(Not offered in 1924-25.)
Graduate Work
Students proceeding to the Master's degree in Agriculture
must elect an approved Major and an approved Minor, the latter
of which may be selected within another Faculty.
For general regulations see page 215.
Examinations and Advancement
1. Examinations in all subjects and obligatory for all
students are held in December and in April. Applications for
special consideration on account of illness or domestic affliction
must be submitted to the Dean not later than two days after
the close of the examination period.
2. In the First and Second Years candidates will not be
considered as having passed unless they obtain at least 40 per
cent, on each subject and 50 per cent, on the aggregate. In the
Third and Fourth Years candidates must obtain at least 50 per
cent, on each subject.
3. Successful candidates will be graded as follows: First
Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second Class, 65 to
80 per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent.
4. If a student's general standing in the final examinations
of any year is sufficiently high, the Faculty may grant him
supplemental examinations in the subject or subjects in which
he has failed. Notice will be sent to all students to whom such
examinations have been granted.
5. Supplemental examinations will be held in September
and will not be granted at any other time, except by special Information for Students in Agriculture 195
permission of the Faculty, and on payment of a fee of $7.50
per paper.
6. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied by the necessary fees (see Schedule of Fees) must be in
the hands of the Registrar at least two weeks before the date
set for the examinations.
7. No student may enter a higher year with supplemental
examinations still outstanding in respect of more than 3 units
of the preceding year, nor with any supplemental examination
outstanding in respect of the work of an earlier year or of
Matriculation unless special permission to do so is granted by
Faculty. Such permission will be granted only when Faculty
is satisfied that the failure to remove the outstanding supplemental examinations had an adequate cause.
8. A student may not continue in a later year any subject
in which he has a supplemental examination outstanding from
an earlier year, except in the case of compulsory subjects in
the Second Year.
9. A student who is not allowed to proceed to a higher
year may not register as a partial student in respect of the
subjects of that higher year. But a student who is required to
repeat his year may, on application in writing, be exempted by
the Faculty from attending lectures and passing examinations
in subjects in which he has already made at least Second Class
standing. In this case he may take, in addition to the subjects
of the year which he is repeating, certain subjects of the following year.
10. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year
may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by
the Senate to withdraw from the University.
11. Any student whose academic record, as determined by
the tests and examinations of the first term of the First or
Second Year, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the
recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to
discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of 196 Faculty of Agriculture
the session. Such a student will not be readmitted to the
University as long as any supplemental examinations are
outstanding.
12. Term essays and examination papers will be refused a
passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English, and,
in this event, students will be required to pass a special
examination in English to be set by the Department of English.
CURRICULUM
The first two years of work leading to the degree in Agriculture are devoted to acquiring a knowledge of the basic sciences
upon which Agriculture rests, in adding to the student's knowledge of language, and in laying a foundation for more advanced
studies in practical and scientific Agriculture. The Third Year
is devoted largely, and the Fourth Year almost wholly, to courses
in Applied Agriculture.
Except under special circumstances, students under the age
of seventeen will not be eligible for registration. Specialization
will begin at the commencement of the Third Year. Students
who have not had at least one full season's practical farm experience will be required tp obtain this preliminary training before
registering for the Third Year.
First Year
Units.
Agronomy 1   1
Animal Husbandry 1   iy2
Horticulture A  1
Biology 1  3
Chemistry 1   3
English 1(a) and 1(6)   3
French 1, or Beginners' German   3
Botany 1   3
Total required   18y Information for Students in Agriculture 197
Second Year
Units.
Agronomy 2   2
Animal Husbandry 4   iy
Dairying 1  iy
Horticulture B  1
Poultry Husbandry 1   iy
Zoology 1   3
Chemistry 2   3
English 2(6)   1
French Special, or German 1  2
Bacteriology 1   2
Total required   18y
Third and Fourth Years
On account of the specialized types of farming which must
necessarily be followed in many parts of British Columbia, the
work in the Third and Fourth Years leading to the degree of
B.S.A. has been arranged in major courses so as to admit of a
measure of specialization in one of the several recognized
branches of Agriculture. At the same time all courses have
been so arranged that every student will get the basic work in
all lines no matter what option is chosen.
Prior to the beginning of the Third Year every student must
indicate in which one of the major options he wishes to continue
his study, and shall arrange his elective courses with the approval
of the Head of the Department in which he is majoring, and in
consultation with the Heads of other Departments directly concerned.
Agricultural students are required to take a total of 35 units,
thesis included, in their Third and Fourth Years. 198 Faculty of Agriculture
Third Year
(Required subjects.)
Units.
Economics 1     3
Chemistry (Special Course)     3
Principles of Heredity—Biology 2     1
Total required     7
Fourth Year
(Required subjects.)
Units.
Agricultural Economics—2 (a) or 2 (6).... iy
Thesis       3
Total required     iy
Agronomy Major
Third Year
Units.
Required subjects, as above     7
Plant Physiology—Botany 3    2
Zoology 4     1
*Total     10
Fourth Year
Units.
Required subjects, as above      iy
Systematic and Economic Botany—5 (a)....   2
Economic Entomology—Zoology 7     2
Animal Husbandry 9      iy2
*Total     10
•Students are required, with the advice and consent of the
Head of the Department, to elect up to a total of from 15 to 18
units. Animal Husbandry Major 199
Animal Husbandry*Major
Third Year
Units.
Required subjects, as above     7
Animal Husbandry 2     1
3     1
•Total       9
Fourth Year
Units.
Required subjects, as above    iy2
Agronomy 7     iy2
•Total      6
Dairying Major
Third Year
Units.
Required subjects, as above    7
Dairying 3      2
•Total   7.    9
Fourth Year
Units.
Required subjects, as above     iy2
Civil Engineering (Special)      1
Plant Physiology—Botany 3    2
Dairy Chemistry     2
•Total       9y
•Students are required, with the advice and consent of the
Head of the Department, to elect up to a total of from 15 to 18
units. 200 Faculty of Agriculture
Horticulture Major
Third Year
Units.
Required subjects, as above     7
Plant Physiology—Botany 3     2
Systematic Entomology—Zoology 4    1
•Total     10
Fourth Year
Units.
Required subjects, as above      4^4
Plant Pathology—Botany 6 (a)      1
Economic Entomology—Zoology 7      2
Systematic and Economic Botany 5(a)     2
•Total    dy
Poultry Husbandry Major
Third Year
Units.
Required subjects, as above    7
Embryology—Zoology 6      2
•Total       9
Fourth Year
Units.
Required subjects, as above     iy
Poultry Husbandry 8      4
•Total        %y2
•Students are required, with the advice and consent of the
Head of the Department, to elect up to a total of from 15 to 18
units. Agronomy 201
COURSES   IN   AGRICULTURE
Department of Agronomy
Professor:   P. A. Boving.
Associate Professor: G. G. Moe.
Assistant Professor: D. G. Laird.
Assistant:   G. B. Boving.
Assistant:   R. A. Derick.
1. Soil and Soil Fertility.—An examination will be made of
the more important soil types; cultivation, manuring, and rotation of crops will be studied in their relation to soil productivity;
methods of treatment will be observed, and the principles underlying soil management and improvement will constitute the basis
for subsequent courses in Agronomy.
Two lectures per week.  First Term, First Year.       1 unit.
2. Field Crops.—This course embraces a study of the most
important grain, corn, forage, and root crops. A detailed study
of the crops, in the field and in the laboratory, will supplement
the lecture work in order to give the student a comprehensive
idea, not only of the different phases of crop production, but
also of the relative value of separate specimens and samples.
Two lectures and two laboratories per week. First Term,
Second Year. ^ df 1 2 units.
3. Seed Growing.—This course deals with the production
and marketing of vegetable, root, clover, and grass seeds.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week.   First Term,
Third Year. V/2 units.
(Not offered in 1924-25.)
4. Field Crops (Advanced.)—Course 4 constitutes a more
detailed study of field crops than was possible in Course 2. It
also embraces special lecture and laboratory work on the harvesting, threshing, cleaning, storing, and marketing of our
ordinary field crops. The two courses combined will give the
student a more complete understanding of the various factors
bearing upon the production of a first-class article, whether
intended for sale or for feeding. 202 Faculty of Agriculture
Two lectures and two laboratories per week. Second Term,
Third Year. 2 units.
(Not offered in 1924-25.)
5. Farm Management.—This course embraces a study of the
selecting, planning, and operating of a farm. Various conditions,
systems and practices prevailing on the American Continent and
in Europe will be discussed and compared.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term,
Fourth Year. V/2 units.
(Open to Third Year Students in 1924-25.)
6. Field-crop Judging—The judging and handling of
grains, grasses, forage and root crops will be taken up in the
field as well as in the laboratory.
One lecture and two laboratories per week. First Term,
Fourth Year. V/2 units.
(Open to Third Year Students in 1924-25.)
7. Soil Management.—Different systems of cultivation, rotation, manuring and irrigation, as practised in Canada and
elsewhere, will be discussed, and the influence of these factors
on the maintenance or exhaustion of soil fertility will be studied.
Two lectures per week and six half-days during term.
Second Term, Third Year. V/2 units.
8. Plant-breeding.—This course is planned to follow
Biology 2. With this as a basis the course is designed to illustrate and explain the breeding of field crops.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Fourth Year. V/2 units.
9. Field Experiments.—The scope, the methods and the
interpretation of field experiments will be discussed, and a study
will be made of the more important results obtained in different
parts of the world.
Two lectures per week. Second Term, Fourth Year.  1 unit.
(Open to Third Year Students in 1924-25.) Animal Husbandry 203
10. Thesis.—Subject to be selected with the approval of the
Head of the Department before the end of the Third Year;
the written thesis to be handed in before the 1st of April in
the Graduating Year. 3 units.
11. Crop Adaptation and Distribution.—The relation of
field crops to elevation, climate and soils will be studied in order
to give the student a comprehensive idea of the distribution of
crops and the adaptation of various types to different parts of
the world.
One lecture per week. First Term, Fourth Year.     y2 unit.
Students majoring in Agronomy are required to work one
year under the direction of the Department.
Department of Animal Husbandry
Professor: H. M. King.
Assistant Professor: R. L. Davis.
Assistant Professor:  W. N. Jones.
Assistant: H. R. Hare.
Lecturer in Veterinary Science:   J. G. Jervis.
1. Market Classes and Grades of Live Stock.—A study of
the characteristics and requirements of the various market
classes and grades of beef cattle, dairy cattle, horses, sheep,
swine and goats.
Texts: Plumb, Judging Farm Animals. Vaughan, Types
and Market Classes of Live Stock.
Three two-hour laboratories per week. Second Term, First
Year. V/2 units.
2. Breeds of Cattle.—A study of the origin, history of
development, characteristics, and adaptations of the breeds of
cattle. Students will be required to make several trips to leading
herds in the Province.
Text:  Plumb, Types and Breeds of Farm Animals.
Prerequisites: Animal Husbandry 1 and 4.
Two three-hour laboratories per week.   First Term, Third
Year. 1 unit. 204 Faculty of Agriculture
3. Breeds of Horses, Sheep, Swine and Goats.—A study of
the origin, history of development, characteristics, and adaptations of the breeds of horses, sheep, swine and goats.
Text:   Plumb, Types and Breeds of Farm Animals.
Prerequisites: Animal Husbandry 1 and 4.
Two three-hour laboratories per week.  Second Term, Third
Year. 1 unit..
4. Live-stock Feeding -and Management.—The feeding, care,
and management from birth to maturity of the various types
of live stock.
Text: Henry and Morrison, Feeds and Feeding, abridged
edition.
Prerequisite:   Animal Husbandry 1.
Three lectures per week.    First Term, Second Year.
iy2 units.
5. Advanced Judging.—A continuation of the type of work
represented in the laboratory of Animal Husbandry 2 and 3.
Designed to strengthen Animal Husbandry students in the selection of herd sires, foundation breeding herds, and in the building-
up of superior flocks and herds. Students will be required to
make several trips to leading herds in the Province.
Prerequisites:  Animal Husbandry 2 and 3.
Two two-hour laboratories per week. First Term, Fourth
Year. 1 unit.
One three-hour laboratory per week in the fitting and
handling of live stock is required of Animal Husbandry major
students. y2 additional unit.
6. Live-stock Breeding.—A study of the principles of
breeding in their application to live-stock development and
improvement.
Prerequisites:  Animal Husbandry 2 and 3 and Biology 2.
Two lectures per week.   Second Term, Third Year.
1 unit.
(Not offered in 1924-25.) Animal Husbandry 205
7. Herd, Flock and Stud-book Study.—An advanced course
in the study of the principal breeds of live stock, familiarizing
the student with the leading sires, dams, families, and herds of
the various breeds, and the blood lines entering into their
formation.   Emphasis will be placed upon a study of pedigrees.
Prerequisites: Animal Husbandry 2 and 3.
Two lectures and one three-hour   laboratory   per   week.
Second Term, Third Year. 1% units.
(Not offered in 1924-25.)
8. Nutrition.—A study of the elements and compounds
important to animal nutrition and their relation to the animal
organism; the digestive system; the digestion, absorption,
assimilation, and disposition of food materials. A study of the
various feedstuffs.
Texts: Henry and Morrison, Feeds and Feeding. Armsby,
Animal Nutrition.
Two lectures per week.   First Term, Fourth Year. 1 unit.
(Open to Third Year students in 1924-25.)
9. Animal Feeding.—The feeding of all classes of live stock,
having distinct regard to the economic problems confronting the
breeder and the producer.
Text:  Henry and Morrison, Feeds and Feeding.
Three lectures per week.   Second Term, Fourth Year.
V/2 units.
(Open to Third Year students in 1924-25.)
10. Markets and Marketing.—A careful study of the markets with their requirements for live stock and live-stock
products, and the relation which these bear to production.
Marketing of breeding stock.
Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 7.
Two lectures per week.  First Term, Fourth Year.     1 unit.
(Open to Third Year students in 1924-25.)
11. Thesis and Seminar.—Students majoring in Animal
Husbandry are required to write a thesis on some live-stock 206 Faculty of Agriculture
subject, the selection being made by the student with the
approval of the Head of the Department. The subject of this
thesis shall be chosen not later than the end of the Third Year.
3 units.
A seminar of one hour per week for the special study of
current problems and literature shall be held. 1 unit.
12. Live-stock Practice.—Every Animal Husbandry student
is required to spend the summer months between the Third and
Fourth Years on an approved live-stock farm and to present a
written report upon his summer's work before entering upon
the Second Term of the Fourth Year.
Open only to students majoring in Animal Husbandry.
1 unit.
13. Farm and Ranch Management.—The management of
the range, ranch, and farm for the production of live stock.
Texts: Potter, Western Live Stock Management. Sampson,
Farm and Range Management.
Prerequisite:  Animal Husbandry 12.
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Second Term, Fourth Year. iy2 units.
14. Veterinary Science.—A study of the common diseases
of horses, cattle, sheep, swine and goats; their causes, prevention, and treatment.
Prerequisites: Animal Husbandry 1 and 4.
Three lectures per week.   First Term, Third Year.
iy2 units.
Department of Dairying
Professor:   Wilfrid Sadler.
Associate Professor: N. S. Golding.
Assistant:  C. D. Kelly.
1. Elementary Dairying.—An elementary course of lectures
on milk, cream, and the principles and practices of butter-
making.     Laboratory    work    in    cream-raising,    separators, Dairying 207
preparation of cream for butter-making, butter-making on the
farm, preparation of Devonshire clotted cream.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week. Second
Term, Second Year. VA units.
2. Farm Cheese-making.—Principles and practices of cheese-
making, hard-pressed, blue-veined, and soft; the making of
cheese on the farm; a general knowledge required of the principal varieties of each class of cheese, and laboratory practice
in the making of standard varieties.
This course is offered in the Third Year or Fourth Year to
students other than those who propose to major in Dairying.
One lecture and six hours laboratory per week for one term.
V/2 units.
(Not offered in 1924-25.)
3. Dairy Bacteriology.—The bacteriology of milk, and milk
products; sources of bacteria in milk, number and varieties;
influence of time, temperature, etc., on these; methods of culture
and isolation; fermentation of milk, lactic, butyric, peptonizing,
gaseous, ropy, etc.; relation of milk to spread of tuberculosis,
typhoid fever, and other diseases; pasteurization and sterilization of milk; certified milk and bacterial standards applied to
milk; relation of bacteria to cream, butter-making and butter;
control of bacteria in relation to milk and milk products.
Two lectures and six hours laboratory per week. First
Term, Third Year. 2 units.
4. Creamery    Butter-making. — Creamery butter-making;
grading   of   cream;   treatment   and preparation of cream for
butter-making;     pasteurization;     manufacture    of    creamery
butter;  judging, grading, and marketing of butter.
Prerequisite:  Dairying 3.
One lecture and six hours laboratory per week. Second
Term, Third Year. V/2 units.
(Not offered in 1924-25.)
5. Market Milk.—The hygienic aspect of milk production;
the bacterial quality of machine-drawn versus hand-drawn milk; 208 Faculty of Agriculture
certified milk; handling and management of milk for city consumption; grading of milk on bacterial standards; pasteurization; transportation and distribution of milk; ordinances and
regulations concerning the sale of milk. This course will include
laboratory work in dairy bacteriology, practice in the dairy, and
visits to selected farms and milk distributing depots.
One lecture and six hours laboratory per week. Second
Term, Third Year. V/2 units.
6. Cheese and Cheese-making.—This course deals with the
principles and practices of cheese-making—hard-pressed, blue-
veined, and soft.
Offered to those majoring in Dairying.
Two lectures and six hours laboratory per week.   Fourth
Year. 4 units.
(Open to Third Year students in 1924-25.)
7. Dairy Bacteriology.—Qualitative and quantitative bacteriological analysis of market milk, condensed milk, milk
powder, cream, butter, and cheese; bacterial changes in
storage butter; ripening of cheese. Opportunities are presented
for exercising bacterial control of the various processes carried
out in the dairy laboratory.
Offered to those majoring in Dairying.
One lecture  and six hours laboratory per week.    First
Term, Fourth Year. V/2 units.
(Open to Third Year students in 1924-25.)
8. Testing of Milk and Dairy Products.—The testing of
milk, cream, butter, and cheese; the selling of milk and cream
on the butter-fat basis; causes of variation in butter-fat content.
One lecture-laboratory per week. First Term, Fourth Year.
y2 unit.
(Open to Third Year students in 1924-25.)
9. Dairy Buildings and Equipment.—Buildings suitable for
handling of milk and manufacturing of dairy products; their
situation, construction, arrangement; equipment of farm dairies, Horticulture 209
creameries, and cheese-factories.    This course includes detailed
studies of selected buildings.
One lecture and one laboratory per week.   Second  Term,
Fourth Year. 1 unit.
(Not offered in 1924-25.)
10. The Judging and Grading of Milk and Milk Products.—
Offered to students of the Senior Year. V/2 units.
(Open to Third Year students in 1924-25.)
11. Thesis. •'< units
Department of Horticulture
Professor:   F. M. Clement.
Associate Professor:   A. F. Barss.
Assistant Professor:    F.  E. Buck.
Assistant:  W. A. Middleton.
A. Principles of Fruit Growing.—The aim in this course
is to give the student sufficient instruction in the fundamental
steps in the growing of tree fruits and small fruits, to enable
him to care for the home plantings.
Two lectures per week.   First Term, First Year.      1 unit.
B. Principles of Gardening.—A study of the principles
involved in the planting and growing of the more important
vegetables, flowers, and ornamental trees and shrubs for the
farm home and garden.
Two lectures per week.   Second Term, Second Year.
1 unit.
Courses A and B are designed to meet the needs of all
students in Agriculture, giving them a general knowledge of the
care of Horticultural crops. At the same time these courses are
fundamental for students who are planning to take further
courses in Horticulture.
3. Practical Pomology.—A detailed study of the best
methods in Orchard Management with field practice in various 210 Faculty of Agriculture
orchard operations, such as planting, pruning, and spraying.
The course also deals with the culture of small fruits.
Two lectures and two laboratories per week. Second Term,
Third Year. 2 units.
(Not offered in 1924-25.)
4. Plant Propagation and Nursery Practice.—This course
deals with the methods used in propagating plants, including
budding and grafting; and with Commercial Nursery practices.
One lecture and one laboratory per week. First Term,
Third Year. 1 unit.
(Not offered in 1924-25.)
5. Commercial Pomology.—A study of the problems connected with the handling of fruits and vegetables—harvesting,
grading, packing, shipping, storing, marketing; packing and
storage houses; marketing associations; costs of production and
marketing.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term,
Fourth Year. V/2 units.
(Open to Third Year students in 1924-25.)
6. Systematic Pomology.—A course in description, identification, classification, displaying, and judging of fruits. The
course also includes a certain amount of work in Systematic
Olericulture.
One lecture and two laboratories per week. First Term,
Fourth Year. V/2 units.
(Open to Third Year students in 1924-25.)
7. Practical Vegetable Gardening.—A study of the problems
connected with the commercial growing of vegetables, including
the selection of a location, soil requirements, fertilizing, irrigating, and special cultural methods for the more important vegetables. This course also deals with the construction of hot-beds,
cold-frames, greenhouses, and their management in the forcing
of vegetable crops.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Fourth Year. V/2 units.
(Open to Third Year students in 1924-25.) Poultry Husbandry 211
8. Special Horticulture.—A course for the study of special
branches of Commercial Horticulture, including the manufacture of horticultural products, such as canned foods, dried
products, jams, jellies, and fruit juices.
Two lectures per week.  Second Term, Fourth Year.
1 unit.
9. Horticultural Problems.—An introduction to the study
of problems in Horticulture, including the breeding of Horticultural crops, variety adaptations, and methods of research,
together with a review of Horticultural investigational work in
other institutions. There will also be practice in outlining
investigations, and in preparing reports.
Two lectures per week.   Second Term, Fourth Year.
1 unit.
10. Landscape Gardening and Floriculture.—The course
aims to give the student a working knowledge of the selection,
planting and care of ornamental plants—trees, shrubs, and
flowers; with the principles for the improvement of home
grounds, school grounds, city streets, and parks. The course
includes practice in identification of plant materials; also practice in making of planting plans.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term,
Fourth Year. V/2 unite.
11. Thesis. 3 unite.
Department of Poultry Husbandry
Professor:   E. A. Lloyd.
Assistant  Professor:   V.  S.  Asmundson.
Assistant: R. J. Skelton.
1. General.—Includes a study of the fundamentals of
poultry-keeping, such as: Breeds, breeding, and judging; feeds
and feeding; locating and constructing poultry-houses; equipment; incubation and brooding; markets and marketing.    The 212 Faculty of Agriculture
class-room lectures and recitations are supplemented with practice work in the laboratory.
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory per week. Second
Term, Second Year. V/2 units.
2. Markets and Marketing.—An advanced course in the
preparation and marketing of poultry products. Students
taking this course are required to prepare products for market,
and, when possible, to do the actual marketing.
One lecture and one two-hour laboratory per week. First
Term. 1 unit.
3. Incubation and Brooding.—A study of the problems concerned in hatching and rearing poultry. Practice is given in
the operation of different types of incubators and brooders.
One lecture and two two-hour laboratories per week.
Second Term. iy2 unite.
4. Breeds and Breeding.—Arranged to give the student a
general understanding of the principles of breeding as applied
to Poultry Husbandry. Emphasis is laid upon breeding for egg
and meat production.
Prerequisite: Biology 4.
One   lecture and   two   two-hour   laboratories   per   week.
Second Term. ^ V/2 units.
• (Not offered in 1924-25.)
5. Poultry Management.—A study of systems of extensive
and intensive poultry-farming. Capital, labour, and economic
methods of flock management are studied.
Required of Seniors in Poultry Husbandry.   First Term.
One lecture and four hours laboratory per week. V/2 units.
6. Advanced Poultry Husbandry.—Arranged to give the
student an opportunity for special and original problems.
Required of Seniors in Poultry Husbandry.   Second Term.
Hours by arrangement. 4 unite. Agricultural Economics 213
7. Feeds and Feeding.—Consists of a study of the various
feedstuff's used for poultry, and their value; the balancing of
rations; a study of experimental data and practice in feeding.
Required of Seniors in Poultry Husbandry.    First Term.
Prerequisites: Poultry Husbandry 1; Animal Husbandry 8.
One lecture and three hours laboratory and practice per
week. 1 unit.
8. Poultry Literature.—A study of scientific literature
published on poultry problems, and the gathering of reports,
data, and information.
One lecture per week.   Six hours practice work.   V/2 units*
(Not offered in 1924-25.)
9. Judging and Selection.—Judging according to standard
and selection for egg production.
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week.
iy2 unite.
(Open to Third Year students in 1924-25.)
10. Thesis. 3 units.
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS
Dean Clement.
1. (a) Farmer Movements.—A study of the Grange; the
Patrons of Industry; the Farmers' Alliance; the American-
Society of Equity; the Non-partisan League; the Farm Bureau
Federation; the United Farmers, and other farmer organizations.
(b) Rural Life.—The country life movement; the rural
school; the country church; rural surveys, and a study of special'
topics, such as, recreation in country life; the farmer's standard
of living; the functions of a small town;  rural migrations.
Lectures and assigned readings. 3 units*.
(Not offered in 1924-25.) 214 Faculty of Agriculture
2. (a)  Agricultural  Economics.—An   application   of   the
principles of Economics to the field of Agriculture.
Taylor, Agricultural Economics, Macmillan.
(b)  The Marketing of Farm Products.—An analysis of the
marketing problem as it applies to Agriculture.
Macklin, Efficient Marketing for Agriculture, Macmillan.
Lectures and assigned readings. 3 units.
Note: Where courses other than those listed under Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture, Poultry
Husbandry and Agricultural Economics are mentioned, the
student will please refer to outlines of courses in Arts and Science
or Applied Science. Regulations as to Degree Courses 215
REGULATIONS AS TO M.A., M.A.Sc, AND M.S.A.
COURSES
1. Candidates for the M.A., M.A.Sc, or M.S.A. degree must
hold a bachelor's degree from this University, or its equivalent.
The B.A. is prerequisite for the M.A., the B.A.Sc. for the
M.A.Sc, and the B.S.A. for the M.S.A.
2. A graduate of another university applying for permission
to enter as a graduate student is required to submit with his
application an official statement of his graduation together with
a certificate of the standing gained in the several subjects of
his course. The Faculty concerned will determine the standing
of such a student in this University. The fee for examination
of certificates is $2.00.
3. Candidates with approved degrees and academic records
who proceed to the Master's degree shall be required:
(a.)  To spend one year in resident graduate study; or
(b.)   (At the discretion of the Faculty concerned):
(i.) To do two or more years of private work
under the supervision of the University,
such work to be equivalent to one year of
graduate study; or,
(ii.) To do one year of private work under
University supervision and one term of
resident graduate study, the total of such
work to be equivalent to one year of
resident graduate study.
4. One major and one minor shall be required.
5. (a.)  A thesis must be prepared on some approved topic
in the major subject.
(6.) Examinations,  written  or  oral,  or both,  shall be
required.
6. Two typewritten copies of each thesis, on standard-sized
thesis paper, shall be submitted. (See special circular of
"Instructions for the Preparation of Masters' Theses.")
7. Application for admission as a graduate student shall
be made to the Registrar by October 15th.   For fees see Page 33. 216 The University of British Columbia
LIST   OF   STUDENTS   IN   ATTENDANCE,   SESSION   1923-24
FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE
First Yeah
Full Undergraduates
Name. Home Address.
Adams,  Charles    Vancouver
Adams, Dorothy Vancouver
Adams, Robert W New Westminster
Addinall, B. Leonard Vancouver
Allan, Dalton D Vancouver
Allan,  D.  Kathleen  Vancouver
Allen, J. Stanley   Naramata
Almond, Blanche   Vancouver
Andruss,  G.   Lena    Vancouver
Arkle, Hazel D New Westminster
Arnold, Jack R Vancouver
Ash, G. Ruth    Cloverdale
Astell, Joseph J Vancouver
Atkins,   Nancy   E Vancouver
Bailey, Charles F Vancouver
Baillie, Allan D Port Hammond
Baird, H. Percy Vancouver
Balge, Rosemary Vancouver
Ballard,  Ernest R Vancouver
Ballentine,  C.   Gordon    Vancouver
Barnes, Rex I. P Summerland
Barons, Dorothy K Vancouver
Barrett, Robert A Vancouver
Barron,  Philip  L Vancouver
Basiren, George    Vancouver
Bell, Douglas E Vancouver
Benedict, Olive P Burnaby
Bennett,  Gordon J North Vancouver
Berlet, Roy F Vancouver
Black,  Albert F Vancouver
Black, R.  May Vancouver
Bloomfield,  Marion  E Vancouver
Bow, Margaret North Vancouver
Boyes, Winifred E Vancouver
Brayne, L. Gertrude   Vancouver
Brooks, Leslie D. G Vancouver
Brown,   Dorothy   E Vancouver
Brown, Emma I Kamloops List of Students 217
Name. Home Address.
Brown, Norman Vancouver
Buchanan, Harry A Vancouver
Buckingham, William N Vancouver
Bumstead, V. Grace    Vancouver
Burton, Helen J. M Vancouver
Bushnell, C. Susan Vancouver
Butler, Francis A New Westminster
Calder, Jean E Vancouver
Caldicott,  Mary    Trail
Calland,  Barbara J Vancouver
Callander,  Glenn  G Vancouver
Cameron, M. Estelle   Vancouver
Cameron, Marion M Vancouver
Cameron, W. Murray Vancouver
Campbell, Henry N Vancouver
Carmichael,  Eva E Revelstoke
Carnwath,   Irene  H Vancouver
Carpenter, R. Burton Vancouver
Casselman,  Ralph    Vancouver
Cattell, F.  Muriel    Vancouver
Chadbourne,  Bessie S Vancouver
Chappell,   Grace   M Vancouver
Chisholm, Beatrice M Vancouver
Chisholm, Loretta A Vancouver
Chislett, Charlotte   Vancouver
Clancy, A. Ford Woodfibre
Clark, Wm. Thomson    Middlesboro
Clyne, Nora K Vancouver
Coade, Lillian  M Vancouver
Coatham, Viola I New Westminster
Code,  Evelyn A Vancouver
Cohen,  G.  George    Vancouver
Cole, Mary J Vancouver
Coles, Hilda Vancouver
Coombe, Dorothy L Vancouver
Cottingham,   Mollie  E Vancouver
Crawford, Alan M Vancouver
Crawford, Lionel G Middlesboro
Crosby, Harry A Vancouver
Curtis, James D North Vancouver
Dale, Claude C Vancouver
Dalyrymple, Thomas   Vancouver
Davidson, Elsie A Vancouver
Davis, Harry V Revelstoke 218 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address,
Davis,  Lucille  M Vancouver
De Cew, Wm. Howard    Vancouver
Denman, Ester O. Vancouver
Dick, R. Norman  . . . Britannia Mines
Dlmmick, Fred W Burnaby
Dinsmore, Evelyn M Vancouver
Dobbins,  Elizabeth  G Vancouver
Douglas, Isobel M New Westminster
Dowsley,   Gertrude  O ". . . .Vancouver
Duncan, James W.  D '. . .Vancouver
Duncan,   John  D Vancouver
Dwinnell, Edith L Vancouver
Edwards, Edith I Vancouver
Edwards, Harold H Vancouver
Elliott,  E.  Nelles    Sardis
Elliott,  Frank W Vancouver
Ellis, Ormonde B Vancouver
Esler,  Nancy Vancouver
Estey,  Alice  L Vancouver
Farrington, John L Kerrisdale
Farris, Katherine H Vancouver
Fawcett,  Mary A Vancouver
Fewster,   Phyllis  C Vancouver
Fletcher,   Ralph   R Merritt
Fowler, Helen A. W Vancouver
Fraser, Ella M Huntingdon
Fraser, Jean H Vancouver
Freeland,  Gertrude  L Vancouver
Freeman,  Kathleen  S Cranbrook
Frost,  G.  Herbert    Vancouver
Fry,  Vera  S Vancouver
Fugler,   M.   Ethel    Vancouver
Fullerton,   William   E Vancouver
Gillespie,  Robert M Vancouver
Gilley, Jean R. D New Westminster
Goldsworthy, Robert T Vancouver
Gordon, Ronald E. K New Westminster
Graham, Leslie W Vancouver
Grant,  James V Vancouver
Grant, Ruby R Vancouver
Grant, Vivian J Vancouver
Green, Lillooet K New Westminster
Gretton, Ronald H Vancouver
Grimmett, Jack A Vancouver List of Students 219
Name. Home Address.
Gross, Aubrey W Vancouver
Groves,  Kenneth  P Vancouver
Guernsey,   Mary   E Vancouver
Gustafson,  Carl E Vancouver
Gustafson, Homer T Vancouver
Hadgkiss,   Annie  L Vancouver
Haight,   Lillian    Vancouver
Hall,   Harold    Vancouver
Handley, M. Dorothy Port Coquitlam
Hannah, Anita M Vancouver
Harcus,  Helen  S North Vancouver
Harding,  Cora L Vancouver
Hards,  Albert  A Vancouver
Hardwick, Muriel C Vancouver
Harris, Gordon G Gibson's  Landing
Harrison,  F.  Margaret    Langley Prairie
Hart,   Edwyna D Vancouver
Harvey,   Gladys   S Vancouver
Harvey, James T Vancouver
Harvie, Ralph A Vancouver
Hatfield,  Harley  R Penticton
Hedley,   Elsie    Vernon
Hedley,   Mathew   S Vancouver
Hemsworth, Phyllis M Vancouver
Henderson, Aileen V. C Vancouver
Henderson,  Arnold  E Vancouver
Henderson,   Elinor   J Vancouver
Hermon, Katherine H Vancouver
Hicks, Ruby F.   , Vancouver
Hill,   Evelyn   M Vancouver
Hill, R. Arthur    West Vancouver
Hilton,  Grace  I Vancouver
Hitchin,   Edward     Mission
Hockin, John M Vancouver
Holland,   F.   Jean    Vancouver
Honeyford, O. Keith Vancouver
Hood, Thomas E Vancouver
Hooson, Katherine . . . Chilliwack
Hornbrook, Ethel E Vancouver
Horwood, Hereward C Vancouver
How, H. Jessie    Chilliwack
Howard,   Hedley  V Vancouver
Howay,  Undine  L New Westminster
Hulbert, Audrey M. E Sardis 220 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Hume,  C.  Bruce    Revelstoke
Hunter, Helen M Silverton
Hurry,   Margaret  I Vancouver
Hyndman, Ray J Vancouver
Ingledew, William E Vancouver
Irwin, Everett J Vancouver
Irwin,  Ronald  E North Vancouver
Jacques,   Lola   B Vancouver
Jagger,   Albert   E New  Westminster
Jay,  Harry V Cumberland
Jeffers, Rhoda M Vancouver
Jenks,   Robert    Eburne
Jenkins, Anne S Notch Hill
Johnson, Andrew S Burnaby
Johnston, Albert D Vancouver
Johnston, Frederick B Vancouver
Johnston, Mary H Vancouver
Jolliff, E. Loraine Vancouver
Jones, Allan J Nanaimo
Jones, Gomer Hedley
Jones, Katherine E Vancouver
Jones, Lucius D North Vancouver
Keillor, Margaret G Vancouver
Keith, Dorothy F Enderby
Kelly, F. Harold    Vancouver
Kennedy, Edna L Capilano
Kennedy,  Evelyn A New Westminster
Kennedy,  Mamie  M Vancouver
Kerr, Ida M Vancouver
Kilpatrick,  M.  Elspeth    Vancouver
King, Hubert B Vancouver
King, Lillian E Burnaby
King,   Roy    North Vancouver
Kirk, Dan W Vancouver
Kirk, J. Olag Vancouver
Kirk, Jean S Vancouver
Lade,  Helen  C Vancouver
Lam, George Vancouver
Lamb, Kaye    Cloverdale
Lambert, Phyllis M North Vancouver
Lamont,  Donald   M Vancouver
Lamont,  K.   Mary    Vancouver
Lane, Mary E New Westminster
Langstaff, Dorothy M Merritt List of Students 221
Name. Home Address.
Lasser, Freda Vancouver
Laverock, Doris L Vancouver
Lazarus,   Minnie   R Vancouver
Lazorek, William Anyox
Leek, Walter E Vancouver
Legg, John H New Westminster
Leigh, Digby M Revelstoke
Leith,  Bessie    Prince George
Leith, Edward I Prince George
Leyland, Constance M Vancouver
Liddell, Elsie A Vancouver
Liddell, Mary Vancouver
Litch, Edith S Vancouver
Logie, Russell M Vancouver
Lyons,  Phyllis M Vancouver
Manning, Cyril M Vancouver
Manson, Nicol B Cortez Island
Marrion, Oscar G Vancouver
Martin, Harry K South Wellington
Masters, George E Vancouver
Mattice, Clarence R Keremeos
Maxwell, J. Allison   , New Westminster
Mercer, Elsie    New Westminster
Metz, Alice W Vancouver
Millener, Violet M Vancouver
Milley, Elva M Vancouver
Mills,  Elsie D Vancouver
Millward, Louis G Vancouver
Mitton, J.  Raymond    Vancouver
Moffatt, Arnold V Vancouver
Moffatt, Kenneth F Vernon
Moody, Elise Vancouver
Moody,  Frederick J Vancouver
Moore,  Kathleen  M Vancouver
Mooyboor, Abram P Grand Forks
Morden, Fred Kelowna
Morell, A. Ernest Vancouver
MorfItt, Wilson G Vancouver
Morley, Alan P Penticton
Morrison, Edmund Vancouver
Mottley,  Charles  M Kamloops
Munro, Hector G Vancouver
Muylaert, Stanley F South Wellington
McBain, Wilberta J Vancouver 222 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
McBeath, Hazel M Vancouver
McCutcheon, W. Lipton Sardis
McDevitt,   Elizabeth    Vancouver
McDiarmid, Margaret A Ladner
Macdonald, John E Vancouver
McFadyen, Genevieve    Cumberland
McGilvray,   J.   Charles    Vancouver
McGuffin, Thelma P New Westminster
McGugan, Donald M Vancouver
Maclnnes, W. Edmund    Vancouver
Mcintosh, Josephine H Vancouver
Mcintosh, Mary H Vancouver
Mclntyre, Marjorie C Vancouver
McKay,   Dorothy  C New Westminster
McKechnie, Neil D. New Westminster
McKechnie,  Robert E Vancouver
MacKenzie,  Donald    Vancouver
MacKenzie, Henriette D Vancouver
McKie,  Archibald    Vancouver
MacKinnon, John M.  . Fraser Mills
MacKinnon,  N.  D.  Clyde    Cranbrook
MacKnight, Mary L. E Anyox
McLaren, Mary M Vancouver
McLaughlin, Cecil E Vancouver
MacLean,  Courtney F Vancouver
McLean, James B Vancouver
McLean, John A Vancouver
McLean, J. Donald Vancouver
McLuckie, Alan J Vancouver
MacNeill, Lome C Vancouver
Macpherson,  W.  Garfield    Vancouver
McQuarrie,  Clare N Vancouver
McQuarrie,   George  R New Westminster
McQuarrie, Hector N North Vancouver
McRae,   Margaret  S Agassiz
McSweyn, Maxine M. M Vancouver
MacTavish,  Isabelle G Vancouver
Me Williams, Harold G Vancouver
Nation, Dorothy J Vancouver
Nelson, Emma New Westminster
Newby, D. Cecil Sardis
Nixon, Evelyne Vancouver
Noble, Kenneth F Vancouver
Northey, Helen G Vancouver List of Students 223
Name. Home Address.
Odams, Winnifred D Kamloops
Page, Elizabeth M Cascade
Page, Miriam H Clinton
Parker, A. Gray Vancouver
Parkin, Leona A North Vancouver
Parmley, Robert J Penticton
Partington, Dorothy L. R West Vancouver
Partridge, E. Douglas Cumberland
Paterson, Kathleen D Ladner
Peck, Helen T Vancouver
Pettapiece, Edna L Vancouver
Phillips,  G.  Lindsay    Vancouver
Phillips, R. Goundry  Vancouver
Piggott,  Eleanora    Armstrong
Pound, Marion A '. New Westminster
Pumphrey, K. Avis   Vancouver
Quigley, Arthur K Vancouver ,
Rae, Charlotte, C North Vancouver
Rae, Z. Margaret North Vancouver
Ralph, Isobel   Vancouver
Ralph, Kathleen  M Vancouver
Ramsay, Amelia S. A Vancouver
Reid, Elsie M Vancouver
Reid, Katherine O. M New Westminster
Reid, Mary A Salmon Arm
Reynolds, H. Elizabeth Vernon
Reynolds, C. Murray Nanaimo
Riddell, J. Marie Vancouver
Ridington,  Bernard C Vancouver
Ridley, H. McDonell   Vancouver
Ripstein, Horace R Vancouver
Rive, Gertrude Vancouver
Robertson,   Mary  S Vancouver
Robinson, Audrey F Vancouver
Robinson E. Patricia Victoria
Robinson, George R Vancouver
Robinson, Lillian A Vancouver
Roblin, Mable E ". Vancouver
Robson, Annie O Vancouver
Rogers, William W Vancouver
Ross, Gladys W. Vancouver
Ross, Lucy K Vancouver
Ryan, Margaret I. E. J New Westminster
Sanford,  Aubrey   C New Westminster 224 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Schultz, Charles D North Vancouver
Scott, Elizabeth L Vancouver
Scott,  Norman T Kamloops
Scouse, A. H Steveston
Selman, W. Russell Vancouver
Seymour, Wallace W Vancouver
Shakespeare, Jack S North Vancouver
Sharpham, Arthur L Vancouver
Shaw, Annie M Eburne
Sherbert, Ethel M Vancouver
Shields, Gordon J Vancouver
Shoove, May O Vancouver
Sills, John S Vancouver
Silver, Ethel M Vancouver
Simpson,  Evelyn  K McKay
Sinclair,  James    Vancouver
Sinclair,  Mary R Vancouver
Smith, Harold D Vancouver
Smith, Harry   Vancouver
Smythe, Enid G New Westminster
Snell, Charles O Vancouver
Somerton, Thomas W Fort George
Stapleton, Ralph W North Vancouver
Stevens, Francis H Vancouver
Stevenson, M. Ian   Vancouver
Stewart, C. Jean   New Westminster
Stewart, Jean E Vancouver
Stewart, Maxwell M Vancouver
Stocks, Freda Vancouver
Straus, A. Donalda Vancouver
Streight, H. R. Lyle New Westminster
Stringer, Lillian E Vancouver
Sutherland, James B Vancouver
Swanson, J. Alexander   Vancouver
Swanson, Violet M Vancouver
Taylor, Daisy Vancouver
Taylor, Reginald M Vancouver
Tennant, Jean E. S Vancouver
Terhune, Stuart J Rossland
Thompson, George Vancouver
Thompson, Henrietta B  Vancouver
Thompson, Lloyd B Vancouver
Thompson, Mary    Vancouver
Thomson, Charles M Vancouver List of Students 225
Name. Home Address.
Thomson, William E Vancouver
Thorsteinsson, Lily Vancouver
Tippett, Mary E Nanaimo
Todd, Duncan K Vancouver
Tomlin, Dorothy R Summerland
Tupper, Bertram R Vancouver
Turley, Edith F Vancouver
Turner, Agnes J Vancouver
Turpin,  William  H Vancouver
Underhill, H. Margaretta   Edmonds
Vance, Thelma H North Vancouver
Vosper, V. Lorine    Vancouver
Waddicor,  Renee S.   . Vancouver
Wagg, E. Blanche Vancouver
Walker, Day North Vancouver
Walmsley, Sheridan E New Westminster
Warden, David C Vancouver
Warne, John F Vancouver
Watson, Neil M Vancouver
Webb, Beatrix M Vancouver
Welch, Constance M Vancouver
Wellington, Beatrice M Vancouver
Wells, Harry N Vancouver
Whelan,  Eileen    Vancouver
Whiles,  Dorothy  E Vancouver
White, Cecil B Vancouver
Whittaker, Constance A Vancouver
Whitworth, Lola M.    Vancouver
Wilde, Elsie Vancouver
Wilkinson, Margery H Vancouver
Williams, V. Benjamin Vancouver
Wilson, Carl A  Sardis
Wilson, Gerald D Vancouver
Wilson,   Isabel  A.    Vancouver
Wilson, Jean K Cranbrook
Wilson, Kenneth E Kamloops
Winn, Herbert C Vancouver
Winter, Edythe W  .Vancouver
Wong, Margaret Vancouver
Wood, Margaret V Vancouver
Woodworth, Charles A Vancouver
Woodworth, Hugh McC Vancouver
Worthington, Nellie Vancouver
Wright, Henry C North Vancouver 226 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Wright, Laurence O Vancouver
Wright, Noel N. Summerland
Yingling, Elizabeth M.    Revelstoke
Young, Elizabeth G Vancouver
Conditioned
Anthony, Arthur T Vancouver
Barton, Lennox J. New Westminster
Brown, William C. . Hammond
Clegg, E. Beatrix . Vancouver
Cooper, Robert K Vernon
Cornwall, May V. A. Vancouver
Crickmay, Alfred B. North Vancouver
Cunningham, Frederick H Burnaby
Elliott, Flora M Vancouver
Ewing, Lorna J. North Vancouver
Forsyth, Winnifred F Vancouver
Freeborn, Grace M Vancouver
Galloway, Walter F Vancouver
Greenwood, Evelyn    Vancouver
Gurd, Jack W. M Vancouver
Hearle, Arthur Osoyoos
Hume, Robert C Revelstoke
Johnstsn, Trevor D Vancouver
Lambert, L. Godfrey Vancouver
Lockerbie, David 8 Sullivan
Massey, Ruth E Vancouver
Morrison, Laurance R Kelvington,  Sask.
Mulhern, Edmond F Vancouver
Newby, Raymond C Sardis
Pretlous, Edward S Hollyburn
Richmond, Hector A Vernon
Robinson, Eleanor G Vancouver
Smith, John H Vancouver
Smith, Virginia L Sardis
Sparks, Wilburg H Vancouver
Stables, K. Jeam    Vancouver
Wales, Mona M Vancouver
Wonder, C. E. Ruel   Vancouver
Wood, Ronald W. H Salmon Arm
Partial
Bain, Hilda A.   Vancouver
Brynildsen,  Robert K.    Bella Coola List of Students 227
Name. Home Address.
Corry, Jack R Vancouver
Cottrell, Muriel E Vancouver
Davies, Dermot A Vancouver
Eason, Josephine B New Westminster
Evans, Alexander M. Vancouver
Gillen, James L Abbotsford
Halperin, Myer Vancouver
Hillis, Babs N Vancouver
Hockin, M. Jean Vancouver
Huestis, Eric S Red Deer, Alberta
Johnston, W. James   Vancouver
MacKay, John R Sask. Landing, Sask.
Mackenzie, Anne C Vancouver
Morris, Mary R Vancouver
Raby, Laura A Salmon Arm
Scott, John J Vancouver
Singh, Ajaib  (Sangha) Punjab, India
Singh, Bhagat Dhudike, Moga, India
Stinson, Rena C Vancouver
Takagaki, Shinzo Vancouver
Underwood, Thomas J. W Lynn Creek
Washington, Laurence A Vancouver
Wasson, Keith C Cranbrook
Wasson, Norman S Cranbrook
Wilson, Janet Vancouver
Wong, Violet   Vancouver
Second Yeab
Full Undergraduates
Allen, A.  Stewart    Naramata
Armour, J. Arnold K New Westminster
Armstrong, Helen J Penticton
Atkins, Orville S Vancouver
Baillie, Oenone G. Vancouver
Ball, Ralph H Kelowna
Balmer, Ian A Tuxford, Sask.
Barton, Bernice E Vancouver
Barton, Isobel W Vancouver
Barton, Lorna D Vancouver
Baynes, Doris D Vancouver
Bell, Wm. John Vancouver
Berkeley, Alfreda A Nanaimo
Birney, A. Earle Banff, Alberta 228 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Bolt, Sybil    Vancouver
Bonsall, Henry B Vancouver
Boyles, Sadie M Vancouver
Bridge, John W Vancouver
Bridgman,  Clara M Vancouver
Brown, Florence V Vancouver
Bullock-Webster, Marion I.   . Victoria
Burnett, Lila W Vancouver
Byrne, Thomas S Vancouver
Campbell, Mildred H Vancouver
Catterall, John L Vancouver
Chalmers, William' Vancouver
Chamberlain, Edward R Vancouver
Clark, H. Eustace F Vancouver
Clark, Kathleen L Vancouver
Conrad, Elsie Vancouver
Cooper, Ursula H Vancouver
Cranston, R. Roberta Vancouver
Crees, N. Jack   4V ■ ..... Vancouver
Davidson, Allen E New Westminster
Davies, Edward  Vancouver
Dickman, Esther E New Westminster
Dimock, Marjorie C Armstrong
Dobie, M. Helen New Westminster
Eaton, Virginia    Vancouver
Edwards, T. Bentley Eburne
Farrand, Charles J. S  .Vancouver
Faulkner, Jean C Vancouver
Fowler, Horace W Vancouver
Fraser,  Ruth Vancouver
Freeman,  Maurice  . Vancouver
Gadd, Gwendolyn M Vancouver
Galbraith, Gladys E Vancouver
Gallaugher,  Arthur F Vancouver
Garner, Edna B Vancouver
Gartshore, Hendrle L Vancouver
Gauthier,  Cairns A Vancouver
Gibbard, Charles A Mission
Gould,  Clara W.  H.    Vancouver
Grace, John    : New Westminster
Grantham, Herbert H Vancouver
Griffith,  Braham G Grand Forks
Gruchy, Allan G Vancouver
Heelas, John C * Armstrong List of Students 229
Name. Home Address.
Henderson, Annie A Vancouver
Henderson,  Robert  A Vancouver
Hill, Mark R Vancouver
Hodgins, Lillian L Nanaimo
How, Margaret I Chilliwack
Hunter, H. Murray Vancouver
Irwin, M. Lenora Vancouver
Jones, Margaret E Vancouver
Kidd, Honor M.   New Westminster
King, Esther E Vancouver
King, G. Agnes Vancouver
Kobe, Susumu    Vancouver
Lade, Mary E Vancouver
Langridge, Gertrude A. . Vancouver
Leach, F. Wanetta Vancouver
Lindsay (Blackwood) Isabelle   Vancouver
Lockard, Edith -F Vancouver
Logie, W. James   Vancouver
Lyttleton, Helen M Vancouver
Marin, Rosa A. M Vancouver
Mellish, A. Preston   Vancouver
Menten, Marjorie E New Westminster
Mercer, W. E. Arthur . . . .■. ..■.." New Westminster
Meredith, Joan O. F North Vancouver
Minaty, William Vancouver
Mitchell,  Marion    Vancouver
Moffatt, Alda C Vancouver
Moore, Hilton M Vancouver
Morrison, Louise D Vancouver
Morrison, Margaret G Vancouver
Murphy, William   . Vancouver
Myers, Alice Naramata
McCulloch, Walter F Kamloops
MacDonald, Eileen Vernon
MacDonald, Kenna C Vernon
McDougall, Edith E Vancouver
McGregor, Mary C Vancouver
Mcintosh, Margaret H Vancouver
Mclntyre, Charles M Vancouver
McKay, Doris G Vancouver
MacKay, Mary A Vancouver
MacKenzie, L. Margaret New Westminster
McLean, Cecilia M Vancouver
McLennan, Alan B Vancouver 230 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Nakano, Noboru A Cumberland
Nixon, Myrtle Vancouver
Norman, Ralph O Vancouver
Ogawa, Kiyo Vancouver
Osborne, Donald J. F Vancouver
Palmer, Russell A. . .. \ Vancouver
Phipps, E. Sheila M Vancouver
Pillsbury, Richard W Prince Rupert
Piters, Jack    Vancouver
Porter, Ida S Hollyburn
Potter, Frank Cumberland
Pradolini, Mario Revelstoke
Price, Anna E Vernon
Raby, 11a G Salmon Arm
Reid, Mary F Vancouver
Russell, Dorothy B Vancouver
Selwood, Pierce W Dundarave
Shiels, Georgina P.    Vancouver
Smith, Louis F West Summerland
Smith, Marion R Vancouver
Stirling, Barbara G Kelowna
Stirling, Gwendolen G Kelowna
Story, Jean M Vancouver
Straight, Winona T Vancouver
Stuart, Ronald J Vancouver
Sutherland, John H Vancouver
Swanson,  Margaret    Vancouver
Taylor, David South Wellington
Taylor, Thomas M. C  .Kelowna
Telford, Gordon D Vancouver
Thompson, Bertha H Vancouver
Thompson, Harold Vancouver
Thompson, William G Vancouver
Thurston, Roberta Port Moody
Tighe, Elsie M Calgary, Alberta
Turnbull, Walter R Vancouver
Usher, Katherine H,   Vancouver
Verchere, David R Ladysmith
Wales, Bertram E Vancouver
Wiedrick, Vernon A Vancouver
Woodrow, Jean    Vancouver
Conditioned
Arkwright,   Dorothy    Vancouver List of Students 231
Name. Home Address.
Ashworth, George W Vancouver
Blatchford,  Annie    Vancouver
Bride, Gordon McK Vancouver
Coghlan,  Basil S Vancouver
Crickmay, Geoffrey W Vancouver
Crickmay, James L North Vancouver
Cull, J. Simpson   . Vancouver
Edgett, Freda B Vancouver
Esler, Mary R Vancouver
Gilley, Hazel L New Westminster
Godfrey, Arthur T Nelson
Handford, Cecile    Vancouver
Herd, Agnes B. G Vancouver
Ladner, Edward M Vancouver
Ledingham, George M Vancouver
Lynn,  Mildred Vancouver
MacArthur, Freida C Vancouver
Macdonald, Alexander B Vancouver
Mcintosh, Mary C. E Vancouver
McMeans, Beatrice K Vancouver
Pedlow, Beulah W Vancouver
Purdy, Harry L Vancouver
Sutherland, John B Vancouver
Swencisky, Grace H. A New Westminster
Teeple, Ruth E Vancouver
Washington, Dorothy M Vancouver
Williams, Dorothy E Vancouver
Partial
Aitken, James    Vancouver
Domoney, Clarence    Vancouver
Dougan, Clarence A Vancouver
Dyble, Richard H loco
Eades, James E. North Vancouver
Godson,  Joy A Vancouver
Ledingham, Mary P Vancouver
Maclnnes, Gertrude E Vancouver
MacKinnon, Ronald L Vancouver
Rickard, Dorothy G Vancouver
Tennant, Margaret M Vancouver
Thorpe, Milton Vancouver
Thibd Ykab
Full Undergraduates
Allen, George A.   . Vancouver 232 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Anderson, Gwladys M Vancouver
Angell,  Eloise Vancouver
Anthony, Ed. Joseph Nakusp
Arkley, H. Osborne Vancouver
Auden, Kenneth F Vancouver
Ball, Robt. Wm Sandwick
Bell, Ella W Vancouver
Bell, Marjorie A Vancouver
Brown, Thos. Wilfrid Vancouver
Bull, Armour McK Vancouver
Burns, Nettie   Vancouver
Carpenter, Gilbert B Vancouver
Chapman, Edward F New Westminster
Charlton, David B Port Haney
Clarke, M. Kathleen Vancouver
Cowx, Joseph G Vancouver
Craig, J. Hannington Vancouver
Crich, Evelyn P Vancouver
Davidson, Jean E Vancouver
Dobbin, Mary H Vancouver
Dodds, Kathleen Vancouver
Dowling, Clifford H Vancouver
Duncan, Cedric J Vancouver
Dunn, Eric J Vancouver
Edwards, Lucy L Vancouver
Farrand, Zoe E Vancouver
Farrington, Eileen G Vancouver
Fee, Archie R W. Burnaby
Fee, Doris L Kamloops
Fisher, Jessie L Vancouver
Ford, Doris M Vancouver
Forster,  Eric   . . . Capilano
Gaddes,  Leonard    Vancouver
Gage, Walter H New Westminster
Gillanders, Earle B Chilliwack
Graham, Etta L Vancouver
Grauer, Albert E Vancouver
Gregory, Phyllis M Rossland
Griffith, Wm. Ivor Grand Forks
Groves, Dorothy Vancouver
Hagelstein, Geo. Frederick Langley Prairie
Hall, Winnifred M Vancouver
Hallamore, Gertrude Vancouver
Hankinson, Bessie   Vancouver List of Students 233
Name. Horn* Address.
Hardie, Wm. Leslie Vancouver
Harvey, Mary Vancouver
Hemingway, Allan Victoria
Henderson, Harold R Vancouver
Inglis, Kathleen M Gibson's Landing
Ingram, Sydney B Vancouver
Keay, Norah A.  . . Victoria
Keenan, T. James Vancouver
Kelly, Wilfred    , Vancouver
Lambert,  Walter  H Victoria
Lanning, Walter S. W Vancouver
Lucas, Edith E Victoria
Lyness, Dora I.   . . Vancouver
Martin, Edith I New Westminster
Masaziro Miyazaki   Vancouver
Mather, Vera G North Vancouver
Mathews, Ralph B Victoria
Mills, Reginald C.   ..... Vancouver
Mowatt, Laura S Vancouver
Murray, Dorothy A. Vancouver
MacDonald, Janet R New Westminster
MacDonald, Marguerite Armstrong
MacGill, Helen G Vancouver
McKillop, Lex Leslie Vancouver
McLarty,  Elsie  I Vancouver
McLeod, Florence A Vancouver
McLeod, R. Letghton    North Vancouver
McMeans, Jean R Vancouver
Nelson, Clarence    Vancouver
Newcombe, Gwendolyn    Vancouver
Painter, Francis M Vancouver
Palmer, Peter F Vancouver
Pattullo, L. Doris Victoria
Pattullo,   Mary E Vancouver
Railtron, Joan M Vancouver
Rilance, Elsie G.  L Vancouver
Russell, Isabel M Vancouver
Sharpe, Vera M Enderby
Sheppard,  Lucy A New Westminster
Sheridan, Richard H Vancouver
Shore, J. Wallace B Vancouver
Shorney, Kathlyn D Vancouver
Sing, H. Carman   . Cobble Hill
Smith, Grace E. M Vancouver 234 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Smith, H. Bertram Victoria
Smith, James    Vancouver
Stevens, Ernest G. B Vancouver
Stuart, Lillian B Vancouver
Sutherland,  Marion G New Westminster
Taylor, Dorothy G New Westminster
Taylor, Elsie G Victoria
Thompson, Homer A Rosedale
Thomson, Jean Vancouver
Thrupp, Sylvia L Kamloops
Tipping, Wessie M. M Vancouver
Wasson, Evans E Nelson
Watney, Douglas P. Burnaby
Welch, Beatrice R Vancouver
Whiteside, Helen R New Westminster
Whittaker,  Norah M Vancouver
Wilcox,  Laura  Vancouver
Wilkinson, Nelly    Vancouver
Williamson, Cecilia    Vancouver
Winter, A. Greta Vancouver
Woolliams,  G. Ewart Keremeos
Woodard, Lawrence H Vancouver
Wright, Stanley V Vancouver
Conditioned
Arkley, Adalene Vancouver
Arkley, Stanley T Vancouver
Baker, Lorimer    Vancouver
Cant, Hector R New Westminster
Deans,  William    Vancouver
Greggor, Clara F Vancouver
Jackson, Mary I Vancouver
Kelly, Clive A Vancouver
McGugan, E. Muriel Vancouver
Mclntyre, Margary Vancouver
McKee, Mary M Vancouver
McLennan,  Percy G Vancouver
Schell, Kenneth A. Vancouver
Shaw, John C Vancouver
Partial
Beltz, Edward W Vancouver
Blackburn, Malcolm S Vancouver List of Students 235
Name. Home Address.
Doidge, Gilbert North Vancouver
Gignac, Frances V Vancouver
Goult,  Barrington    Vancouver
Harper, H. Neville Durban,Natal, S.Africa
Keir, George Vancouver
Ledingham, Jack P Vancouver
Miller, Kenneth L Vancouver
McLean, Leslie M. . Vancouver
Rae, Hugh McC  . New Westminster
Rosborough, Hugh C Londonderry,  Ireland
Simpson, N. Vernon Penticton
Sparks, Fred P Vancouver
Tiffin, L. Oakley McC Vancouver
Weinberg, Jeanette   Vancouver
Fourth Yeah I
Full Undergraduates
Albo,  Joseph    Rossland
Archibald, Laura M Victoria
Aske, Magdalene   Vancouver
Astell, Mary C. L Vancouver
Bell, F. Heward Vancouver
Brand, Frederick J Victoria
Brink, R. Murray Vancouver
Bruun, A. Geoffrey Vancouver
Buchanan, Allen    Vancouver
Burton, Erling W Vancouver
Burton, Jean  Vancouver
Burton, John S Vancouver
Cantelon, Harold B Vancouver
Cawthorne, Winifred B Victoria
Chapin, F. Marie    Kelowna
Coates, Bertha W Vancouver
Cope, Mary C. L Vancouver
Cowdell, Lillian F Vancouver
Creelman,  Helen    • Vancouver
Cross, Henry N Seattle, Wash.
Crozier, Robert N Vancouver
Curtis, Philip S Vancouver
Davidson, J. Ross   Vancouver
Edgell, Phyllis M Vancouver
Edgett, Lloyd W Vancouver
Elliott, M. Louise Vancouver 236 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Elsey, Charles R W. Sumtmerland
Evans, Muriel M Vancouver
Fawcett, Marie L Vancouver
Forward, J. Margaret Ladysmith
Gibbard, John E Mission City
Gill, Alan F North Vancouver
Gillen, Agnes S Abbotsford
Goodchild, Margaret E Matsqui
Goodwin, T. Howard Vancouver
Grant, John A Vancouver
Green, Rowland T Kaslo
Harman, Eileen B Vancouver
Hart, Ellen .Victoria
Higginbotham, Frances I Vancouver
Hodgson, C. Walter Vancouver
Holmes, Dorothy M Victoria
Hyland, H. Ivadele Vancouver
Ingram, Lucy Vancouver
James, Fern D. G Vancouver
Johnson, Henry W Hope
Johnston, Florence E Vancouver
Jones, F. Nellie A Kelowna
Jones, J. Denzil Cloverdale
Kievell, Myrtle L Vancouver
Knowling, Edith L Vancouver
Langdale, Ada G  Vancouver
Lewis, Gordon A New Westminster
Lillico, Annie B. . Vancouver
Limpus, George H. Vancouver
Livingston,  Garrett S Vancouver
Mangat, Nahar Singh Kulee, Punjab, India
Mather, Greta E North Vancouver
Meadows, Lyman Vancouver
Miller, G. Stanley   Vancouver
Mitchell, John H. Vancouver
Morgan, Lome T Vancouver
Munn, Lyle E Vancouver
McDonald,   Gertrude    Nelson
MacKinnon, Isabel M Vancouver
McLane, Paul V Ocean Falls
Maclean, Ethel M Vancouver
McMorris, Frances E Vancouver
Macnaghten, Kathleen E North Vancouver
McRae, Rena V Vancouver List of Students 237
Name. Home Address.
Mac William, Ruth A South Vancouver
Notzel, Clifford A Vancouver
Offord, Harold R Vancouver
Ormrod, Eleanor O North Vancouver
Palmer, Sarah    Vancouver
Paradis, Josephine A Enderby
Peck, Dorothy C Vancouver
Pittendrigh, Mary A Vancouver
Reilly, Ruby R Vancouver
Reith, Helen W Penticton
Riddehough, Geoffrey B Penticton
Simpson, Wm. Wesley Burnaby
Smith, Donald B Vancouver
Smith, J. A. Campbell   Vancouver
Somerset, Ventris Ann   Vancouver
Swanson, Mary K Vancouver
Teeple, Mildred G Vancouver
Telfer, Jean   Vancouver
Tolman, Carl    Vancouver
Topper, Robert Mission City
Turner, A. Verna Vancouver
Turpin, Helen M Vancouver
Wheeler, A. Lloyd Victoria
Williams, Florence I Vancouver
Yonemura, Hozumi   Vancouver
Conditioned
Colton, L. Conroy   Fernie
McKee, William H Vancouver
Smith, A. Christina Kamloops
■Partial
Baird, J. Douglas    Vancouver
Hislop, Gordon B Moose Jaw
Jackson,  Eric  W.    North Vancouver
Lundie, James A. Vancouver
Mackay, Donald C Vancouver
Schmidt, Walter E Vancouver
Wootten, Cora L Vancouver
FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE
First Year
Full Undergraduates
Arland, Andrew J Cloverdale
Arnold, Theodore E Kerrisdale 238 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Barnsley, Frank R Vancouver
Bell, Alexander    Victoria
Bishop, Charles B Vancouver
Bloom, Jason Vancouver
Boyce, George I Kelowna
Brown, Rex L Vancouver
Canfield, Orra W New Westminster
Challenger, John W Vancouver
Clement, Bruce D Vancouver
D'Aoust, J. Gilbert Vancouver
Des Brisay, Maurice P Rock Bay
Elley, Frederick W Fernie
Fanning,  Oscar    Vancouver
Fitchett, John N Sardis
Fletcher, Frank   Vancouver
Fraser, James A Vancouver
Gagnon, James H Nelson
Gibson,  Swanston    Vancouver
Gill, Otto H Cranbrook
Goranson, Edwin A New Westminster
Gordon, Arthur I. E Skidegate
Groves, Tom D. Westholme
Gwyther, Harold Wm Vancouver
Hartley, James D Victoria
Hubner, Rudolph Trail
Kennedy, Mervyn E Vancouver
Kerslake, Ben Vancouver
Kidd, Desmond F Vancouver
Leek, Charles W. . Vancouver
Lees, Everett J Vancouver
Manson, Harold E Hatzic
Marin, Joseph Vancouver
Mathewson, Philip L Essondale
Millar, James W. Revelstoke
Miller, George W Vancouver
Mounce, Lewis S Vancouver
McDiarmid, Ralph G North Vancouver
MacKinnon,  C. Eric    Cranbrook
Newmarch, Gerald Vancouver
North, J. Terry Vancouver
Nunn, Edward H Vancouver
Owen, F. James Trail
Porter, Basil W New Westminster
Pottinger, Alexander Vancouver List of Students 239
Name. Home Address.
Rees, Arthur F New Westminster
Robson, R. Christopher North Vancouver
Sanders, Frederick H Victoria
Scott, J. Cosmo W Vancouver
Shannon, Jack D Vancouver
Spencer, Brian R Alberni
Stanley, John New Westminster
Stewardson,  Alan    New Westminster
Todd, Robert L Vancouver
Tokunaga,  TadaBhi    Vancouver
Touzeau, Ernest G Vancouver
Wainman, Philip R Vernon
Williams, John V. L Vancouver
Woodman, Owen O. M Hong Kong
Conditioned
Cornish, Charles  R North Vancouver
Emery, Geoffrey B Edmonds
Hunter, George G Cranbrook
Lang, Arthur H Vernon
Mathews, J. T Vancouver
Waldie, Frederick M Nelson
Welch, W. Hamlyn   Vancouver
Second Yeab
Full Undergraduates
Abernethy, Gordon  M Vancouver
Bain, Wm. A Vancouver
Barton, Carl F Vancouver
Bassett, Edward W Victoria
Baylis, Robert H Vancouver
Brock, Byron B Vancouver
Buchanan, Thomas G Vancouver
Gale, Stanley C Vancouver
Gibbs, Thomas C Vancouver
Guernsey, Frederick W Vancouver
Hale, Frederick M Vancouver
Jones, William A Vancouver
Kania, Joseph E. A Vancouver
Kidd, George S Vancouver
Larson, Arthur G. A Vancouver
Louden, Thomas N Vancouver 240 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Nlkiel, Charles V Vancouver
Norman, George W. H North Vancouver
Oliver, John C Vancouver
Parsons, Harold E Vancouver
Pearcey, John G Vancouver
Pollock, James R Vancouver
Robinson, George R Vancouver
Rothwell, James M Vancouver
Stevenson, C. Douglas Victoria
Tamura, Morikiyo   Port Haney
Timleck, C. James New Westminster
Warren, Harry V Vancouver
Conditioned
Hatch, David A Vancouver
Liersch, John E North Vancouver
Phillips, Wilfrid J Southend-on-Sea,
Essex, Eng.
Tarr, Francis G. A North Vancouver
Partial
Falconer, Joseph G Bindloss, Alta.
MacLean, Hugh A Victoria
Third Year
Full Undergraduates
Arnott,  Clarence    Vancouver
Callander, M. Bruce Vancouver
Campbell, John M Vancouver
Carter,  M. Neal    Vancouver
Demidoff, Peter H.   Trail
Evjen, Ralph W Vancouver
Ferguson, Royden H Vancouver
Greggor, Robert D Vancouver
Groves, Godfrey F. C Kelowna
Hicks, Kenneth    Vancouver
Hincks, Drennan   . Victoria
Israeli, Moshe , Vancouver
Jackson, Robert M.    Vancouver
Morgan, F. Stewart Vancouver
Morton, Ralph McK Vancouver
McDonald, Malcolm Vancouver List of Students 241
Name. Home Address.
Priee, Peter Vancouver
Ramsell, John L Vancouver
Steede, John H Port Alberni
Sutherland, Brian P Vancouver
Walsh, Harold E Vancouver
Conditioned
Bennett, James L North Vancouver
Cameron, George S  Vancouver
Cox, Charles R.  . Kamloops
Disney, Charles N Edmonds
Gibson, Ernest S Vancouver
Harkness, John A. C Burnaby
Lambert, Arthur A Nelson
Lucas, Colin C Vancouver
Mosher, H Vancouver
Niederman, Otto Trail
McPherson, John W Vancouver
Partial
Black, Thomas B Prince Rupert
Lazenby, Frederic A Port Hammond
Stoodley, George E Armstrong
Woodhouse, Arthur R Fernie
Fourth Year
Full Undergraduates
Barr, Percy M Vancouver
Bickell, Leslie K Victoria
Bramston-Cook, Harold E Vancouver
Campbell, Douglas S Vancouver
Carlisle, Kenneth W Vancouver
Charnley, Frank Barnston Island
Coffin, Frederick W Vancouver
Corfield, Guy   Victoria
Elliott, Frederick G Victoria
Evans, Charles S Vancouver
Falconer, Stuart A Los Angeles, Calif.
Finlay, Allan H Vancouver
Giegerich, Henry C Kaslo
Graham, Roland C. Vancouver
Gwyther, Valentine M. W Vancouver 242 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Heaslip, Wilbur J Vancouver
Hedley, Robert H Vancouver
Huggett, Jack L Vancouver
Jackson, Gerald C. A Mission City
Jure, Albert E Vancouver
Letson, Gordon Mel Vancouver
Lipsey, George C Vancouver
McCutcheon, James C Greenwood
McKee, Robert G Vancouver
McLachlan, C. Gordon Vancouver
Norman, George H. C  Mirror Lake
Osborne, Frelelgh F Vancouver
Peele, J. Percy F New Westminster
Smitheringale, W. Vickers Vancouver
Stacey, Leonard B Chilliwack
Stockwell, Clifford H. < Vancouver
Stroyan, Philip B Vancouver
Underhill, John E  Vancouver
Wallis, Hubert D Courtenay
Wolverton, Jasper M Nelson
Partial
Bell, John G .■. . " Vancouver
Hardie, Dudley B Esquimalt
Ternan, Clifford C Vancouver
NURSING
First Year
Full Undergraduates
Boulton, Josephine E Vancouver
Burd,  Doris    Vancouver
Griggs, H. Rebecca Tacoma, Wash.
Hand, Florence E. M Vancouver
Johnston, Mabel G. J North Vancouver
Macdonald, Ruth E Vancouver
Nelson, Evelyn Abbotsford
Swerdfager, Myrtle E Kamloops
Wight, Winona F Napinka, Man.
Wilkie, Dora W Victoria
Yates, Annie T Vancouver
Conditioned
Tisdall, Edith W Vancouver List of Students 243
Second Year
Full Undergraduates
Name. Home Address.
Lyne, Frances Creston
Olmstead, Dorothy G Vancouver
Stoddart, Elizabeth    Clinton
Conditioned
Brandon, Helen I Vancouver
Higgs, Nora L Albert Head
Swencisky, Victoria M New Westminster
Third Year
Full Undergraduate
Innes, Florence A. I Vancouver
Conditioned
Armstrong, Norah Fort a La Corne
Creelman, Florence M. L Vancouver
Kerr, Margaret E New Westminster
Partial
Wood, Olive  . Ewing's Landing
Fourth Year
Full Undergraduates
Bennet, Helen M Victoria
Carson, Leila A Victoria
Hedley, Anne Vancouver
Rogers, Dorothy M Seattle, Wash.
Fifth Year
Full Undergraduates
Cook, Louise C Chemainus
Gill, Bonnie H North Vancouver
Naden, Esther S Victoria
Pearce, Beatrice A Victoria
Wilson, Everilda    New Westminster
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
First Year
Full Undergraduates
Asher, C. Richard   Kelowna
Berry, Jack C Langley Prairie
Brooke, Ralph E Salmon Arm
Eden, A. Harold Vancouver
Milne, Helen I Vancouver 244 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Mclntyre, Douglas C Vancouver
McKee, John R Vancouver
Noble, Grace I Hatzic
Reid, Edgar C Haney
Ross, Herbert H Vancouver
Conditioned
Bowman, Sydney J Vancouver
Luyat, Gabriel A Agassiz
Partial
Haywood, Harold D Vancouver
Matthews, Willoughby W Westholme
Tuckey, Francis E Vancouver
Second Year
Full Undergraduates
Allen, Maude A Vancouver
Biely, Jacob   Chita, Siberia
Gough, Wm. Frederick  Hull, England
Mallory, Lester D Vancouver
Mutrie, Fergus Vernon
McCurrach, John B New Westminster
Newcombe, Frederick E Vancouver
Rayment, Arthur B Sooke
Tarr, Hugh L. A North Vancouver
Conditioned
Dynes, George M New Westminster
Wilkinson, G. Thomas Vancouver
Verchere, Frank G Mission City
Vroom, Paul N St. Stephen, N. B.
Partial
Blair, Robert G Milner
McKay, Leslie W Agassiz
Third Year
Full Undergraduates
Argue, Charles W Vancouver
Atkinson, Lyle A New Westminster
Aylard, Arthur W Victoria List of Students 245
Name. Home Address.
Buckley, Hubert L North Vancouver
Cameron, Wm. Craig Chilliwack
Challenger, George W Vancouver
Fraser, Edward B Nanaimo
Gutteridge, Harry S Vancouver
Keenan, David P Vancouver
Laing, Arthur Eburne
Murphy, Laurence A New Westminster
Nelson, John C Vancouver
Conditioned
Baxendale, Robert D. Trail
Caple, Kenneth P. Vancouver
Goldie, J. Alexander   Vancouver
Partial
Hay, Kenneth A Lachute, Que.
Thompson, David W. Eburne
Fourth Year
Full Undergraduates'
Barton, Charles M Chilliwack
Chester, Herbert    Cranbrook
Etter, Harold C Penticton
Hope, Ernest C Langley Fort
Martin, George R Vancouver
Ogilvie, Alvin E Agassiz
Plummer, A. Howard     Vancouver
Russell, Hugh M Vancouver
Steves, Harold L Steveston
Townsend, Charles T London, Eng.
Wilcox, John C Salmon Arm
Wilcox, Ralph V Salmon Arm
Zoond, Alexander London, Eng.
Partial
Eby, Victor J  . . .Abbotsford
MacCallum, Hugh C Agassiz
GRADUATES
Faculty or Arts and Science
Bain, J. Burnett Vancouver
Beddome, James B Fernie 246 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Beech, William K. Vancouver
Bolton, Lloyd L Vancouver
Boss, A. Evan Vancouver
Brown, Joseph F Hammond
Chapman, Mary I New Westminster
Clark, Charles A. F Vancouver
Crummy, Richard B Vancouver
Cumming, Alison Vancouver
Dallas, Dorothy F Vancouver
Duffy, James    Ireland
Dunlop, Henry A Vancouver
Godsmark, James E Derby, Eng.
Grieg, Janet T Brysonville, P. Q.
Hallett, Lawrence T Steveston
Heaslip, Leonard W Vancouver
Johnston, C. Islay North Vancouver
Kerr, Donna E Duncan
Kerr, Gerald C. G "Vancouver
Kirkpatrick, Gladys Vancouver
Lee, Doris E E. Bonnington Falls
Le Neveu, Allan H Vancouver
Lewis, Hunter C Vancouver
Lock, Ernest H New Westminster
Moodie, Stanley F. M Vancouver
Morgan, William   ' Vancouver
Morrison, Margaret Vancouver
Macdougall, Alice P New Westminster
MacNaughton, Jean L. M Chilliwack
Nuttall, Thomas H New Westminster
Osterhout, M. Mildred New Westminster
Reid, Mary L  Vancouver
Smith, William R Vancouver
Southon, Henry S. A Vancouver
Stewart, William    Victoria
Tees, Percy C Vancouver
Thompson, Willard A Vancouver
Wallace, Bryce H Duncan
Weld, C. Beecher Vancouver
Wilby, G. Van   Vancouver
Faculty op Applied Science
Brown, Leo B Vancouver
Fraser,  Duncan    Vancouver
Graham, William E Vancouver List of Students 247
Name. Home Address.
Guernsey, Tarrant D Vancouver
Jones, Cyril    North Vancouver
McDougall, Stewart R New Westminster
Ure, William    Vancouver
Faculty of Agriculture
Clarke, G. Ernest W Vancouver
Fleming, William N Duncan
Kelly, Clifford D Vancouver
Leckie, Claude P Vancouver
Munro, John Victoria
Robertson, William H.   Victoria
White, Edward W Victoria
TEACHER  TRAINING  COURSE
Abel, Hva Isabella Jean Vancouver
Baynes, Lloyd Lester Vancouver
Benedict, Frances Ellen   Vancouver
Buck, Dorothea May Kelowna
Burke, Beatrice Mary Vancouver
Campbell, Claude Lane Victoria
Carrie, Janet B Nelson
Caspell, Jessie Marguerite Vancouver
Casselman, Jessie Elizabeth Vancouver
Clandinin, Gladys Margaret Vancouver
Cock, Cecil James Vancouver
Crandlemire, Vera Kate New Westminster
Crawford, Helen Couper Vancouver
Crozier, Isabella Elliott Vancouver
Eveleigh, Evelyn M. Southcott Vancouver
Fisher, Lacey Julian New Westminster
Fitch, Beatrice Constance Vancouver
Fleming, George Herbert Vancouver
Gibbon, Marion Evelyn Vancouver
Gilbert, Evelyn Maude    Vancouver
Green, Lucy Ethel Vancouver
Griffiths, Mary Gertrude Elaine Vancouver
Gross, Rowena Pauline Vancouver
Hallett, Lawrence Trenery Lulu Island
Henderson, Jean    Vancouver
Jack, Gladys Gordon Vancouver
Jardine, Agnes Alexandra Vancouver
Johnston, Verda Irene Vancouver 248 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Kerr, Gerald Clifford Graham Vancouver
Kerr, Margaret Isobel Vancouver
Kidd, Dorothy Elizabeth . . New Westminster
Kloepfer, Helen Patricia Vancouver
Lett, Jessie Katrina Vancouver
Leveson, Mary Kirsteen Vancouver
Lindsay, Margaret Patterson Vancouver
Lister, Fraser Nanaimo
Lloyd, Digby Sheffield Vernon
Marett, Leila Margaret Vancouver
Mathews, Helen Mary Vancouver
Miller, Selwyn Archibald Vancouver
Mortimer,  Helen    Vancouver
Mclntyre, Donald Manning West Summerland
MacKenzie, Mary Isobel New Westminster
MacNeill,  Alan Roy   . . Vancouver
Pound, Allen N. C Vernon
Rees, Catherine Bertha New Westminster
Sanford, Osbert McLean Vancouver
Sangster, Norman    Vancouver
Shaw, Lee Donald   Vancouver
Southon, Henry Stewart Atkin Vancouver
Stewart, William   Vancouver
Thompson, Mona   Vancouver
Tupper, Mary Emily   Vancouver
Wallace, Fraser Melvin Vancouver
Wallis, Clinton G , Victoria Registration for 1923-24
249
REGISTRATION FOR 1923-24
Faculty of Arts and Science
Women
First Year        254
Second Year  85
Third Year  69
Fourth Year  51
Men
Total
245
499
98
183
73
142
64
105
929
Faculty of Applied Science
Women
First Year  0
Second Year  0
Third Year  0
Fourth Year  0
Men
Total
68
68
34
34
36
36
38
38
Nursing
176
Women
First Year ^^. J  12
Second Year  6
Third Year  5
Fourth  Year     4
Fifth Year  5
Men
Total
0
12
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
5
Faculty of Agriculture
32
Women
First Year     2
Second   Year     1
Third Year  0
Fourth Year  0
ten
Total
13
15
14
15
17
17
15
15
62 250
The University of British Columbia
Graduates
Women
Men
Total
          12
28
7
7
40
             0
7
7
55
Arts and Science  	
Applied Science   	
Agriculture  	
Teacher Training Course     35 20
Total
Short Courses (Session 1923-24)
Summer School     292
Agriculture  61
Public Health Nursing  6
Botany  86
64
444 Degrees Conferred
251
EXAMINATION RESULTS (Session 1922-23)
DEGREES CONFERRED
Faculty of Arts and Science
Conferring the Degree of Master of Arts
(Names in alphabetical order)
Battle, Sarah Josephine, B.A Major: German
Minor: English
Boss, Arthur Evan, B.A Major: Chemistry
Minor: Physics
Dauphinee, James Arnold, B.A Major: Chemistry
Minor: Biology
Fournier, Leslie Thomas, B.A Major: Economics
Minor: Government
Harris, Joseph Allen, B.A Major: Chemistry
Minor: Physics
Kilpatrick, Myrtle Esther, B.A.  . Major: Bacteriology
Minor: Zoology
King, Herbert Baxter, B.A Major: Philosophy
Minor: Greek
Moodie, Stanley Fyfe Middleton, B.A Major: Philosophy
Minor: English
McConnell, Hazel Erma, B.A Major: French
Minor: English
McDougall, Alice Pearce, B.A Major: Botany
Minor: Zoology
Mackay, Katherine,  B.A Major: English
Minor: History
Reid, Mary Lillian, B.A ; Major: Economics
Minor: Government
Wilson, Freda Lenore, B.A Major: Bacteriology
Minor: Chemistry
Wilson, Grace Agnes, B.A Major: Bacteriology
Minor: Zoology
Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Arts
With Honour*
(Names in alphabetical order)
Anderson, Annie Margaret (1st class honours in English language and literature)
Bell, Marjorie Emma (1st class honours in French and
Latin) .
Brown, Joseph Frederick (1st class honours in Mathematics) 252 The University of British Columbia
Cassidy, Harry Morris   (1st class honours in Economics
and History)
Clandinin, Gladys Margaret (1st class honours in Biology)
Dallas, Dorothy Frances (1st class honours in French)
Griffiths, Mary Elaine (1st class honours in History)
Home, Maurice   (1st class honours in Mathematics
and Physics)
Kidd, Dorothy Elizabeth   (2nd class honours in History)
Lee, Doris Elizabeth (2nd class honours in History and
Economics)
Lewis, Hunter Campbell (1st class honours in English Language and Literature)
Murphy, Kathleen Sallee (1st class honours in English and
History)
Mackay, Phyllis Isabel (1st class honours in French)
McLennan, Beth Dawson   (2nd class honours in French)
Portsmouth, Kathleen Madge  ...(1st class honours in French)
Rees, Catherine Bertha   (1st class honours in French and
Latin)
Roy, Jessie    (1st class honours in French)
Shier, John William (2nd class honours in Biology and
Chemistry)
Smith, Gertrude May (1st class honours in Biology)
Strauss, Jean Lillian   (2nd class honours in History)
Walsh, Dorothy Howard (1st class honours in Philosophy)
Wilcox, Marion   (2nd class honours in Geology)
In Pass Course
(Names in order of merit)
Class I
Chapman, Mary Isbell Carrie, Janet Thomson
Robertson, Norman Alexander        Wallace, Fraser Melvin
Jack, Gladys Gordon Buck, Dorothea May
Class II
Thompson, Willard Allen Eveleigh, Evelyn Mary Southcott
Green, Lucy Ethel Fleming, George Herbert
LeNeveu, Allan Henry Henderson, Jean
Upshall, William Charles Cecil      Sangster, Norman
Gilbert, Evelyn Maude Shaw, Keith Duncan
Tupper, Mary Emily Allen, Harold Tuttle
Smith, Grace Purvis Bulmer, Mary Lucinda
Switzer, Gerald Breen Hallett, Lawrence Trenery
Aylard, Clara Muriel Johnston, Charlotte Islay
Benedict, Frances Ellen Kerr, Gerald Clifford Graham
Clyne, John Valentine Campbell, Claude Lane Degrees Conferred
253
Pedlow, Gladys Lillian Joyce
Baynes, Lloyd Lester
Casselman, Jessie Elizabeth
Drennan, Albert Alexander
Ellis, Edgar Harrison
Kirkpatrick, Gordon MacKay
Lister, Fraser
Southon, Henry Stewart Atkin
Dickson, Malcolm James
Cruickshank
Robson, Charles Young
Miller, Selwyn Archibald
Kerr, Margaret Isobel
Stewart, William
Turnbull, Frank Alexander
Fitch, Beatrice Constance
Higginbotham, Margaret Webster
Mathews, Helen Mary
Mclntyre, Donald Manning
Quainton, Eric Hugh
Passed
Crawford, Helen Couper
Marett, Leila Margaret
McKee, John Rogers
Ray, Arthur Hugo
Wood, Elsie Doris
Abel, Ilva Isabella Jean
Gross, Rowena Pauline
Sanford, Osbert McLean
Lindsay, Margaret Patterson
Mackechnie, Hugh Alexander
MacNeill, Allan Roy
Osterhout, Minnie Mildred
Walker, Robert Edward
Crandlemire, Vera Kate
Fleming, Everitt Samuel James
Lapsley, Marie Letitia
Leveson, Mary Kirsteen
McLoughry, Vivian Helen
Burke, Beatrice Mary
Partridge, Phyllis
Kloepfer, Helen Patricia
Morden, Wilma Margaret
Hunter, Alan Duffil
Gibbon, Marion Evelyn
Locklin, Lillian Rolston
Weld, Gladys Noyes
Peter, Constance Eleanor
Yonemoto, Haruo
Bickell, Gertrude Elizabeth
Unranked
Arkley, Jack MacDougall
Brown, Margaret Ada
Dowling, Doris Ada
Edwards, Isaac John
McKenzie, Mary Isobel
Pumphrey, Lionel Francis
Wells, Lewis Edelbert
Faculty of Applied Science
Conferring the Degree of Master of Applied Science
Banfield, William Orson, B.A.Sc. .
Gale, William Alexander, B.A.Sc. .
Gillie, Kenneth Beresford, B.A.Sc
 Major:  Chemistry
Minor: Physics
 Major:  Chemistry
Minor: Mining
 Major:  Chemistry
Minor: Mining
Melville, John, B.A.Sc Major:  Chemistry
Minor:  Physics 254 The University of British Columbia
McDougall, Stewart Robertson, B.A.Sc Major:  Chemistry
Minor:  Physics
Scott, William Orville Craig, B.A.Sc Major:   Mechanical
Engineering
Minor:  Civil
Engineering
Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Science
(Names in order of merit)
Chemical Engineering
Class I
Ure, William Sivertz, Christian
Loveridge, Gilbert Thomas Graham, William Ernest
Hooper, Cleeve Woodward
Class II
Laird, Frederick William, B.A.      Wilkinson, Elmo Clifford
Pearce, Hubert Arnold Dean, Curtis Milford
Anderson, Allan Jardine Cameron, Ralph King
Fraser, Duncan
Passed
Cock, Cecil James Hanna, William Scott
Davidson, John Randolph McCallum, Neil Mitchell
Civil Engineering
Class I
Stewart, Frederick Choate Berry, Theodore Victor
Jones, Cyril
Forestry Engineering
Class I
Jenkins, John Henry Gregg, Elwyn Emerson
Geological Engineering
Class II
Say, Stanley Rhys Gunning, Henry Cecil
Mechanical Engineering
Class II
Somerville, Archibald Laurence      Mathers, Cliffe St. John
Harold Lidgey, Ralph Christian Graham Degrees Conferred 255
Metallurgical Engineering
Class I
McVittie, Charles Archibald
Class II
Guernsey, Tarrant Dickie
Mining Engineering
Class I
Burton, William Donald
Class II
Jones, Russell Heber Blayde Gross, George Clarence
Giegerich, Joseph Rhinehardt        Rice, Harrington Molesworth
Anthony
Passed
Rae, Douglas Henderson
CONFERRING   THE   DEGREE   OF   BACHELOR   OF   APPLIED   SCIENCE   IN   NURSING
(Names in order of merit.)
Class I
Fisher, Anna Marion
Johnson, Beatrice Fordham
Class II
Healey, Margaret Louise
Faculty of Agriculture
Conferring the Degree of Master of Science in Agriculture
Palmer, Richard Claxton, B.S.A. Major: Horticulture
Minor:  Plant   Physiology
Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
(Names in order of merit)
Class I
Cavers, Raymond Vere Welland, Frederick James
Richards, Albert Edward Landon, Gordon Lome
Class II
Barry, Sydney Clifford Mathers, William Graham
Bennett, Leslie Woods, John Jex
Blair, Archibald
Passed
(Names in alphabetical order.)
Fulton, Harry Graham Pye, William John Sersoa
Phillips, Sperry Shea 256 The University of British Columbia
MEDALS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND PRIZES
Awarded Mat, 1923
For Post-Graduate Studies
1. University Scholarship, $200.00     Maurice Home
2. The Anne Wesbrook Scholarship, $100.00  ....  Joseph Brown
Faculty of Arts and Science
Fourth Tear
1. The Governor-General's Gold Medal   Maurice Home
2. The Historical Society Gold Medal      Elaine Griffiths
3. Alliance Francaise Gold Medal in French—
Kathleen  Madge  Portsmouth
4. Medal for Second Place in French   Marjory E. Bell
Third Tear   ,
1. University Scholarship,  $75.00   ....   Geoffrey B. Riddehough
by reversion to
Lucy Ingram
2. University Scholarship, $75.00      Lucy Ingram
by reversion to
Joseph Albo
3. The Arts '19 Scholarship, $150.00  . .  Geoffrey B. Riddehough
4. The Gerald Myles Harvey Prize, $50.00  (Books). ..No award
5. The Historical Society Silver Medal       J. E.  Gibbard
Second Tear
1. The McGill Graduates' Scholarship, $137.50. . .Kathleen Dodds
2. University Scholarship, $75.00   Kathleen Dodds
by reversion to
Homer A.  Thompson,
by reversion to
Gertrude J. Hallamore
3. University Scholarship, $75.00   Homer A. Thompson
by reversion to
Gertrude J. Hallamore
by reversion to
Roy Gray
4. The Terminal City Club Memorial Scholarship,  $110.00—
Half to Sylvia Thrupp, half to Roy Gray   (tied)   by reversion to Cedric J. Duncan.
5. The Scott Memorial Scholarship, $110.00  . . Archibald R. Fee
First  Tear
1. Royal Institution Scholarship, $75.00 Sadie M. Boyles
2. Royal Institution Scholarship, $75.00   ....   William Chalmers Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes Awarded 257
3. Royal Institution Scholarship, $75.00 ... Barbara K. Mandell
4. The   Vancouver    Women's    Conservative   Association    Prize
$25.00    A. Evelyn Price
5. The P. E. O. Sisterhood Prize, $25.00   Doris McKay
6. The P. E. O. Sisterhood Prize, $25.00     No award
Faculty of Applied Science
Post Graduate Scholarship
1.    The Dean Brock Scholarship, $100.00      William Ure
Fourth Tear
1.    The Convocation Scholarship, $50.00  . William Ure
Third Tear
1.    The Dunsmuir Scholarship, $165.00 George C, Lipsey
Second Tear
1.    University Scholarship, $75.00      Brian P. Sutherland
First  Tear
1.    Royal Institution Scholarship, $75.00 G. W. H. Norman
Nursing—Public Health
1. Provincial Board of Health Prize, $60.00   ....  F. M. Elcoate
2. Provincial Board of Health Prize, $40.00  ....   W. V. Godard
Faculty of Agriculture
Third Tear
1. The B. C. Fruit Growers' Association Scholarship, $100.00—
John C. Wilcox
2. The B. C. Dairymen's Association Prizes.    Three equal prizes
amounting to $100.00—
Charles M. Barton        Archibald Blair        Harold L, Steves
First  Tear
1.     University Scholarship, $75.00       Maude A. Allen
General (Open)
1. University Book Prize, $25.00 Geoffrey B. Riddehough
2. University Book Prize, $25.00   No award
3. The Women's Canadian Club Scholarship,  $75.00—
Janet T. Carrie
4. The Historical Society Prize, $25.00      F. M. Painter 258 The University of British Columbia
5. The Captain LeRoy Memorial Scholarship, $250.00—
C. G. McLachlan
6. The Players' Club Prize, $50.00 Annie M. Anderson
7. The Shaw Memorial Scholarship, $137.50. Homer A. Thompson
8. University Scholarship for Returned Soldiers, $75.00—
Charles A. Gibbard
9. University Scholarship for Returned Soldiers, $75.00—
John N.  Burnett
10    Alliance Francaise Silver Medal (Matriculation)—
John Leslie Catterall THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH
COLUMBIA
TEACHER TRAINING COURSE
1. Explanatory Statement
At the request of the Provincial Department of Education,
the University undertook, in September, 1923, the direction of
the professional training of candidates for the Academic
Certificate.
Courses in elementary methods and in the special subjects
of the elementary school curriculum were provided in the
Provincial Normal School, and facilities for practice teaching
were furnished through the kindness of the Vancouver School
Board and the Principal and Staff of the King Edward High
School. These courses were open only to University graduates,
and the original registration was 55.
The Dean of Arts and Science acted as provisional director
and lecturer in the History and Principles of Education and in
Educational Psychology. In November, 1923, Dr. George M.
Weir, Principal of the Provincial Normal School, Saskatoon,
Sask., was appointed Professor of Education and Director of
Teacher Training, and assumed the duties of the office
January 1, 1924.
Lecturers on Methods in high school subjects were appointed
from the University staff.
2.   The Course
(a) First Term—Concurrent with the First Term of the
University year.
During this term the Methods courses in elementary school
subjects will be given under the supervision of the University.
Observation assignments and practice teaching in the elementary
school are required.
Texts and references will be announced at the beginning of
the term. 260 The University of British Columbia
(b) Second Term—Concurrent with the Second Term of the
University year.
The Methods courses given during this term by members
of the University staff are confined to the high school subjects.
Candidates will be permitted to register for professional instruction (including observation assignments and practice teaching in the high school) only in those subjects which they are
qualified to teach by reason of their previous academic preparation.   Methods courses in three subjects are obligatory.
Texts and references will be announced at the beginning of
the term.
(c) Obligatory Subjects—Required of all candidates for
the Academic Certificate.
(1) Educational Psychology—2 hours a week. Both terms.
(2) History and Principles of Education—2 hours a week.
Both terms.
(3) School Administration and Law—1 hour a week. Both
terms.
Texts and references in the above courses will be announced
at the beginning of the First Term.
(d) Observation Assignments and Practice Teaching—Approximately 100 hours: 40 hours in the elementary school and
60 hours in the high school.
3. Registration and Fee
Documentary evidence of graduation in Arts or Science
from a recognized university must be submitted to the University Registrar by all candidates other than graduates of The
University of British Columbia. All correspondence in connection with the Teacher Training course should be addressed to
the University Registrar, from whom registration cards may
be procured.
The fee for the course is forty dollars, payable in two
instalments of twenty dollars each, at the Office of the Bursar,
The University of British Columbia. Teacher Training Course 261
4. University Privileges and Discipline
All students registered in the Teacher Training course at
the University are entitled to the privileges accorded to students
in the various Faculties, and are also subject to the regulations
of the University regarding discipline and attendance at
lectures.
5. Certificate and Diploma
At the close of the session, successful candidates will be
recommended to the Provincial Department of Education for
the Academic Certificate and to the Faculty of Arts and Science
for the granting of the University Diploma in Education.
UNIVERSITY SUMMER SESSION,  1924
Six Weeks—July 7th to August 16th
With the Session of 1922 the University Summer School
for Teachers became the University Summer Session. Teachers
and others who possess full Matriculation standing may now
pursue University courses and receive credit therefor towards
the B.A. degree.
The University Summer Session will, in co-operation with
the Provincial Department of Education, continue to provide
special courses for teachers of high school subjects, and also
courses in Educational Theory and Method of a similar character
to those which have been given during the past four years.
Summer session students wishing to transfer to the regular
session should make application upon a form which will be
supplied upon request by the Registrar.
Inquiries and applications should be addressed to the
Director of the Summer Session, The University of British
Columbia, Vancouver, B. C. 262 The University of British Columbia
STUDENT ORGANIZATION
In order that the activities of the student body may be
effectively carried on, the Alma Mater Society has been organized, with a governing executive called the Students' Council.
It is the duty of the Students' Council to control all the activities
of the societies subsidiary to the Alma Mater Society.
Each student on admittance to the University automatically
becomes a member of the Alma Mater Society. All student
activities are regulated and questions of student discipline are
controlled by the Students' Council. It consists of twelve
members, chosen from the Third and Fourth Years. With the
exception of the Editor-in-chief of the "Ubyssey," the members
are elected by ballot at the close of the session preceding their
term of office.
In order that the work may be carried on to the best advantage, considerable funds are necessary, and the Alma Mater fee
of $7.00, compulsory for all students, is designed to cover the
expenses incurred.
Students upon entering the University have an opportunity
to take part in practically all lines of sport, as well as to participate in debating and public speaking, and various other
activities which are more clearly indicated below.
Publications Board
The Publications Board is best known from the Handbook,
the "Ubyssey" and the "Annual." In the first of these an
attempt is made to compile information valuable to the undergraduate. The "Ubyssey," the College paper, is published
weekly. The members of the Staff are students selected as a
result of voluntary competition. The "Annual," which is published at the end of the spring term, summarizes the activities
of the various classes and societies.
Literary and Scientific Department
The Literary and Scientific Department co-ordinates the
workings of its constituent Societies, which are indicated below.
In the Players' Club, those whose talents lie in the direction of the drama may find medium of expression. Student Organization 263
The Musical Society includes the Men's Glee Club, the
Women's Glee Club, and the University Orchestra.
For those interested in public speaking and debating there
are the Men's Literary Society and the Women's Literary Society, the Agriculture Discussion Club, and Sigma Delta Kappa
Society.
The Chemistry Society, the Engineering Discussion Club,
the Social Science Club, the Live-stock Club and the G. M.
Dawson Discussion Club offer a field for discussion of Scientific
and Social problems.
Women's Athletics
The Women's Athletic Association comprises all the
Women's Athletic Clubs of the University. Prominent among
them are the Women's Basketball Club, the Women's Gymnasium
Club, the Women's Grass Hockey Club, and the Women's Swimming Club.
Men's Athletics
The Men's Athletic Association endeavors to foster all
branches of clean and manly sport.
The Rugby season opens at the beginning of the Fall Term.
Practices are held once a week, and three teams are entered by
the Rugby Club as follows: The First Team plays in the
McKechnie Cup League for the provincial championship, and
in the Miller Cup League for the city championship. The
Second and Freshman teams, the latter comprised entirely of
Freshmen, play in the Intermediate League of the city for the
Province Cup.
The Basketball season follows that of Rugby. Three teams
are chosen and entered in the various city leagues.
The Soccer Club enters two teams in the city leagues. The
teams are chosen early in the fall.
The Track Club takes charge of all field events, its big
features being the Annual Track Meet and the Arts' 20 relay
race.
The Rowing Club is affiliated with the Vancouver Rowing
Club, and retains its identity as a University Club. 264 The University of British Columbu
The Ice Hockey Club enters a team each year in the city
series.
The Outdoors Club takes charge of all picnics, hikes, mountain climbing, excursions, and outdoor parties.
The Tennis Tournament takes place after the opening of
the Fall Term, and the championship games are played in men's
and women's singles and doubles, and also mixed doubles.
The Badminton Club holds practices and games in the evenings throughout the winter.
The Boxing and the Swimming Clubs meet once a week
during the winter, under capable instructors.
This year a Men's Grass Hockey Club was formed, and
has been entered in the city league. ^
Alumni Association
This organization was formed in May, 1917. It is composed of Honorary, Active, and Associate members. Honorary
membership includes all members of the Faculty. Active Membership includes all Associate Members who have paid their
annual fee of $2.00 for town members, $1.00 for out-of-town
members. All graduates of the University automatically become
Associate Members on graduating.
The purpose of the Association is to further the interests of
the University and the Alumni. To accomplish this purpose
the Association aims to keep its members interested in the University and the Alma Mater, so that they may know their college
not only as it was, but as it is, and can be. To carry out these
aims general meetings are held every two months during the
University term. In addition, a directory of our graduates is
sent to all Active Members, while news bulletins are sent to both
Active and Associate Members.
There are four standing committees in the Association, which
seek to foster interest in athletics, music, dramatics and publications among members of the Association, and throughout the
Province in other organizations. VICTORIA COLLEGE
(IN  AFFILIATION  WITH  THE   UNIVERSITY  OF   B.C.)
STAFF
Edward B. Pato, M.A., LL.D. (Aberdeen), Principal, Associate Professor
of Classics.
E. Howabd Russeli,, B.A.   (Queen's), Registrar, Associate Professor of
Mathematics.
Pebct H. Eixiott, M.Sc. (McGill), Associate Professor of Science.
Miss Jeanette A. Cann, B.L. (Dalhousie), Assistant Professor of English
and Philosophy.
Mme. E. Sandeeson-Mongin, Assistant Professor of French.
Iba Dilworth, M.A. (McGill), Instructor in English.
T. W. Cobnett, B.A. (Toronto), Instructor in History.
The College at Victoria, B. C, gives instruction in the first
two years of the course in Arts and Science. The courses
offered are:
First and Second Years
The work of the first two years consists of 30 units, 15 of
which must be taken in each year.
Each student must take:—
units
(a) English 1 in the First Year and English 2 in
the Second Year      6
(6) The first two courses in a language offered for
Matriculation, one course in each year      6
(c) Mathematics 1 in the First Year      3
(d) History   1   or  2   or  3,   or  Philosophy   1   or
Economics 1 (if possible)       3
(e) Chemistry 1 or Physics 1        3
(/) Three   courses — not  already chosen — selected
from the following:—
Chemistry 1, Economics 1 (if possible),
French 1, French 2, Greek 1, Greek 2, History 1, History 2, Latin 1, Latin 2, Mathematics  2,   Mathematics   3,   Mathematics   4,
Philosophy 1, Physics 1, Physics 2      9
The rules and regulations governing the College are the
same as those in force in the University. WESTMINSTER HALL
(Presbyterian)
VANCOUVER, B. C.
(In affiliation with The University of British Columbia/
Principal
Rev. W. H. Smith, M.A., Ph.D., D.D.
Registrar and Secretary
Rev. J. A. Logan, D.D.
Westminster Hall offers courses in Theology, and, under the
general regulations of the University in reference to affiliated
Theological Colleges, provides classes for which credit is given in
the Arts Course for the B. A. degree.   (See Page 53.)
For further information in reference to Faculty, Courses
of Study, etc., see calendar of Westminster Hall.
THE ANGLICAN THEOLOGICAL
COLLEGE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
VANCOUVER, B. C.
(In affiliation with The University of British Columbia)
Principal
Rev. W. H. Vance, M.A.
Registrar
Rev. C. H. Shortt, M.A.
The Anglican Theological College offers courses in Theology
leading to the Diploma of Licentiate in Theology and the Degrees
of B.D. and D.D., and, under the general regulations of the
University in reference to affiliated colleges, provides Theological
options for which credit is given in the course leading to the
B.A degree.   (See Page 53.)
For further information in reference to Faculty, Courses
of Study, etc., see calendar of the College. RYERSON COLLEGE
(Methodist)
VANCOUVER, B. C.
(In affiliation with The University of British Columbia)
Principal
Rev. J. G. Brown, M.A.
Ryerson College offers courses of instruction in Theology
leading to the degree of B.D. and for ordination to the Christian
Ministry, and, under the general regulations of the University
with reference to affiliated Theological Colleges, provides
Religious Knowledge options for which credit is given in the
course leading to the B.A. degree.    (See Page 53.)
For further information in reference to Faculty, Courses
of Study, etc., see calendar of Ryerson College.
i
j THE   SUN   PUBLISHING   COMPANY   LTD.

Cite

Citation Scheme:

        

Citations by CSL (citeproc-js)

Usage Statistics

Share

Embed

Customize your widget with the following options, then copy and paste the code below into the HTML of your page to embed this item in your website.
                        
                            <div id="ubcOpenCollectionsWidgetDisplay">
                            <script id="ubcOpenCollectionsWidget"
                            src="{[{embed.src}]}"
                            data-item="{[{embed.item}]}"
                            data-collection="{[{embed.collection}]}"
                            data-metadata="{[{embed.showMetadata}]}"
                            data-width="{[{embed.width}]}"
                            async >
                            </script>
                            </div>
                        
                    
IIIF logo Our image viewer uses the IIIF 2.0 standard. To load this item in other compatible viewers, use this url:
http://iiif.library.ubc.ca/presentation/cdm.calendars.1-0169904/manifest

Comment

Related Items